Tcl Source Code

# Set the default behavior, in case people don't have core.autocrlf set.
* text eol=lf

# Explicitly declare text files you want to always be normalized and converted
# to native line endings on checkout.
*.3 text
*.c text
*.css text
*.enc text
*.h text
*.htm text
*.html text
*.java text
*.js text
*.json text
*.n text
*.svg text
*.ts text
*.tcl text
*.test text

# Declare files that will always have CRLF line endings on checkout.
*.bat text eol=crlf
*.sln text eol=crlf
*.vc text eol=crlf

# Denote all files that are truly binary and should not be modified.
*.a binary
*.dll binary
*.exe binary
*.gif binary
*.jpg binary
*.lib binary
*.pdf binary
*.png binary
*.xlsx binary
*.zip binary

*.a
*.dll
*.dylib
*.exe
*.exp
*.lib
*.o
*.obj
*.pdb
*.res
*.sl
*.so
*/Makefile
*/config.cache
*/config.log
*/config.status
*/tclConfig.sh
*/tclsh*
*/tcltest*
*/versions.vc
*/version.vc
html
libtommath/bn.ilg
libtommath/bn.ind
libtommath/pretty.build
libtommath/tommath.src
libtommath/*.log
libtommath/*.pdf
libtommath/*.pl
libtommath/*.sh
libtommath/doc/*
libtommath/tombc/*
libtommath/pre_gen/*
libtommath/pics/*
libtommath/mtest/*
libtommath/logs/*
libtommath/etc/*
libtommath/demo/*
libtommath/*.out
libtommath/*.tex
unix/autoMkindex.tcl
unix/dltest.marker
unix/tcl.pc
unix/tclIndex
unix/pkgs/*
win/Debug*
win/Release*
win/pkgs/*
win/tcl.hpj
win/nmhlp-out.txt

sudo: false
language: c

matrix:
  include:
    - os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: clang
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
    - os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: clang
      env:
        - CFGOPT=--disable-shared
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
    - os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: gcc
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix

    - os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: gcc
      env:
        - CFGOPT=--disable-shared
        - BUILD_DIR=unix

    - os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: gcc-4.9
      addons:
        apt:
          sources:
            - ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
          packages:
            - g++-4.9
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix


    - os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: gcc-5



      addons:
        apt:
          sources:
            - ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
          packages:
            - g++-5
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix



    - os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: gcc-6
      addons:
        apt:
          sources:
            - ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
          packages:
            - g++-6
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix





    - os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: gcc-7
      addons:
        apt:
          sources:
            - ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
          packages:
            - g++-7
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix

    - os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: gcc-7
      addons:
        apt:
          sources:
            - ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
          packages:
            - g++-7
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
        - CFGOPT=CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=6
    - os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: gcc-7
      addons:
        apt:
          sources:
            - ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
          packages:
            - g++-7
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
        - CFGOPT=CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=3
    - os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: gcc-7
      addons:
        apt:
          sources:
            - ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
          packages:
            - g++-7
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
        - CFGOPT=CFLAGS=-DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED=1

























    - os: osx
      osx_image: xcode8
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix

    - os: osx
      osx_image: xcode8
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=macosx
        - NO_DIRECT_CONFIGURE=1






    - os: osx
      osx_image: xcode9
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=macosx
        - NO_DIRECT_CONFIGURE=1



    - os: osx
      osx_image: xcode10.2
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=macosx
        - NO_DIRECT_CONFIGURE=1
### C builds not currently supported on Windows instances
#    - os: windows





#      env:
#        - BUILD_DIR=win
### ... so proxy with a Mingw cross-compile


# Test with mingw-w64 (32 bit)


    - os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: i686-w64-mingw32-gcc
      addons:
        apt:
          packages:
            - gcc-mingw-w64-base
            - binutils-mingw-w64-i686
            - gcc-mingw-w64-i686
            - gcc-mingw-w64
            - gcc-multilib
            - wine
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=win
        - CFGOPT=--host=i686-w64-mingw32
        - NO_DIRECT_TEST=1





    - os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: i686-w64-mingw32-gcc
      addons:
        apt:
          packages:
            - gcc-mingw-w64-base
            - binutils-mingw-w64-i686
            - gcc-mingw-w64-i686
            - gcc-mingw-w64
            - gcc-multilib
            - wine
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=win
        - CFGOPT="--host=i686-w64-mingw32 --disable-shared"
        - NO_DIRECT_TEST=1

    - os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: i686-w64-mingw32-gcc
      addons:
        apt:
          packages:
            - gcc-mingw-w64-base
            - binutils-mingw-w64-i686
            - gcc-mingw-w64-i686
            - gcc-mingw-w64
            - gcc-multilib
            - wine
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=win
        - CFGOPT="--host=i686-w64-mingw32 CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=6"
        - NO_DIRECT_TEST=1

    - os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: i686-w64-mingw32-gcc
      addons:
        apt:
          packages:
            - gcc-mingw-w64-base
            - binutils-mingw-w64-i686
            - gcc-mingw-w64-i686
            - gcc-mingw-w64
            - gcc-multilib
            - wine
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=win
        - CFGOPT="--host=i686-w64-mingw32 CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=3"
        - NO_DIRECT_TEST=1

    - os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: i686-w64-mingw32-gcc
      addons:
        apt:
          packages:
            - gcc-mingw-w64-base
            - binutils-mingw-w64-i686
            - gcc-mingw-w64-i686
            - gcc-mingw-w64
            - gcc-multilib
            - wine
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=win
        - CFGOPT="--host=i686-w64-mingw32 CFLAGS=-DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED=1"
        - NO_DIRECT_TEST=1









# Test with mingw-w64 (64 bit)


    - os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc
      addons:
        apt:
          packages:
            - gcc-mingw-w64-base
            - binutils-mingw-w64-x86-64
            - gcc-mingw-w64-x86-64
            - gcc-mingw-w64
            - wine
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=win
        - CFGOPT="--host=x86_64-w64-mingw32 --enable-64bit"
        - NO_DIRECT_TEST=1

    - os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc
      addons:
        apt:
          packages:
            - gcc-mingw-w64-base
            - binutils-mingw-w64-x86-64
            - gcc-mingw-w64-x86-64
            - gcc-mingw-w64
            - wine
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=win
        - CFGOPT="--host=x86_64-w64-mingw32 --enable-64bit --disable-shared"
        - NO_DIRECT_TEST=1

    - os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc
      addons:
        apt:
          packages:
            - gcc-mingw-w64-base
            - binutils-mingw-w64-x86-64
            - gcc-mingw-w64-x86-64
            - gcc-mingw-w64
            - wine
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=win
        - CFGOPT="--host=x86_64-w64-mingw32 --enable-64bit CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=6"
        - NO_DIRECT_TEST=1

    - os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc
      addons:
        apt:
          packages:
            - gcc-mingw-w64-base
            - binutils-mingw-w64-x86-64
            - gcc-mingw-w64-x86-64
            - gcc-mingw-w64
            - wine
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=win
        - CFGOPT="--host=x86_64-w64-mingw32 --enable-64bit CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=3"
        - NO_DIRECT_TEST=1

    - os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc
      addons:
        apt:
          packages:
            - gcc-mingw-w64-base
            - binutils-mingw-w64-x86-64
            - gcc-mingw-w64-x86-64
            - gcc-mingw-w64
            - wine



      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=win
        - CFGOPT="--host=x86_64-w64-mingw32 --enable-64bit CFLAGS=-DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED=1"
        - NO_DIRECT_TEST=1



















































before_install:
  - export ERROR_ON_FAILURES=1
  - cd ${BUILD_DIR}
install:
  - test -n "$NO_DIRECT_CONFIGURE" || ./configure ${CFGOPT}


script:

  - make
  # The styles=develop avoids some weird problems on OSX
  - test -n "$NO_DIRECT_TEST" || make test styles=develop

sudo: false
language: c

matrix:
  include:
# Testing on Linux with various compilers
    - name: "Linux/GCC/Shared"



      os: linux






      dist: xenial
      compiler: gcc
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
    - name: "Linux/GCC/Static"
      os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: gcc
      env:
        - CFGOPT=--disable-shared
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
    - name: "Linux/GCC/Shared: UTF_MAX=6"
      os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: gcc






      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
        - CFGOPT=CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=6
    - name: "Linux/GCC/Shared: UTF_MAX=3"
      os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: gcc
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
        - CFGOPT=CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=3
    - name: "Linux/GCC/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
      os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: gcc


      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
        - CFGOPT=CFLAGS=-DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED=1
# Debug build. Running test-cases disabled, because it is currently failing.
    - name: "Linux/GCC/Debug/no test"
      os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: gcc






      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
        - CFGOPT=--enable-symbols=all
      script:
        - make all tcltest
# Older versions of GCC...
    - name: "Linux/GCC 7/Shared"
      os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: gcc-7
      addons:
        apt:
          sources:
            - ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
          packages:
            - g++-7
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
    - name: "Linux/GCC 6/Shared"
      os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: gcc-6
      addons:
        apt:
          sources:
            - ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
          packages:
            - g++-6
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
    - name: "Linux/GCC 5/Shared"
      os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: gcc-5
      addons:
        apt:
          sources:
            - ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
          packages:
            - g++-5
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
    - name: "Linux/GCC 4.9/Shared"
      os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: gcc-4.9
      addons:
        apt:
          sources:
            - ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
          packages:
            - g++-4.9
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
# Clang
    - name: "Linux/Clang/Shared"
      os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: clang
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
    - name: "Linux/Clang/Static"
      os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: clang
      env:
        - CFGOPT=--disable-shared
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
# Debug build. Running test-cases disabled, because it is currently failing.
    - name: "Linux/Clang/Debug/no test"
      os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: clang
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
        - CFGOPT=--enable-symbols=all
      script:
        - make all tcltest
# Testing on Mac, various styles
    - name: "macOS/Xcode 11/Shared/Unix-like"
      os: osx
      osx_image: xcode11
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
    - name: "macOS/Xcode 11/Shared"
      os: osx
      osx_image: xcode11
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=macosx

      install: []
      script: &mactest
        - make all
        # The styles=develop avoids some weird problems on OSX
        - make test styles=develop
    - name: "macOS/Xcode 10/Shared"
      os: osx
      osx_image: xcode10.2
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=macosx

      install: []
      script: *mactest
    - name: "macOS/Xcode 9/Shared"
      os: osx
      osx_image: xcode9
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=macosx



      install: []
      script: *mactest
    - name: "macOS/Xcode 8/Shared"
      os: osx
      osx_image: xcode8
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=macosx

      install: []
      script: *mactest
# Test with mingw-w64 (32 bit) cross-compile
# Doesn't run tests because wine is only an imperfect Windows emulation
    - name: "Linux-cross-Windows-32/GCC/Shared/no test"
      os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: i686-w64-mingw32-gcc
      addons: &mingw32
        apt:
          packages:
            - gcc-mingw-w64-base
            - binutils-mingw-w64-i686
            - gcc-mingw-w64-i686
            - gcc-mingw-w64
            - gcc-multilib
            - wine
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=win
        - CFGOPT=--host=i686-w64-mingw32
      script: &crosstest
        - make all tcltest
        # Include a high visibility marker that tests are skipped outright
        - >
          echo "`tput setaf 3`SKIPPED TEST: CROSS COMPILING`tput sgr0`"
    - name: "Linux-cross-Windows-32/GCC/Static/no test"
      os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: i686-w64-mingw32-gcc
      addons: *mingw32








      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=win
        - CFGOPT="--host=i686-w64-mingw32 --disable-shared"
      script: *crosstest
    - name: "Linux-cross-Windows-32/GCC/Shared/no test: UTF_MAX=6"
      os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: i686-w64-mingw32-gcc
      addons: *mingw32








      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=win
        - CFGOPT="--host=i686-w64-mingw32 CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=6"
      script: *crosstest
    - name: "Linux-cross-Windows-32/GCC/Shared/no test: UTF_MAX=3"
      os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: i686-w64-mingw32-gcc
      addons: *mingw32








      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=win
        - CFGOPT="--host=i686-w64-mingw32 CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=3"
      script: *crosstest
    - name: "Linux-cross-Windows-32/GCC/Shared/no test: NO_DEPRECATED"
      os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: i686-w64-mingw32-gcc
      addons: *mingw32








      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=win
        - CFGOPT="--host=i686-w64-mingw32 CFLAGS=-DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED=1"
      script: *crosstest
    - name: "Linux-cross-Windows-32/GCC/Debug/no test"
      os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: i686-w64-mingw32-gcc
      addons: *mingw32
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=win
        - CFGOPT="--host=i686-w64-mingw32 --enable-symbols"
      script: *crosstest
# Test with mingw-w64 (64 bit)
# Doesn't run tests because wine is only an imperfect Windows emulation
    - name: "Linux-cross-Windows-64/GCC/Shared/no test"
      os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc
      addons: &mingw64
        apt:
          packages:
            - gcc-mingw-w64-base
            - binutils-mingw-w64-x86-64
            - gcc-mingw-w64-x86-64
            - gcc-mingw-w64
            - wine
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=win
        - CFGOPT="--host=x86_64-w64-mingw32 --enable-64bit"
      script: *crosstest
    - name: "Linux-cross-Windows-64/GCC/Static/no test"
      os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc
      addons: *mingw64







      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=win
        - CFGOPT="--host=x86_64-w64-mingw32 --enable-64bit --disable-shared"
      script: *crosstest
    - name: "Linux-cross-Windows-64/GCC/Shared/no test: UTF_MAX=6"
      os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc
      addons: *mingw64







      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=win
        - CFGOPT="--host=x86_64-w64-mingw32 --enable-64bit CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=6"
      script: *crosstest
    - name: "Linux-cross-Windows-64/GCC/Shared/no test: UTF_MAX=3"
      os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc
      addons: *mingw64







      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=win
        - CFGOPT="--host=x86_64-w64-mingw32 --enable-64bit CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=3"
      script: *crosstest
    - name: "Linux-cross-Windows-64/GCC/Shared/no test: NO_DEPRECATED"
      os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc
      addons: *mingw64

      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=win
        - CFGOPT="--host=x86_64-w64-mingw32 --enable-64bit CFLAGS=-DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED=1"
      script: *crosstest
    - name: "Linux-cross-Windows-64/GCC/Debug/no test"
      os: linux
      dist: xenial
      compiler: x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc
      addons: *mingw64
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=win
        - CFGOPT="--host=x86_64-w64-mingw32 --enable-64bit --enable-symbols"

      script: *crosstest
# Test on Windows with MSVC native
    - name: "Windows/MSVC/Shared"
      os: windows
      compiler: cl
      env: &vcenv
        - BUILD_DIR=win
        - VCDIR="/C/Program Files (x86)/Microsoft Visual Studio/2017/BuildTools/VC/Auxiliary/Build"
      before_install: &vcpreinst
        - PATH="$PATH:$VCDIR"
        - cd ${BUILD_DIR}
      install: []
      script:
        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake -f makefile.vc all tcltest'
        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake -f makefile.vc test'
    - name: "Windows/MSVC/Shared: UTF_MAX=6"
      os: windows
      compiler: cl
      env: *vcenv
      before_install: *vcpreinst
      install: []
      script:
        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake OPTS=utfmax -f makefile.vc all tcltest'
        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake OPTS=utfmax -f makefile.vc test'
    - name: "Windows/MSVC/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
      os: windows
      compiler: cl
      env: *vcenv
      before_install: *vcpreinst
      install: []
      script:
        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake OPTS=nodep -f makefile.vc all tcltest'
        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake OPTS=nodep -f makefile.vc test'
    - name: "Windows/MSVC/Static"
      os: windows
      compiler: cl
      env: *vcenv
      before_install: *vcpreinst
      install: []
      script:
        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake OPTS=static -f makefile.vc all tcltest'
        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake OPTS=static -f makefile.vc test'
    - name: "Windows/MSVC/Debug"
      os: windows
      compiler: cl
      env: *vcenv
      before_install: *vcpreinst
      install: []
      script:
        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake OPTS=symbols -f makefile.vc all tcltest'
        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake OPTS=symbols -f makefile.vc test'
before_install:

  - cd ${BUILD_DIR}
install:
  - ./configure ${CFGOPT} --prefix=$HOME
before_script:
  - export ERROR_ON_FAILURES=1
script:
  - make all tcltest
  - make test

README:  Tcl

    This is the Tcl 8.7a2 source distribution.


	http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/
    You can get any source release of Tcl from the URL above.



Contents
--------
    1. Introduction
    2. Documentation
    3. Compiling and installing Tcl
    4. Development tools
    5. Tcl newsgroup
    6. The Tcler's Wiki
    7. Mailing lists
    8. Support and Training
    9. Tracking Development
    10. Thank You

1. Introduction
---------------
Tcl provides a powerful platform for creating integration applications that
tie together diverse applications, protocols, devices, and frameworks.
When paired with the Tk toolkit, Tcl provides the fastest and most powerful
way to create GUI applications that run on PCs, Unix, and Mac OS X.
Tcl can also be used for a variety of web-related tasks and for creating
powerful command languages for applications.

Tcl is maintained, enhanced, and distributed freely by the Tcl community.
Source code development and tracking of bug reports and feature requests
takes place at:

	http://core.tcl-lang.org/

Tcl/Tk release and mailing list services are hosted by SourceForge:

	http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/

with the Tcl Developer Xchange hosted at:

	http://www.tcl-lang.org/

Tcl is a freely available open source package.  You can do virtually
anything you like with it, such as modifying it, redistributing it,
and selling it either in whole or in part.  See the file
"license.terms" for complete information.

2. Documentation
----------------

Extensive documentation is available at our website.
The home page for this release, including new features, is
	http://www.tcl-lang.org/software/tcltk/8.7.html

Detailed release notes can be found at the file distributions page

by clicking on the relevant version.
	http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/

Information about Tcl itself can be found at
	http://www.tcl-lang.org/about/

There have been many Tcl books on the market.  Many are mentioned in the Wiki:
	http://wiki.tcl-lang.org/_/ref?N=25206

To view the complete set of reference manual entries for Tcl 8.7 online,
visit the URL:
	http://www.tcl-lang.org/man/tcl8.7/

2a. Unix Documentation
----------------------

The "doc" subdirectory in this release contains a complete set of
reference manual entries for Tcl.  Files with extension ".1" are for
programs (for example, tclsh.1); files with extension ".3" are for C

library procedures; and files with extension ".n" describe Tcl
commands.  The file "doc/Tcl.n" gives a quick summary of the Tcl
language syntax.  To print any of the man pages on Unix, cd to the
"doc" directory and invoke your favorite variant of troff using the
normal -man macros, for example

		ditroff -man Tcl.n

to print Tcl.n.  If Tcl has been installed correctly and your "man" program
supports it, you should be able to access the Tcl manual entries using the
normal "man" mechanisms, such as

		man Tcl

2b. Windows Documentation
-------------------------

The "doc" subdirectory in this release contains a complete set of Windows
help files for Tcl.  Once you install this Tcl release, a shortcut to the
Windows help Tcl documentation will appear in the "Start" menu:

	Start | Programs | Tcl | Tcl Help

3. Compiling and installing Tcl
-------------------------------

There are brief notes in the unix/README, win/README, and macosx/README about
compiling on these different platforms.  There is additional information
about building Tcl from sources at

	http://www.tcl-lang.org/doc/howto/compile.html

4. Development tools
---------------------------

ActiveState produces a high quality set of commercial quality development
tools that is available to accelerate your Tcl application development.
Tcl Dev Kit builds on the earlier TclPro toolset and provides a debugger,
static code checker, single-file wrapping utility, bytecode compiler and
more.  More information can be found at

	http://www.ActiveState.com/Tcl

5. Tcl newsgroup
----------------

There is a USENET news group, "comp.lang.tcl", intended for the exchange of
information about Tcl, Tk, and related applications.  The newsgroup is a
great place to ask general information questions.  For bug reports, please
see the "Support and bug fixes" section below.

6. Tcl'ers Wiki
---------------

A Wiki-based open community site covering all aspects of Tcl/Tk is at:

	http://wiki.tcl-lang.org/

It is dedicated to the Tcl programming language and its extensions.  A
wealth of useful information can be found there.  It contains code
snippets, references to papers, books, and FAQs, as well as pointers to
development tools, extensions, and applications.  You can also recommend
additional URLs by editing the wiki yourself.

7. Mailing lists
----------------

Several mailing lists are hosted at SourceForge to discuss development or
use issues (like Macintosh and Windows topics).  For more information and
to subscribe, visit:

	http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/

and go to the Mailing Lists page.

8. Support and Training
------------------------

We are very interested in receiving bug reports, patches, and suggestions
for improvements.  We prefer that you send this information to us as
tickets entered into our tracker at:

	http://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/reportlist

We will log and follow-up on each bug, although we cannot promise a
specific turn-around time.  Enhancements may take longer and may not happen
at all unless there is widespread support for them (we're trying to
slow the rate at which Tcl/Tk turns into a kitchen sink).  It's very
difficult to make incompatible changes to Tcl/Tk at this point, due to
the size of the installed base.

The Tcl community is too large for us to provide much individual support
for users.  If you need help we suggest that you post questions to


comp.lang.tcl.  We read the newsgroup and will attempt to answer esoteric
questions for which no one else is likely to know the answer.  In addition,
see the following Web site for links to other organizations that offer
Tcl/Tk training:

	http://wiki.tcl-lang.org/training

9. Tracking Development
-----------------------

Tcl is developed in public.  To keep an eye on how Tcl is changing, see
	http://core.tcl-lang.org/

10. Thank You
-------------

We'd like to express our thanks to the Tcl community for all the
helpful suggestions, bug reports, and patches we have received.
Tcl/Tk has improved vastly and will continue to do so with your help.

# README:  Tcl

This is the **Tcl 8.7a2** source distribution.

You can get any source release of Tcl from [our distribution
site](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/).


[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/tcltk/tcl.svg?branch=core-8-branch)](https://travis-ci.org/tcltk/tcl)

## Contents

 1. [Introduction](#intro)
 2. [Documentation](#doc)
 3. [Compiling and installing Tcl](#build)
 4. [Development tools](#devtools)
 5. [Tcl newsgroup](#complangtcl)
 6. [The Tcler's Wiki](#wiki)
 7. [Mailing lists](#email)
 8. [Support and Training](#support)
 9. [Tracking Development](#watch)
 10. [Thank You](#thanks)

## <a id="intro">1.</a> Introduction

Tcl provides a powerful platform for creating integration applications that
tie together diverse applications, protocols, devices, and frameworks.
When paired with the Tk toolkit, Tcl provides the fastest and most powerful
way to create GUI applications that run on PCs, Unix, and Mac OS X.
Tcl can also be used for a variety of web-related tasks and for creating
powerful command languages for applications.

Tcl is maintained, enhanced, and distributed freely by the Tcl community.
Source code development and tracking of bug reports and feature requests


takes place at [core.tcl-lang.org](https://core.tcl-lang.org/).

Tcl/Tk release and mailing list services are [hosted by

SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/)

with the Tcl Developer Xchange hosted at

[www.tcl-lang.org](https://www.tcl-lang.org).

Tcl is a freely available open source package.  You can do virtually
anything you like with it, such as modifying it, redistributing it,
and selling it either in whole or in part.  See the file
`license.terms` for complete information.

## <a id="doc">2.</a> Documentation


Extensive documentation is available at our website.
The home page for this release, including new features, is
[here](https://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/8.7.html).

Detailed release notes can be found at the
[file distributions page](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/)
by clicking on the relevant version.


Information about Tcl itself can be found at the [Developer
Xchange](https://www.tcl-lang.org/about/).

There have been many Tcl books on the market.  Many are mentioned in
[the Wiki](https://wiki.tcl-lang.org/_/ref?N=25206).

The complete set of reference manual entries for Tcl 8.7 is [online,

here](https://www.tcl-lang.org/man/tcl8.7/).

### <a id="doc.unix">2a.</a> Unix Documentation


The `doc` subdirectory in this release contains a complete set of
reference manual entries for Tcl.  Files with extension "`.1`" are for

programs (for example, `tclsh.1`); files with extension "`.3`" are for C
library procedures; and files with extension "`.n`" describe Tcl
commands.  The file "`doc/Tcl.n`" gives a quick summary of the Tcl
language syntax.  To print any of the man pages on Unix, cd to the
"doc" directory and invoke your favorite variant of troff using the
normal -man macros, for example

		groff -man -Tpdf Tcl.n >output.pdf

to print Tcl.n to PDF.  If Tcl has been installed correctly and your "man" program
supports it, you should be able to access the Tcl manual entries using the
normal "man" mechanisms, such as

		man Tcl

### <a id="doc.win">2b.</a> Windows Documentation


The "doc" subdirectory in this release contains a complete set of Windows
help files for Tcl.  Once you install this Tcl release, a shortcut to the
Windows help Tcl documentation will appear in the "Start" menu:

		Start | Programs | Tcl | Tcl Help

## <a id="build">3.</a> Compiling and installing Tcl


There are brief notes in the `unix/README`, `win/README`, and `macosx/README`
about compiling on these different platforms.  There is additional information
about building Tcl from sources

[online](https://www.tcl-lang.org/doc/howto/compile.html).

## <a id="devtools">4.</a> Development tools


ActiveState produces a high quality set of commercial quality development
tools that is available to accelerate your Tcl application development.
Tcl Dev Kit builds on the earlier TclPro toolset and provides a debugger,
static code checker, single-file wrapping utility, bytecode compiler and
more.  More information can be found at

	http://www.ActiveState.com/Tcl

## <a id="complangtcl">5.</a> Tcl newsgroup


There is a USENET news group, "`comp.lang.tcl`", intended for the exchange of
information about Tcl, Tk, and related applications.  The newsgroup is a
great place to ask general information questions.  For bug reports, please
see the "Support and bug fixes" section below.

## <a id="wiki">6.</a> Tcl'ers Wiki
There is a [wiki-based open community site](https://wiki.tcl-lang.org/)

covering all aspects of Tcl/Tk.



It is dedicated to the Tcl programming language and its extensions.  A
wealth of useful information can be found there.  It contains code
snippets, references to papers, books, and FAQs, as well as pointers to
development tools, extensions, and applications.  You can also recommend
additional URLs by editing the wiki yourself.

## <a id="email">7.</a> Mailing lists


Several mailing lists are hosted at SourceForge to discuss development or use
issues (like Macintosh and Windows topics).  For more information and to


subscribe, visit [here](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/) and go to the

Mailing Lists page.

## <a id="support">8.</a> Support and Training


We are very interested in receiving bug reports, patches, and suggestions for
improvements.  We prefer that you send this information to us as tickets


entered into [our issue tracker](https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/reportlist).

We will log and follow-up on each bug, although we cannot promise a
specific turn-around time.  Enhancements may take longer and may not happen
at all unless there is widespread support for them (we're trying to
slow the rate at which Tcl/Tk turns into a kitchen sink).  It's very
difficult to make incompatible changes to Tcl/Tk at this point, due to
the size of the installed base.

The Tcl community is too large for us to provide much individual support for
users.  If you need help we suggest that you post questions to `comp.lang.tcl`
or ask a question on [Stack
Overflow](https://stackoverflow.com/questions/tagged/tcl).  We read the
newsgroup and will attempt to answer esoteric questions for which no one else
is likely to know the answer.  In addition, see the wiki for [links to other



organizations](https://wiki.tcl-lang.org/training) that offer Tcl/Tk training.

## <a id="watch">9.</a> Tracking Development


Tcl is developed in public.  You can keep an eye on how Tcl is changing at
[core.tcl-lang.org](https://core.tcl-lang.org/).

## <a id="thanks">10.</a> Thank You


We'd like to express our thanks to the Tcl community for all the
helpful suggestions, bug reports, and patches we have received.
Tcl/Tk has improved vastly and will continue to do so with your help.

int fake_getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa, size_t salen, char *host,
                size_t hostlen, char *serv, size_t servlen, int flags)
{
	struct sockaddr_in *sin = (struct sockaddr_in *)sa;
	struct hostent *hp;
	char tmpserv[16];


	if (sa->sa_family != AF_UNSPEC && sa->sa_family != AF_INET)
		return (EAI_FAMILY);
	if (serv != NULL) {
		snprintf(tmpserv, sizeof(tmpserv), "%d", ntohs(sin->sin_port));
		if (strlcpy(serv, tmpserv, servlen) >= servlen)
			return (EAI_MEMORY);
................................................................................

#ifndef HAVE_GETADDRINFO
static struct
addrinfo *malloc_ai(int port, u_long addr, const struct addrinfo *hints)
{
	struct addrinfo *ai;

	ai = malloc(sizeof(*ai) + sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
	if (ai == NULL)
		return (NULL);

	memset(ai, '\0', sizeof(*ai) + sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));

	ai->ai_addr = (struct sockaddr *)(ai + 1);
	/* XXX -- ssh doesn't use sa_len */

int fake_getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa, size_t salen, char *host,
                size_t hostlen, char *serv, size_t servlen, int flags)
{
	struct sockaddr_in *sin = (struct sockaddr_in *)sa;
	struct hostent *hp;
	char tmpserv[16];
	(void)salen;

	if (sa->sa_family != AF_UNSPEC && sa->sa_family != AF_INET)
		return (EAI_FAMILY);
	if (serv != NULL) {
		snprintf(tmpserv, sizeof(tmpserv), "%d", ntohs(sin->sin_port));
		if (strlcpy(serv, tmpserv, servlen) >= servlen)
			return (EAI_MEMORY);
................................................................................

#ifndef HAVE_GETADDRINFO
static struct
addrinfo *malloc_ai(int port, u_long addr, const struct addrinfo *hints)
{
	struct addrinfo *ai;

	ai = (struct addrinfo *)malloc(sizeof(*ai) + sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
	if (ai == NULL)
		return (NULL);

	memset(ai, '\0', sizeof(*ai) + sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));

	ai->ai_addr = (struct sockaddr *)(ai + 1);
	/* XXX -- ssh doesn't use sa_len */

int
gettimeofday(
    struct timeval *tp,
    struct timezone *tz)
{
    struct timeb t;


    ftime(&t);
    tp->tv_sec = t.time;
    tp->tv_usec = t. millitm * 1000;
    return 0;
}

int
gettimeofday(
    struct timeval *tp,
    struct timezone *tz)
{
    struct timeb t;
    (void)tz;

    ftime(&t);
    tp->tv_sec = t.time;
    tp->tv_usec = t.millitm * 1000;
    return 0;
}

 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <unistd.h>


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * mkstemp --
 *
 *	Create an open temporary file from a template.
................................................................................
 *	The template is updated to contain the real filename.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
mkstemp(
    char *template)		/* Template for filename. */
{
    static const char alphanumerics[] =
	"abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789";
    register char *a, *b;
    int fd, count, alphanumericsLen = strlen(alphanumerics); /* == 62 */

    a = template + strlen(template);
    while (a > template && *(a-1) == 'X') {
	a--;
    }

    if (a == template) {
	errno = ENOENT;
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * We'll only try up to 10 times; after that, we're suffering from enemy
     * action and should let the caller know.
................................................................................
	    *b = alphanumerics[(int)(r * alphanumericsLen)];
	}

	/*
	 * Template is now realized; try to open (with correct options).
	 */

	fd = open(template, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL, 0600);
    } while (fd == -1 && errno == EEXIST && --count > 0);

    return fd;
}

 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <string.h>

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * mkstemp --
 *
 *	Create an open temporary file from a template.
................................................................................
 *	The template is updated to contain the real filename.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
mkstemp(
    char *tmpl)		/* Template for filename. */
{
    static const char alphanumerics[] =
	"abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789";
    char *a, *b;
    int fd, count, alphanumericsLen = strlen(alphanumerics); /* == 62 */

    a = tmpl + strlen(tmpl);
    while (a > tmpl && *(a-1) == 'X') {
	a--;
    }

    if (a == tmpl) {
	errno = ENOENT;
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * We'll only try up to 10 times; after that, we're suffering from enemy
     * action and should let the caller know.
................................................................................
	    *b = alphanumerics[(int)(r * alphanumericsLen)];
	}

	/*
	 * Template is now realized; try to open (with correct options).
	 */

	fd = open(tmpl, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL, 0600);
    } while (fd == -1 && errno == EEXIST && --count > 0);

    return fd;
}

 * open a directory.
 */

DIR *
opendir(
    char *name)
{
    register DIR *dirp;
    register int fd;
    char *myname;

    myname = ((*name == '\0') ? "." : name);
    if ((fd = open(myname, 0, 0)) == -1) {
	return NULL;
    }
    dirp = (DIR *) ckalloc(sizeof(DIR));
    if (dirp == NULL) {
................................................................................

/*
 * get next entry in a directory.
 */

struct dirent *
readdir(
    register DIR *dirp)
{
    register struct olddirect *dp;
    static struct dirent dir;

    for (;;) {
	if (dirp->dd_loc == 0) {
	    dirp->dd_size = read(dirp->dd_fd, dirp->dd_buf, DIRBLKSIZ);
	    if (dirp->dd_size <= 0) {
		return NULL;
................................................................................

/*
 * close a directory.
 */

void
closedir(
    register DIR *dirp)
{
    close(dirp->dd_fd);
    dirp->dd_fd = -1;
    dirp->dd_loc = 0;
    ckfree(dirp);
}

 * open a directory.
 */

DIR *
opendir(
    char *name)
{
    DIR *dirp;
    int fd;
    const char *myname;

    myname = ((*name == '\0') ? "." : name);
    if ((fd = open(myname, 0, 0)) == -1) {
	return NULL;
    }
    dirp = (DIR *) ckalloc(sizeof(DIR));
    if (dirp == NULL) {
................................................................................

/*
 * get next entry in a directory.
 */

struct dirent *
readdir(
    DIR *dirp)
{
    struct olddirect *dp;
    static struct dirent dir;

    for (;;) {
	if (dirp->dd_loc == 0) {
	    dirp->dd_size = read(dirp->dd_fd, dirp->dd_buf, DIRBLKSIZ);
	    if (dirp->dd_size <= 0) {
		return NULL;
................................................................................

/*
 * close a directory.
 */

void
closedir(
    DIR *dirp)
{
    close(dirp->dd_fd);
    dirp->dd_fd = -1;
    dirp->dd_loc = 0;
    ckfree(dirp);
}

/*
 * stdlib.h --
 *
 *	Declares facilities exported by the "stdlib" portion of the C library.
 *	This file isn't complete in the ANSI-C sense; it only declares things
 *	that are needed by Tcl. This file is needed even on many systems with
 *	their own stdlib.h (e.g. SunOS) because not all stdlib.h files declare
 *	all the procedures needed here (such as strtod).
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

/*
 * stdlib.h --
 *
 *	Declares facilities exported by the "stdlib" portion of the C library.
 *	This file isn't complete in the ANSI-C sense; it only declares things
 *	that are needed by Tcl. This file is needed even on many systems with
 *	their own stdlib.h (e.g. SunOS) because not all stdlib.h files declare
 *	all the procedures needed here (such as strtol/strtoul).
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

char *
strstr(
    register char *string,	/* String to search. */
    char *substring)		/* Substring to try to find in string. */
{
    register char *a, *b;

    /*
     * First scan quickly through the two strings looking for a
     * single-character match. When it's found, then compare the rest of the
     * substring.
     */

 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

char *
strstr(
    char *string,		/* String to search. */
    char *substring)		/* Substring to try to find in string. */
{
    char *a, *b;

    /*
     * First scan quickly through the two strings looking for a
     * single-character match. When it's found, then compare the rest of the
     * substring.
     */

				 * character, or NULL. */
    int base)			/* Base for conversion. Must be less than 37.
				 * If 0, then the base is chosen from the
				 * leading characters of string: "0x" means
				 * hex, "0" means octal, anything else means
				 * decimal. */
{
    register const char *p;
    long result;

    /*
     * Skip any leading blanks.
     */

    p = string;

				 * character, or NULL. */
    int base)			/* Base for conversion. Must be less than 37.
				 * If 0, then the base is chosen from the
				 * leading characters of string: "0x" means
				 * hex, "0" means octal, anything else means
				 * decimal. */
{
    const char *p;
    long result;

    /*
     * Skip any leading blanks.
     */

    p = string;

				 * character, or NULL. */
    int base)			/* Base for conversion.  Must be less than 37.
				 * If 0, then the base is chosen from the
				 * leading characters of string: "0x" means
				 * hex, "0" means octal, anything else means
				 * decimal. */
{
    register const char *p;
    register unsigned long int result = 0;
    register unsigned digit;
    int anyDigits = 0;
    int negative=0;
    int overflow=0;

    /*
     * Skip any leading blanks.
     */

				 * character, or NULL. */
    int base)			/* Base for conversion.  Must be less than 37.
				 * If 0, then the base is chosen from the
				 * leading characters of string: "0x" means
				 * hex, "0" means octal, anything else means
				 * decimal. */
{
    const char *p;
    unsigned long int result = 0;
    unsigned digit;
    int anyDigits = 0;
    int negative=0;
    int overflow=0;

    /*
     * Skip any leading blanks.
     */

    pid_t pid,			/* The pid to wait on. Must be -1 or greater
				 * than zero. */
    int *statusPtr,		/* Where to store wait status for the
				 * process. */
    int options)		/* OR'ed combination of WNOHANG and
				 * WUNTRACED. */
{
    register WaitInfo *waitPtr, *prevPtr;
    pid_t result;
    WAIT_STATUS_TYPE status;

    if ((pid < -1) || (pid == 0)) {
	errno = EINVAL;
	return -1;
    }

    pid_t pid,			/* The pid to wait on. Must be -1 or greater
				 * than zero. */
    int *statusPtr,		/* Where to store wait status for the
				 * process. */
    int options)		/* OR'ed combination of WNOHANG and
				 * WUNTRACED. */
{
    WaitInfo *waitPtr, *prevPtr;
    pid_t result;
    WAIT_STATUS_TYPE status;

    if ((pid < -1) || (pid == 0)) {
	errno = EINVAL;
	return -1;
    }

#define WRITEBUFFERSIZE (16384)
#define MAXFILENAME (256)

#ifdef _WIN32
uLong filetime(f, tmzip, dt)
    char *f;                /* name of file to get info on */
    tm_zip *tmzip;             /* return value: access, modific. and creation times */
    uLong *dt;             /* dostime */
{
  int ret = 0;
  {
      FILETIME ftLocal;
      HANDLE hFind;
      WIN32_FIND_DATAA ff32;
................................................................................
      }
  }
  return ret;
}
#else
#if defined(unix) || defined(__APPLE__)
uLong filetime(f, tmzip, dt)
    char *f;               /* name of file to get info on */
    tm_zip *tmzip;         /* return value: access, modific. and creation times */
    uLong *dt;             /* dostime */
{
  int ret=0;
  struct stat s;        /* results of stat() */
  struct tm* filedate;
  time_t tm_t=0;
................................................................................
  tmzip->tm_mon  = filedate->tm_mon ;
  tmzip->tm_year = filedate->tm_year;

  return ret;
}
#else
uLong filetime(f, tmzip, dt)
    char *f;                /* name of file to get info on */
    tm_zip *tmzip;             /* return value: access, modific. and creation times */
    uLong *dt;             /* dostime */
{
    return 0;
}
#endif
#endif

#define WRITEBUFFERSIZE (16384)
#define MAXFILENAME (256)

#ifdef _WIN32
uLong filetime(f, tmzip, dt)
    const char *f;         /* name of file to get info on */
    tm_zip *tmzip;         /* return value: access, modific. and creation times */
    uLong *dt;             /* dostime */
{
  int ret = 0;
  {
      FILETIME ftLocal;
      HANDLE hFind;
      WIN32_FIND_DATAA ff32;
................................................................................
      }
  }
  return ret;
}
#else
#if defined(unix) || defined(__APPLE__)
uLong filetime(f, tmzip, dt)
    const char *f;         /* name of file to get info on */
    tm_zip *tmzip;         /* return value: access, modific. and creation times */
    uLong *dt;             /* dostime */
{
  int ret=0;
  struct stat s;        /* results of stat() */
  struct tm* filedate;
  time_t tm_t=0;
................................................................................
  tmzip->tm_mon  = filedate->tm_mon ;
  tmzip->tm_year = filedate->tm_year;

  return ret;
}
#else
uLong filetime(f, tmzip, dt)
    const char *f;         /* name of file to get info on */
    tm_zip *tmzip;         /* return value: access, modific. and creation times */
    uLong *dt;             /* dostime */
{
    return 0;
}
#endif
#endif

already exist.
.AP int objc in
The number of elements in the \fIobjv\fR array.
.AP "Tcl_Obj *const" *objv in
The arguments to the command to create the instance of the class.
.AP int skip in
The number of arguments at the start of the argument array, \fIobjv\fR, that
are not arguments to any constructors.


.AP Tcl_ObjectMetadataType *metaTypePtr in
The type of \fImetadata\fR being set with \fBTcl_ClassSetMetadata\fR or
retrieved with \fBTcl_ClassGetMetadata\fR.
.AP ClientData metadata in
An item of metadata to attach to the class, or NULL to remove the metadata
associated with a particular \fImetaTypePtr\fR.
.AP "Tcl_ObjectMapMethodNameProc" "methodNameMapper" in
................................................................................
with that name, and then to use \fBTcl_GetObjectAsClass\fR.
.PP
Every object has its own command and namespace associated with it. The command
may be retrieved using the \fBTcl_GetObjectCommand\fR function, the name of
the object (and hence the name of the command) with \fBTcl_GetObjectName\fR,
and the namespace may be retrieved using the \fBTcl_GetObjectNamespace\fR
function. Note that the Tcl_Obj reference returned by \fBTcl_GetObjectName\fR
is a shared reference.


.PP
Instances of classes are created using \fBTcl_NewObjectInstance\fR, which
creates an object from any class (and which is internally called by both
the \fBcreate\fR and \fBnew\fR methods of the \fBoo::class\fR class). It takes
parameters that optionally give the name of the object and namespace to
create, and which describe the arguments to pass to the class's constructor
(if any). The result of the function will be either a reference to the newly
created object, or NULL if the creation failed (when an error message will be
left in the interpreter result). In addition, objects may be copied by using
\fBTcl_CopyObjectInstance\fR which creates a copy of an object without running
any constructors.










.SH "OBJECT AND CLASS METADATA"
.PP
Every object and every class may have arbitrary amounts of metadata attached
to it, which the object or class attaches no meaning to beyond what is
described in a Tcl_ObjectMetadataType structure instance. Metadata to be
attached is described by the type of the metadata (given in the
\fImetaTypePtr\fR argument) and an arbitrary pointer (the \fImetadata\fR

already exist.
.AP int objc in
The number of elements in the \fIobjv\fR array.
.AP "Tcl_Obj *const" *objv in
The arguments to the command to create the instance of the class.
.AP int skip in
The number of arguments at the start of the argument array, \fIobjv\fR, that
are not arguments to any constructors. This allows the generation of correct
error messages even when complicated calling patterns are used (e.g., via the
\fBnext\fR command).
.AP Tcl_ObjectMetadataType *metaTypePtr in
The type of \fImetadata\fR being set with \fBTcl_ClassSetMetadata\fR or
retrieved with \fBTcl_ClassGetMetadata\fR.
.AP ClientData metadata in
An item of metadata to attach to the class, or NULL to remove the metadata
associated with a particular \fImetaTypePtr\fR.
.AP "Tcl_ObjectMapMethodNameProc" "methodNameMapper" in
................................................................................
with that name, and then to use \fBTcl_GetObjectAsClass\fR.
.PP
Every object has its own command and namespace associated with it. The command
may be retrieved using the \fBTcl_GetObjectCommand\fR function, the name of
the object (and hence the name of the command) with \fBTcl_GetObjectName\fR,
and the namespace may be retrieved using the \fBTcl_GetObjectNamespace\fR
function. Note that the Tcl_Obj reference returned by \fBTcl_GetObjectName\fR
is a shared reference. You can also get whether the object has been marked for
deletion with \fBTcl_ObjectDeleted\fR (it returns true if deletion of the
object has begun); this can be useful during the processing of methods.
.PP
Instances of classes are created using \fBTcl_NewObjectInstance\fR, which
creates an object from any class (and which is internally called by both
the \fBcreate\fR and \fBnew\fR methods of the \fBoo::class\fR class). It takes
parameters that optionally give the name of the object and namespace to
create, and which describe the arguments to pass to the class's constructor
(if any). The result of the function will be either a reference to the newly
created object, or NULL if the creation failed (when an error message will be
left in the interpreter result). In addition, objects may be copied by using
\fBTcl_CopyObjectInstance\fR which creates a copy of an object without running
any constructors.
.PP
Note that the lifetime management of objects is handled internally within
TclOO, and does not use \fBTcl_Preserve\fR. \fIIt is not safe to put a
Tcl_Object handle in a C structure with a lifespan different to the object;\fR
you should use the object's command name (as retrieved with
\fBTcl_GetObjectName\fR) instead. It is safe to use a Tcl_Object handle for
the lifespan of a call of a method on that object; handles do not become
invalid while there is an outstanding call on their object (even if the only
operation guaranteed to be safe on them is \fBTcl_ObjectDeleted\fR; the other
operations are only guaranteed to work on non-deleted objects).
.SH "OBJECT AND CLASS METADATA"
.PP
Every object and every class may have arbitrary amounts of metadata attached
to it, which the object or class attaches no meaning to beyond what is
described in a Tcl_ObjectMetadataType structure instance. Metadata to be
attached is described by the type of the metadata (given in the
\fImetaTypePtr\fR argument) and an arbitrary pointer (the \fImetadata\fR

'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_IntObj 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_NewIntObj, Tcl_NewLongObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj, Tcl_SetIntObj, Tcl_SetLongObj, Tcl_SetWideIntObj, Tcl_GetIntFromObj, Tcl_GetLongFromObj, Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj, Tcl_NewBignumObj, Tcl_SetBignumObj, Tcl_GetBignumFromObj, Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj \- manipulate Tcl values as integers
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
\fBTcl_NewIntObj\fR(\fIintValue\fR)
.sp
................................................................................
\fBTcl_SetLongObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, longValue\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_SetWideIntObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, wideValue\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, intPtr\fR)
.sp



int
\fBTcl_GetLongFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, longPtr\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, widePtr\fR)
.sp
.sp
................................................................................
int
\fBTcl_TakeBignumFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, bigValue\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_InitBignumFromDouble\fR(\fIinterp, doubleValue, bigValue\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_WideInt doubleValue in/out


.AP int intValue in
Integer value used to initialize or set a Tcl value.
.AP long longValue in
Long integer value used to initialize or set a Tcl value.
.AP Tcl_WideInt wideValue in
Wide integer value used to initialize or set a Tcl value.
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out
................................................................................
and \fBTcl_SetBignumObj\fR routines each set the value of an existing
Tcl value pointed to by \fIobjPtr\fR to the integral value provided
by the other argument.  The \fIobjPtr\fR argument must point to an
unshared Tcl value.  Any attempt to set the value of a shared Tcl value
violates Tcl's copy-on-write policy.  Any existing string representation
or internal representation in the unshared Tcl value will be freed
as a consequence of setting the new value.










.PP
The \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR, \fBTcl_GetLongFromObj\fR,
\fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR, \fBTcl_GetBignumFromObj\fR, and
\fBTcl_TakeBignumFromObj\fR routines attempt to retrieve an integral
value of the appropriate type from the Tcl value \fIobjPtr\fR.  If the
attempt succeeds, then \fBTCL_OK\fR is returned, and the value is
written to the storage provided by the caller.  The attempt might

'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_IntObj 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_NewIntObj, Tcl_NewLongObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj, Tcl_SetIntObj, Tcl_SetLongObj, Tcl_SetWideIntObj, Tcl_GetIntFromObj, Tcl_GetIntForIndex, Tcl_GetLongFromObj, Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj, Tcl_NewBignumObj, Tcl_SetBignumObj, Tcl_GetBignumFromObj, Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj \- manipulate Tcl values as integers
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
\fBTcl_NewIntObj\fR(\fIintValue\fR)
.sp
................................................................................
\fBTcl_SetLongObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, longValue\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_SetWideIntObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, wideValue\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, intPtr\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_GetIntForIndex\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, endValue, intPtr\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_GetLongFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, longPtr\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, widePtr\fR)
.sp
.sp
................................................................................
int
\fBTcl_TakeBignumFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, bigValue\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_InitBignumFromDouble\fR(\fIinterp, doubleValue, bigValue\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_WideInt doubleValue in/out
.AP int endValue in
\fBTcl_GetIntForIndex\fR will return this when the input value is "end".
.AP int intValue in
Integer value used to initialize or set a Tcl value.
.AP long longValue in
Long integer value used to initialize or set a Tcl value.
.AP Tcl_WideInt wideValue in
Wide integer value used to initialize or set a Tcl value.
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out
................................................................................
and \fBTcl_SetBignumObj\fR routines each set the value of an existing
Tcl value pointed to by \fIobjPtr\fR to the integral value provided
by the other argument.  The \fIobjPtr\fR argument must point to an
unshared Tcl value.  Any attempt to set the value of a shared Tcl value
violates Tcl's copy-on-write policy.  Any existing string representation
or internal representation in the unshared Tcl value will be freed
as a consequence of setting the new value.
.PP
The \fBTcl_GetIntForIndex\fR routine attempts to retrieve an index
value from the Tcl value \fIobjPtr\fR.  If the attempt succeeds,
then \fBTCL_OK\fR is returned, and the value is written to the
storage provided by the caller.  The attempt might fail if
\fIobjPtr\fR does not hold an index value.  If the attempt fails,
then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned, and if \fIinterp\fR is non-NULL,
an error message is left in \fIinterp\fR.  The \fBTcl_ObjType\fR
of \fIobjPtr\fR may be changed to make subsequent calls to the
same routine more efficient.
.PP
The \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR, \fBTcl_GetLongFromObj\fR,
\fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR, \fBTcl_GetBignumFromObj\fR, and
\fBTcl_TakeBignumFromObj\fR routines attempt to retrieve an integral
value of the appropriate type from the Tcl value \fIobjPtr\fR.  If the
attempt succeeds, then \fBTCL_OK\fR is returned, and the value is
written to the storage provided by the caller.  The attempt might

source must work with the notifier to detect events at the right
times, record them on the event queue, and eventually notify
higher-level software that they have occurred.  The procedures
\fBTcl_CreateEventSource\fR, \fBTcl_DeleteEventSource\fR,
and \fBTcl_SetMaxBlockTime\fR, \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR, and
\fBTcl_DeleteEvents\fR are used primarily by event sources.
.IP [2]
The event queue: for non-threaded applications,
there is a single queue for the whole application,
containing events that have been detected but not yet serviced.  Event
sources place events onto the queue so that they may be processed in
order at appropriate times during the event loop. The event queue
guarantees a fair discipline of event handling, so that no event
source can starve the others.  It also allows events to be saved for
servicing at a future time.  Threaded applications work in a
similar manner, except that there is a separate event queue for
each thread containing a Tcl interpreter.
\fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR is used (primarily
by event sources) to add events to the event queue and
\fBTcl_DeleteEvents\fR is used to remove events from the queue without
processing them.  In a threaded application, \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR adds
an event to the current thread's queue, and \fBTcl_ThreadQueueEvent\fR
adds an event to a queue in a specific thread.
.IP [3]
The event loop: in order to detect and process events, the application
enters a loop that waits for events to occur, places them on the event
queue, and then processes them.  Most applications will do this by
calling the procedure \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR, which is described in a
separate manual entry.
.PP
................................................................................
When \fIproc\fR returns 1, \fBTcl_ServiceEvent\fR will remove the
event from the event queue and free its storage.
Note that the storage for an event must be allocated by
the event source (using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or the Tcl macro \fBckalloc\fR)
before calling \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR, but it
will be freed by \fBTcl_ServiceEvent\fR, not by the event source.
.PP
Threaded applications work in a
similar manner, except that there is a separate event queue for
each thread containing a Tcl interpreter.
Calling \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR in a multithreaded application adds
an event to the current thread's queue.
To add an event to another thread's queue, use \fBTcl_ThreadQueueEvent\fR.
\fBTcl_ThreadQueueEvent\fR accepts as an argument a Tcl_ThreadId argument,
which uniquely identifies a thread in a Tcl application.  To obtain the
Tcl_ThreadId for the current thread, use the \fBTcl_GetCurrentThread\fR
procedure.  (A thread would then need to pass this identifier to other
threads for those threads to be able to add events to its queue.)
After adding an event to another thread's queue, you then typically
................................................................................
elapsed).  Finally, a return value of \-1 means that the event loop is
no longer operational and the application should probably unwind and
terminate.  Under Windows this happens when a WM_QUIT message is received;
under Unix it happens when \fBTcl_WaitForEvent\fR would have waited
forever because there were no active event sources and the timeout was
infinite.
.PP
\fBTcl_AlertNotifier\fR is used in multithreaded applications to allow
any thread to
.QW "wake up"
the notifier to alert it to new events on its
queue.  \fBTcl_AlertNotifier\fR requires as an argument the notifier
handle returned by \fBTcl_InitNotifier\fR.
.PP
If the notifier will be used with an external event loop, then it must
also support the \fBTcl_SetTimer\fR interface.  \fBTcl_SetTimer\fR is

source must work with the notifier to detect events at the right
times, record them on the event queue, and eventually notify
higher-level software that they have occurred.  The procedures
\fBTcl_CreateEventSource\fR, \fBTcl_DeleteEventSource\fR,
and \fBTcl_SetMaxBlockTime\fR, \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR, and
\fBTcl_DeleteEvents\fR are used primarily by event sources.
.IP [2]

The event queue: there is a single queue for each thread containing
a Tcl interpreter, containing events that have been detected but not
yet serviced.  Event sources place events onto the queue so that they
may be processed in order at appropriate times during the event loop.
The event queue guarantees a fair discipline of event handling, so that
no event source can starve the others.  It also allows events to be
saved for servicing at a future time.


\fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR is used (primarily
by event sources) to add events to the current thread's event queue and
\fBTcl_DeleteEvents\fR is used to remove events from the queue without
processing them.


.IP [3]
The event loop: in order to detect and process events, the application
enters a loop that waits for events to occur, places them on the event
queue, and then processes them.  Most applications will do this by
calling the procedure \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR, which is described in a
separate manual entry.
.PP
................................................................................
When \fIproc\fR returns 1, \fBTcl_ServiceEvent\fR will remove the
event from the event queue and free its storage.
Note that the storage for an event must be allocated by
the event source (using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or the Tcl macro \fBckalloc\fR)
before calling \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR, but it
will be freed by \fBTcl_ServiceEvent\fR, not by the event source.
.PP




Calling \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR adds an event to the current thread's queue.
To add an event to another thread's queue, use \fBTcl_ThreadQueueEvent\fR.
\fBTcl_ThreadQueueEvent\fR accepts as an argument a Tcl_ThreadId argument,
which uniquely identifies a thread in a Tcl application.  To obtain the
Tcl_ThreadId for the current thread, use the \fBTcl_GetCurrentThread\fR
procedure.  (A thread would then need to pass this identifier to other
threads for those threads to be able to add events to its queue.)
After adding an event to another thread's queue, you then typically
................................................................................
elapsed).  Finally, a return value of \-1 means that the event loop is
no longer operational and the application should probably unwind and
terminate.  Under Windows this happens when a WM_QUIT message is received;
under Unix it happens when \fBTcl_WaitForEvent\fR would have waited
forever because there were no active event sources and the timeout was
infinite.
.PP
\fBTcl_AlertNotifier\fR is used to allow any thread to

.QW "wake up"
the notifier to alert it to new events on its
queue.  \fBTcl_AlertNotifier\fR requires as an argument the notifier
handle returned by \fBTcl_InitNotifier\fR.
.PP
If the notifier will be used with an external event loop, then it must
also support the \fBTcl_SetTimer\fR interface.  \fBTcl_SetTimer\fR is

The return value from \fIproc\fR is only used during read and
write tracing.
During unset traces, the return value is ignored and all relevant
trace procedures will always be invoked.
.SH "RESTRICTIONS"
.PP
A trace procedure can be called at any time, even when there
is a partially formed result in the interpreter's result area.  If
the trace procedure does anything that could damage this result (such
as calling \fBTcl_Eval\fR) then it must save the original values of
the interpreter's \fBresult\fR and \fBfreeProc\fR fields and restore
them before it returns.
.SH "UNDEFINED VARIABLES"
.PP
It is legal to set a trace on an undefined variable.
The variable will still appear to be undefined until the
first time its value is set.
If an undefined variable is traced and then unset, the unset will fail
with an error

The return value from \fIproc\fR is only used during read and
write tracing.
During unset traces, the return value is ignored and all relevant
trace procedures will always be invoked.
.SH "RESTRICTIONS"
.PP
A trace procedure can be called at any time, even when there
are partially formed results stored in the interpreter.  If
the trace procedure does anything that could damage this result (such
as calling \fBTcl_Eval\fR) then it must use the \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR
and related routines to save and restore the original state of
the interpreter before it returns.
.SH "UNDEFINED VARIABLES"
.PP
It is legal to set a trace on an undefined variable.
The variable will still appear to be undefined until the
first time its value is set.
If an undefined variable is traced and then unset, the unset will fail
with an error

.sp
int
\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR(\fIsrc, readPtr, dst\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS "const Tcl_UniChar" *uniPattern in/out
.AP char *buf out
Buffer in which the UTF-8 representation of the Tcl_UniChar is stored.  At most
\fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes are stored in the buffer.
.AP int ch in
The Unicode character to be converted or examined.
.AP Tcl_UniChar *chPtr out
Filled with the Tcl_UniChar represented by the head of the UTF-8 string.
.AP "const char" *src in
Pointer to a UTF-8 string.
.AP "const char" *cs in
................................................................................
.AP int index in
The index of a character (not byte) in the UTF-8 string.
.AP int *readPtr out
If non-NULL, filled with the number of bytes in the backslash sequence,
including the backslash character.
.AP char *dst out
Buffer in which the bytes represented by the backslash sequence are stored.
At most \fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes are stored in the buffer.
.AP int nocase in
Specifies whether the match should be done case-sensitive (0) or
case-insensitive (1).
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
................................................................................
source buffer is long enough such that this routine does not run off the
end and dereference non-existent or random memory; if the source buffer
is known to be null-terminated, this will not happen.  If the input is
a byte in the range 0x80 - 0x9F, \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR assumes the
cp1252 encoding, stores the corresponding Tcl_UniChar in \fI*chPtr\fR
and returns 1. If the input is otherwise
not in proper UTF-8 format, \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR will store the first
byte of \fIsrc\fR in \fI*chPtr\fR as a Tcl_UniChar between 0x0000 and
0x00ff and return 1.
.PP
\fBTcl_UniCharToUtfDString\fR converts the given Unicode string
to UTF-8, storing the result in a previously initialized \fBTcl_DString\fR.
You must specify \fIuniLength\fR, the length of the given Unicode string.
The return value is a pointer to the UTF-8 representation of the
Unicode string.  Storage for the return value is appended to the
end of the \fBTcl_DString\fR.
................................................................................
contain at least \fIindex\fR characters.  This is equivalent to calling
\fBTcl_UtfNext\fR \fIindex\fR times.  If a negative \fIindex\fR is given,
the return pointer points to the first character in the source string.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR is a utility procedure used by several of the Tcl
commands.  It parses a backslash sequence and stores the properly formed
UTF-8 character represented by the backslash sequence in the output
buffer \fIdst\fR.  At most \fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes are stored in the buffer.
\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR modifies \fI*readPtr\fR to contain the number
of bytes in the backslash sequence, including the backslash character.
The return value is the number of bytes stored in the output buffer.
.PP
See the \fBTcl\fR manual entry for information on the valid backslash
sequences.  All of the sequences described in the Tcl manual entry are
supported by \fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR.

.SH KEYWORDS
utf, unicode, backslash

.sp
int
\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR(\fIsrc, readPtr, dst\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS "const Tcl_UniChar" *uniPattern in/out
.AP char *buf out
Buffer in which the UTF-8 representation of the Tcl_UniChar is stored.  At most
4 bytes are stored in the buffer.
.AP int ch in
The Unicode character to be converted or examined.
.AP Tcl_UniChar *chPtr out
Filled with the Tcl_UniChar represented by the head of the UTF-8 string.
.AP "const char" *src in
Pointer to a UTF-8 string.
.AP "const char" *cs in
................................................................................
.AP int index in
The index of a character (not byte) in the UTF-8 string.
.AP int *readPtr out
If non-NULL, filled with the number of bytes in the backslash sequence,
including the backslash character.
.AP char *dst out
Buffer in which the bytes represented by the backslash sequence are stored.
At most 4 bytes are stored in the buffer.
.AP int nocase in
Specifies whether the match should be done case-sensitive (0) or
case-insensitive (1).
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
................................................................................
source buffer is long enough such that this routine does not run off the
end and dereference non-existent or random memory; if the source buffer
is known to be null-terminated, this will not happen.  If the input is
a byte in the range 0x80 - 0x9F, \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR assumes the
cp1252 encoding, stores the corresponding Tcl_UniChar in \fI*chPtr\fR
and returns 1. If the input is otherwise
not in proper UTF-8 format, \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR will store the first
byte of \fIsrc\fR in \fI*chPtr\fR as a Tcl_UniChar between 0x00A0 and
0x00FF and return 1.
.PP
\fBTcl_UniCharToUtfDString\fR converts the given Unicode string
to UTF-8, storing the result in a previously initialized \fBTcl_DString\fR.
You must specify \fIuniLength\fR, the length of the given Unicode string.
The return value is a pointer to the UTF-8 representation of the
Unicode string.  Storage for the return value is appended to the
end of the \fBTcl_DString\fR.
................................................................................
contain at least \fIindex\fR characters.  This is equivalent to calling
\fBTcl_UtfNext\fR \fIindex\fR times.  If a negative \fIindex\fR is given,
the return pointer points to the first character in the source string.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR is a utility procedure used by several of the Tcl
commands.  It parses a backslash sequence and stores the properly formed
UTF-8 character represented by the backslash sequence in the output
buffer \fIdst\fR.  At most 4 bytes are stored in the buffer.
\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR modifies \fI*readPtr\fR to contain the number
of bytes in the backslash sequence, including the backslash character.
The return value is the number of bytes stored in the output buffer.
.PP
See the \fBTcl\fR manual entry for information on the valid backslash
sequences.  All of the sequences described in the Tcl manual entry are
supported by \fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR.

.SH KEYWORDS
utf, unicode, backslash

.TH binary n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
binary \- Insert and extract fields from binary strings
.SH SYNOPSIS
.VS 8.6
\fBbinary decode \fIformat\fR ?\fI\-option value ...\fR? \fIdata\fR
.br
\fBbinary encode \fIformat\fR ?\fI\-option value ...\fR? \fIdata\fR
.br
.VE 8.6
\fBbinary format \fIformatString \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.br
\fBbinary scan \fIstring formatString \fR?\fIvarName varName ...\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This command provides facilities for manipulating binary data.  The
subcommand \fBbinary format\fR creates a binary string from normal
Tcl values.  For example, given the values 16 and 22, on a 32-bit
architecture, it might produce an 8-byte binary string consisting of
two 4-byte integers, one for each of the numbers.  The subcommand
\fBbinary scan\fR, does the opposite: it extracts data
from a binary string and returns it as ordinary Tcl string values.
.VS 8.6
The \fBbinary encode\fR and \fBbinary decode\fR subcommands convert
binary data to or from string encodings such as base64 (used in MIME
messages for example).
.VE 8.6
.PP
Note that other operations on binary data, such as taking a subsequence of it,
getting its length, or reinterpreting it as a string in some encoding, are
done by other Tcl commands (respectively \fBstring range\fR,
\fBstring length\fR and \fBencoding convertfrom\fR in the example cases).  A
binary string in Tcl is merely one where all the characters it contains are in
the range \eu0000\-\eu00FF.
.SH "BINARY ENCODE AND DECODE"
.VS 8.6
.PP
When encoding binary data as a readable string, the starting binary data is
passed to the \fBbinary encode\fR command, together with the name of the
encoding to use and any encoding-specific options desired. Data which has been
encoded can be converted back to binary form using \fBbinary decode\fR. The
following formats and options are supported.
.TP
................................................................................
.
Instructs the decoder to throw an error if it encounters unexpected whitespace
characters. Otherwise it ignores them.
.PP
Note that neither the encoder nor the decoder handle the header and footer of
the uuencode format.
.RE
.VE 8.6
.SH "BINARY FORMAT"
.PP
The \fBbinary format\fR command generates a binary string whose layout
is specified by the \fIformatString\fR and whose contents come from
the additional arguments.  The resulting binary value is returned.
.PP
The \fIformatString\fR consists of a sequence of zero or more field
................................................................................
specifiers separated by zero or more spaces.  Each field specifier is
a single type character followed by an optional flag character followed
by an optional numeric \fIcount\fR.
Most field specifiers consume one argument to obtain the value to be
formatted.  The type character specifies how the value is to be
formatted.  The \fIcount\fR typically indicates how many items of the
specified type are taken from the value.  If present, the \fIcount\fR
is a non-negative decimal integer or \fB*\fR, which normally indicates


that all of the items in the value are to be used.  If the number of
arguments does not match the number of fields in the format string
that consume arguments, then an error is generated. The flag character
is ignored for \fBbinary format\fR.
.PP
Here is a small example to clarify the relation between the field
specifiers and the arguments:

.CS
\fBbinary format\fR d3d {1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0} 0.1
.CE
.PP
The first argument is a list of four numbers, but because of the count
of 3 for the associated field specifier, only the first three will be
used. The second argument is associated with the second field
................................................................................
the \fBencoding convertto\fR command should be used first to change
the string into an external representation
if this truncation is not desired (i.e. if the characters are
not part of the ISO 8859\-1 character set.)
If \fIarg\fR has fewer than \fIcount\fR bytes, then additional zero
bytes are used to pad out the field.  If \fIarg\fR is longer than the
specified length, the extra characters will be ignored.  If


\fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then all of the bytes in \fIarg\fR will be
formatted.  If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one character will be
formatted.  For example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary format\fR a7a*a alpha bravo charlie
.CE




will return a string equivalent to \fBalpha\e000\e000bravoc\fR,




.CS
\fBbinary format\fR a* [encoding convertto utf-8 \eu20ac]
.CE




will return a string equivalent to \fB\e342\e202\e254\fR (which is the



UTF-8 byte sequence for a Euro-currency character) and

.CS
\fBbinary format\fR a* [encoding convertto iso8859-15 \eu20ac]
.CE







will return a string equivalent to \fB\e244\fR (which is the ISO
8859\-15 byte sequence for a Euro-currency character). Contrast these
last two with:

.CS
\fBbinary format\fR a* \eu20ac
.CE







which returns a string equivalent to \fB\e254\fR (i.e. \fB\exac\fR) by
truncating the high-bits of the character, and which is probably not
what is desired.
.RE
.IP \fBA\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBa\fR except that spaces are used for
padding instead of nulls.  For example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary format\fR A6A*A alpha bravo charlie
.CE




will return \fBalpha bravoc\fR.

.RE
.IP \fBb\fR 5
Stores a string of \fIcount\fR binary digits in low-to-high order
within each byte in the output string.  \fIArg\fR must contain a
sequence of \fB1\fR and \fB0\fR characters.  The resulting bytes are
emitted in first to last order with the bits being formatted in
low-to-high order within each byte.  If \fIarg\fR has fewer than
\fIcount\fR digits, then zeros will be used for the remaining bits.
If \fIarg\fR has more than the specified number of digits, the extra
digits will be ignored.  If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then all of the


digits in \fIarg\fR will be formatted.  If \fIcount\fR is omitted,
then one digit will be formatted.  If the number of bits formatted
does not end at a byte boundary, the remaining bits of the last byte
will be zeros.  For example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary format\fR b5b* 11100 111000011010
.CE




will return a string equivalent to \fB\ex07\ex87\ex05\fR.

.RE
.IP \fBB\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBb\fR except that the bits are stored in
high-to-low order within each byte.  For example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary format\fR B5B* 11100 111000011010
.CE




will return a string equivalent to \fB\exe0\exe1\exa0\fR.

.RE
.IP \fBH\fR 5
Stores a string of \fIcount\fR hexadecimal digits in high-to-low
within each byte in the output string.  \fIArg\fR must contain a
sequence of characters in the set
.QW 0123456789abcdefABCDEF .
The resulting bytes are emitted in first to last order with the hex digits
being formatted in high-to-low order within each byte.  If \fIarg\fR
has fewer than \fIcount\fR digits, then zeros will be used for the
remaining digits.  If \fIarg\fR has more than the specified number of
digits, the extra digits will be ignored.  If \fIcount\fR is

\fB*\fR, then all of the digits in \fIarg\fR will be formatted.  If
\fIcount\fR is omitted, then one digit will be formatted.  If the
number of digits formatted does not end at a byte boundary, the
remaining bits of the last byte will be zeros.  For example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary format\fR H3H*H2 ab DEF 987
.CE




will return a string equivalent to \fB\exab\ex00\exde\exf0\ex98\fR.

.RE
.IP \fBh\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBH\fR except that the digits are stored in
low-to-high order within each byte. This is seldom required. For example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary format\fR h3h*h2 AB def 987
.CE




will return a string equivalent to \fB\exba\ex00\exed\ex0f\ex89\fR.

.RE
.IP \fBc\fR 5
Stores one or more 8-bit integer values in the output string.  If no
\fIcount\fR is specified, then \fIarg\fR must consist of an integer
value. If \fIcount\fR is specified, \fIarg\fR must consist of a list
containing at least that many integers. The low-order 8 bits of each integer
are stored as a one-byte value at the cursor position.  If \fIcount\fR

is \fB*\fR, then all of the integers in the list are formatted. If the
number of elements in the list is greater
than \fIcount\fR, then the extra elements are ignored.  For example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary format\fR c3cc* {3 -3 128 1} 260 {2 5}
.CE

will return a string equivalent to


\fB\ex03\exfd\ex80\ex04\ex02\ex05\fR, whereas




.CS
\fBbinary format\fR c {2 5}
.CE

will generate an error.
.RE
.IP \fBs\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBc\fR except that it stores one or more
16-bit integers in little-endian byte order in the output string.  The
low-order 16-bits of each integer are stored as a two-byte value at
the cursor position with the least significant byte stored first.  For
example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary format\fR s3 {3 -3 258 1}
.CE

will return a string equivalent to


\fB\ex03\ex00\exfd\exff\ex02\ex01\fR.

.RE
.IP \fBS\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBs\fR except that it stores one or more
16-bit integers in big-endian byte order in the output string.  For
example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary format\fR S3 {3 -3 258 1}
.CE

will return a string equivalent to


\fB\ex00\ex03\exff\exfd\ex01\ex02\fR.

.RE
.IP \fBt\fR 5
This form (mnemonically \fItiny\fR) is the same as \fBs\fR and \fBS\fR
except that it stores the 16-bit integers in the output string in the
native byte order of the machine where the Tcl script is running.
To determine what the native byte order of the machine is, refer to
the \fBbyteOrder\fR element of the \fBtcl_platform\fR array.
................................................................................
.IP \fBi\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBc\fR except that it stores one or more
32-bit integers in little-endian byte order in the output string.  The
low-order 32-bits of each integer are stored as a four-byte value at
the cursor position with the least significant byte stored first.  For
example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary format\fR i3 {3 -3 65536 1}
.CE

will return a string equivalent to


\fB\ex03\ex00\ex00\ex00\exfd\exff\exff\exff\ex00\ex00\ex01\ex00\fR

.RE
.IP \fBI\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBi\fR except that it stores one or more one
or more 32-bit integers in big-endian byte order in the output string.
For example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary format\fR I3 {3 -3 65536 1}
.CE

will return a string equivalent to


\fB\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex03\exff\exff\exff\exfd\ex00\ex01\ex00\ex00\fR

.RE
.IP \fBn\fR 5
This form (mnemonically \fInumber\fR or \fInormal\fR) is the same as
\fBi\fR and \fBI\fR except that it stores the 32-bit integers in the
output string in the native byte order of the machine where the Tcl
script is running.
To determine what the native byte order of the machine is, refer to
................................................................................
.IP \fBw\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBc\fR except that it stores one or more
64-bit integers in little-endian byte order in the output string.  The
low-order 64-bits of each integer are stored as an eight-byte value at
the cursor position with the least significant byte stored first.  For
example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary format\fR w 7810179016327718216
.CE

will return the string \fBHelloTcl\fR
.RE
.IP \fBW\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBw\fR except that it stores one or more one
or more 64-bit integers in big-endian byte order in the output string.
For example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary format\fR Wc 4785469626960341345 110
.CE

will return the string \fBBigEndian\fR
.RE
.IP \fBm\fR 5
This form (mnemonically the mirror of \fBw\fR) is the same as \fBw\fR
and \fBW\fR except that it stores the 64-bit integers in the output
string in the native byte order of the machine where the Tcl script is
running.
To determine what the native byte order of the machine is, refer to
................................................................................
that are generated may vary.  If the value overflows the
machine's native representation, then the value of FLT_MAX
as defined by the system will be used instead.  Because Tcl uses
double-precision floating point numbers internally, there may be some
loss of precision in the conversion to single-precision.  For example,
on a Windows system running on an Intel Pentium processor,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary format\fR f2 {1.6 3.4}
.CE

will return a string equivalent to


\fB\excd\excc\excc\ex3f\ex9a\ex99\ex59\ex40\fR.

.RE
.IP \fBr\fR 5
This form (mnemonically \fIreal\fR) is the same as \fBf\fR except that
it stores the single-precision floating point numbers in little-endian
order.  This conversion only produces meaningful output when used on
machines which use the IEEE floating point representation (very
common, but not universal.)
................................................................................
single-precision floating point numbers in big-endian order.
.IP \fBd\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBf\fR except that it stores one or more one
or more double-precision floating point numbers in the machine's native
representation in the output string.  For example, on a
Windows system running on an Intel Pentium processor,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary format\fR d1 {1.6}
.CE

will return a string equivalent to


\fB\ex9a\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\exf9\ex3f\fR.

.RE
.IP \fBq\fR 5
This form (mnemonically the mirror of \fBd\fR) is the same as \fBd\fR
except that it stores the double-precision floating point numbers in
little-endian order.  This conversion only produces meaningful output
when used on machines which use the IEEE floating point representation
(very common, but not universal.)
.IP \fBQ\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBq\fR except that it stores the
double-precision floating point numbers in big-endian order.
.IP \fBx\fR 5
Stores \fIcount\fR null bytes in the output string.  If \fIcount\fR is
not specified, stores one null byte.  If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR,

generates an error.  This type does not consume an argument.  For
example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary format\fR a3xa3x2a3 abc def ghi
.CE




will return a string equivalent to \fBabc\e000def\e000\e000ghi\fR.

.RE
.IP \fBX\fR 5
Moves the cursor back \fIcount\fR bytes in the output string.  If


\fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR or is larger than the current cursor position,
then the cursor is positioned at location 0 so that the next byte
stored will be the first byte in the result string.  If \fIcount\fR is
omitted then the cursor is moved back one byte.  This type does not
consume an argument.  For example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary format\fR a3X*a3X2a3 abc def ghi
.CE

will return \fBdghi\fR.
.RE
.IP \[email protected]\fR 5
Moves the cursor to the absolute location in the output string
specified by \fIcount\fR.  Position 0 refers to the first byte in the
output string.  If \fIcount\fR refers to a position beyond the last
byte stored so far, then null bytes will be placed in the uninitialized
locations and the cursor will be placed at the specified location.  If


\fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then the cursor is moved to the current end of
the output string.  If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then an error will be
generated.  This type does not consume an argument. For example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary format\fR [email protected]@*[email protected] abcde f ghi j
.CE




will return \fBabfdeghi\e000\e000j\fR.

.RE
.SH "BINARY SCAN"
.PP
The \fBbinary scan\fR command parses fields from a binary string,
returning the number of conversions performed.  \fIString\fR gives the
input bytes to be parsed (one byte per character, and characters not
representable as a byte have their high bits chopped)
................................................................................
spaces.  Each field specifier is a single type character followed by
an optional flag character followed by an optional numeric \fIcount\fR.
Most field specifiers consume one
argument to obtain the variable into which the scanned values should
be placed.  The type character specifies how the binary data is to be
interpreted.  The \fIcount\fR typically indicates how many items of
the specified type are taken from the data.  If present, the
\fIcount\fR is a non-negative decimal integer or \fB*\fR, which

normally indicates that all of the remaining items in the data are to
be used.  If there are not enough bytes left after the current cursor
position to satisfy the current field specifier, then the
corresponding variable is left untouched and \fBbinary scan\fR returns
immediately with the number of variables that were set.  If there are
not enough arguments for all of the fields in the format string that
consume arguments, then an error is generated. The flag character
.QW u
may be given to cause some types to be read as unsigned values. The flag
is accepted for all field types but is ignored for non-integer fields.
.PP
A similar example as with \fBbinary format\fR should explain the
relation between field specifiers and arguments in case of the binary
scan subcommand:

.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR $bytes s3s first second
.CE
.PP
This command (provided the binary string in the variable \fIbytes\fR
is long enough) assigns a list of three integers to the variable
\fIfirst\fR and assigns a single value to the variable \fIsecond\fR.
If \fIbytes\fR contains fewer than 8 bytes (i.e. four 2-byte
integers), no assignment to \fIsecond\fR will be made, and if
\fIbytes\fR contains fewer than 6 bytes (i.e. three 2-byte integers),
no assignment to \fIfirst\fR will be made.  Hence:

.CS
puts [\fBbinary scan\fR abcdefg s3s first second]
puts $first
puts $second
.CE

will print (assuming neither variable is set previously):

.CS
1
25185 25699 26213
can't read "second": no such variable
.CE
.PP
It is \fIimportant\fR to note that the \fBc\fR, \fBs\fR, and \fBS\fR
(and \fBi\fR and \fBI\fR on 64bit systems) will be scanned into
long data size values.  In doing this, values that have their high
bit set (0x80 for chars, 0x8000 for shorts, 0x80000000 for ints),
will be sign extended.  Thus the following will occur:

.CS
set signShort [\fBbinary format\fR s1 0x8000]
\fBbinary scan\fR $signShort s1 val; \fI# val == 0xFFFF8000\fR
.CE

If you require unsigned values you can include the
.QW u
flag character following
the field type. For example, to read an unsigned short value:

.CS
set signShort [\fBbinary format\fR s1 0x8000]
\fBbinary scan\fR $signShort su1 val; \fI# val == 0x00008000\fR
.CE
.PP
Each type-count pair moves an imaginary cursor through the binary data,
reading bytes from the current position.  The cursor is initially
at position 0 at the beginning of the data.  The type may be any one of
the following characters:
.IP \fBa\fR 5
The data is a byte string of length \fIcount\fR.  If \fIcount\fR

is \fB*\fR, then all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be
scanned into the variable.  If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one
byte will be scanned.
All bytes scanned will be interpreted as being characters in the
range \eu0000-\eu00ff so the \fBencoding convertfrom\fR command will be
needed if the string is not a binary string or a string encoded in ISO
8859\-1.
For example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR abcde\e000fghi a6a10 var1 var2
.CE

will return \fB1\fR with the string equivalent to \fBabcde\e000\fR
stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fIvar2\fR left unmodified, and

.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \e342\e202\e254 a* var1
set var2 [encoding convertfrom utf-8 $var1]
.CE

will store a Euro-currency character in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBA\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBa\fR, except trailing blanks and nulls are stripped from
the scanned value before it is stored in the variable.  For example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR "abc efghi  \e000" A* var1
.CE

will return \fB1\fR with \fBabc efghi\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBb\fR 5
The data is turned into a string of \fIcount\fR binary digits in
low-to-high order represented as a sequence of
.QW 1
and
.QW 0
characters.  The data bytes are scanned in first to last order with
the bits being taken in low-to-high order within each byte.  Any extra
bits in the last byte are ignored.  If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then

all of the remaining bits in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
\fIcount\fR is omitted, then one bit will be scanned.  For example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex07\ex87\ex05 b5b* var1 var2
.CE

will return \fB2\fR with \fB11100\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
\fB1110000110100000\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBB\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBb\fR, except the bits are taken in
high-to-low order within each byte.  For example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex70\ex87\ex05 B5B* var1 var2
.CE

will return \fB2\fR with \fB01110\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
\fB1000011100000101\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBH\fR 5
The data is turned into a string of \fIcount\fR hexadecimal digits in
high-to-low order represented as a sequence of characters in the set
.QW 0123456789abcdef .
The data bytes are scanned in first to last
order with the hex digits being taken in high-to-low order within each
byte. Any extra bits in the last byte are ignored. If \fIcount\fR is

\fB*\fR, then all of the remaining hex digits in \fIstring\fR will be
scanned. If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one hex digit will be
scanned. For example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex07\exC6\ex05\ex1f\ex34 H3H* var1 var2
.CE

will return \fB2\fR with \fB07c\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
\fB051f34\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBh\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBH\fR, except the digits are taken in
reverse (low-to-high) order within each byte. For example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex07\ex86\ex05\ex12\ex34 h3h* var1 var2
.CE

will return \fB2\fR with \fB706\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
\fB502143\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.PP
Note that most code that wishes to parse the hexadecimal digits from
multiple bytes in order should use the \fBH\fR format.
.RE
.IP \fBc\fR 5
The data is turned into \fIcount\fR 8-bit signed integers and stored
in the corresponding variable as a list. If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR,


then all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
\fIcount\fR is omitted, then one 8-bit integer will be scanned.  For
example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex07\ex86\ex05 c2c* var1 var2
.CE

will return \fB2\fR with \fB7 -122\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB5\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR.  Note that the integers returned are signed, but
they can be converted to unsigned 8-bit quantities using an expression
like:
.CS
set num [expr { $num & 0xff }]
.CE
.RE
.IP \fBs\fR 5
The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 16-bit signed integers
represented in little-endian byte order.  The integers are stored in

the corresponding variable as a list.  If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then

all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
\fIcount\fR is omitted, then one 16-bit integer will be scanned.  For
example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex05\ex00\ex07\ex00\exf0\exff s2s* var1 var2
.CE

will return \fB2\fR with \fB5 7\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR.  Note that the integers returned are signed, but
they can be converted to unsigned 16-bit quantities using an expression
like:
.CS
set num [expr { $num & 0xffff }]
.CE
.RE
.IP \fBS\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBs\fR except that the data is interpreted
as \fIcount\fR 16-bit signed integers represented in big-endian byte
order.  For example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex00\ex05\ex00\ex07\exff\exf0 S2S* var1 var2
.CE

will return \fB2\fR with \fB5 7\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBt\fR 5
The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 16-bit signed integers
represented in the native byte order of the machine running the Tcl

script.  It is otherwise identical to \fBs\fR and \fBS\fR.
To determine what the native byte order of the machine is, refer to
the \fBbyteOrder\fR element of the \fBtcl_platform\fR array.
.IP \fBi\fR 5
The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 32-bit signed integers
represented in little-endian byte order.  The integers are stored in

the corresponding variable as a list.  If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then

all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
\fIcount\fR is omitted, then one 32-bit integer will be scanned.  For
example,
.RS

.CS
set str \ex05\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex07\ex00\ex00\ex00\exf0\exff\exff\exff
\fBbinary scan\fR $str i2i* var1 var2
.CE

will return \fB2\fR with \fB5 7\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR.  Note that the integers returned are signed, but
they can be converted to unsigned 32-bit quantities using an expression
like:
.CS
set num [expr { $num & 0xffffffff }]
.CE
.RE
.IP \fBI\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBI\fR except that the data is interpreted
as \fIcount\fR 32-bit signed integers represented in big-endian byte

order.  For example,
.RS

.CS
set str \ex00\ex00\ex00\ex05\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex07\exff\exff\exff\exf0
\fBbinary scan\fR $str I2I* var1 var2
.CE

will return \fB2\fR with \fB5 7\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBn\fR 5
The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 32-bit signed integers
represented in the native byte order of the machine running the Tcl

script.  It is otherwise identical to \fBi\fR and \fBI\fR.
To determine what the native byte order of the machine is, refer to
the \fBbyteOrder\fR element of the \fBtcl_platform\fR array.
.IP \fBw\fR 5
The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 64-bit signed integers
represented in little-endian byte order.  The integers are stored in

the corresponding variable as a list.  If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then

all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
\fIcount\fR is omitted, then one 64-bit integer will be scanned.  For
example,
.RS

.CS
set str \ex05\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex07\ex00\ex00\ex00\exf0\exff\exff\exff
\fBbinary scan\fR $str wi* var1 var2
.CE
will return \fB2\fR with \fB30064771077\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
\fB\-16\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.  Note that the integers returned are
signed and cannot be represented by Tcl as unsigned values.
.RE
.IP \fBW\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBw\fR except that the data is interpreted
as \fIcount\fR 64-bit signed integers represented in big-endian byte

order.  For example,
.RS

.CS
set str \ex00\ex00\ex00\ex05\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex07\exff\exff\exff\exf0
\fBbinary scan\fR $str WI* var1 var2
.CE

will return \fB2\fR with \fB21474836487\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBm\fR 5
The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 64-bit signed integers
represented in the native byte order of the machine running the Tcl

script.  It is otherwise identical to \fBw\fR and \fBW\fR.
To determine what the native byte order of the machine is, refer to
the \fBbyteOrder\fR element of the \fBtcl_platform\fR array.
.IP \fBf\fR 5
The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR single-precision floating point
numbers in the machine's native representation.  The floating point
numbers are stored in the corresponding variable as a list.  If


\fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then all of the remaining bytes in
\fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one
single-precision floating point number will be scanned.  The size of a
floating point number may vary across architectures, so the number of
bytes that are scanned may vary.  If the data does not represent a
valid floating point number, the resulting value is undefined and
compiler dependent.  For example, on a Windows system running on an
Intel Pentium processor,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex3f\excc\excc\excd f var1
.CE

will return \fB1\fR with \fB1.6000000238418579\fR stored in
\fIvar1\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBr\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBf\fR except that the data is interpreted
as \fIcount\fR single-precision floating point number in little-endian
order.  This conversion is not portable to the minority of systems not
................................................................................
using IEEE floating point representations.
.IP \fBd\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBf\fR except that the data is interpreted
as \fIcount\fR double-precision floating point numbers in the
machine's native representation. For example, on a Windows system
running on an Intel Pentium processor,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex9a\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\exf9\ex3f d var1
.CE

will return \fB1\fR with \fB1.6000000000000001\fR
stored in \fIvar1\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBq\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBd\fR except that the data is interpreted
as \fIcount\fR double-precision floating point number in little-endian
order.  This conversion is not portable to the minority of systems not
................................................................................
.IP \fBQ\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBd\fR except that the data is interpreted
as \fIcount\fR double-precision floating point number in big-endian
order.  This conversion is not portable to the minority of systems not
using IEEE floating point representations.
.IP \fBx\fR 5
Moves the cursor forward \fIcount\fR bytes in \fIstring\fR.  If


\fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR or is larger than the number of bytes after the
current cursor position, then the cursor is positioned after
the last byte in \fIstring\fR.  If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then the
cursor is moved forward one byte.  Note that this type does not
consume an argument.  For example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex01\ex02\ex03\ex04 x2H* var1
.CE

will return \fB1\fR with \fB0304\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBX\fR 5
Moves the cursor back \fIcount\fR bytes in \fIstring\fR.  If


\fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR or is larger than the current cursor position,
then the cursor is positioned at location 0 so that the next byte
scanned will be the first byte in \fIstring\fR.  If \fIcount\fR
is omitted then the cursor is moved back one byte.  Note that this
type does not consume an argument.  For example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex01\ex02\ex03\ex04 c2XH* var1 var2
.CE

will return \fB2\fR with \fB1 2\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB020304\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
.IP \[email protected]\fR 5
Moves the cursor to the absolute location in the data string specified
by \fIcount\fR.  Note that position 0 refers to the first byte in
\fIstring\fR.  If \fIcount\fR refers to a position beyond the end of
\fIstring\fR, then the cursor is positioned after the last byte.  If
\fIcount\fR is omitted, then an error will be generated.  For example,
.RS

.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex01\ex02\ex03\ex04 [email protected]* var1 var2
.CE

will return \fB2\fR with \fB1 2\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB020304\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
.SH "PORTABILITY ISSUES"
.PP
The \fBr\fR, \fBR\fR, \fBq\fR and \fBQ\fR conversions will only work
reliably for transferring data between computers which are all using

.TH binary n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
binary \- Insert and extract fields from binary strings
.SH SYNOPSIS

\fBbinary decode \fIformat\fR ?\fI\-option value ...\fR? \fIdata\fR
.br
\fBbinary encode \fIformat\fR ?\fI\-option value ...\fR? \fIdata\fR
.br

\fBbinary format \fIformatString \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.br
\fBbinary scan \fIstring formatString \fR?\fIvarName varName ...\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This command provides facilities for manipulating binary data.  The
subcommand \fBbinary format\fR creates a binary string from normal
Tcl values.  For example, given the values 16 and 22, on a 32-bit
architecture, it might produce an 8-byte binary string consisting of
two 4-byte integers, one for each of the numbers.  The subcommand
\fBbinary scan\fR, does the opposite: it extracts data
from a binary string and returns it as ordinary Tcl string values.

The \fBbinary encode\fR and \fBbinary decode\fR subcommands convert
binary data to or from string encodings such as base64 (used in MIME
messages for example).

.PP
Note that other operations on binary data, such as taking a subsequence of it,
getting its length, or reinterpreting it as a string in some encoding, are
done by other Tcl commands (respectively \fBstring range\fR,
\fBstring length\fR and \fBencoding convertfrom\fR in the example cases).  A
binary string in Tcl is merely one where all the characters it contains are in
the range \eu0000\-\eu00FF.
.SH "BINARY ENCODE AND DECODE"

.PP
When encoding binary data as a readable string, the starting binary data is
passed to the \fBbinary encode\fR command, together with the name of the
encoding to use and any encoding-specific options desired. Data which has been
encoded can be converted back to binary form using \fBbinary decode\fR. The
following formats and options are supported.
.TP
................................................................................
.
Instructs the decoder to throw an error if it encounters unexpected whitespace
characters. Otherwise it ignores them.
.PP
Note that neither the encoder nor the decoder handle the header and footer of
the uuencode format.
.RE

.SH "BINARY FORMAT"
.PP
The \fBbinary format\fR command generates a binary string whose layout
is specified by the \fIformatString\fR and whose contents come from
the additional arguments.  The resulting binary value is returned.
.PP
The \fIformatString\fR consists of a sequence of zero or more field
................................................................................
specifiers separated by zero or more spaces.  Each field specifier is
a single type character followed by an optional flag character followed
by an optional numeric \fIcount\fR.
Most field specifiers consume one argument to obtain the value to be
formatted.  The type character specifies how the value is to be
formatted.  The \fIcount\fR typically indicates how many items of the
specified type are taken from the value.  If present, the \fIcount\fR
is a non-negative decimal integer or
.QW \fB*\fR ,
which normally indicates
that all of the items in the value are to be used.  If the number of
arguments does not match the number of fields in the format string
that consume arguments, then an error is generated. The flag character
is ignored for \fBbinary format\fR.
.PP
Here is a small example to clarify the relation between the field
specifiers and the arguments:
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR d3d {1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0} 0.1
.CE
.PP
The first argument is a list of four numbers, but because of the count
of 3 for the associated field specifier, only the first three will be
used. The second argument is associated with the second field
................................................................................
the \fBencoding convertto\fR command should be used first to change
the string into an external representation
if this truncation is not desired (i.e. if the characters are
not part of the ISO 8859\-1 character set.)
If \fIarg\fR has fewer than \fIcount\fR bytes, then additional zero
bytes are used to pad out the field.  If \fIarg\fR is longer than the
specified length, the extra characters will be ignored.  If
\fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
then all of the bytes in \fIarg\fR will be
formatted.  If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one character will be
formatted.  For example, the command:
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR a7a*a alpha bravo charlie
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fBalpha\e000\e000bravoc\fR
.CE
.PP
the command:
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR a* [encoding convertto utf-8 \eu20ac]
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\e342\e202\e254\fR
.CE
.PP
(which is the
UTF-8 byte sequence for a Euro-currency character), and the command:
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR a* [encoding convertto iso8859-15 \eu20ac]
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\e244\fR
.CE
.PP
(which is the ISO
8859\-15 byte sequence for a Euro-currency character). Contrast these
last two with:
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR a* \eu20ac
.CE
.PP
which returns a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\e254\fR
.CE
.PP
(i.e. \fB\exac\fR) by
truncating the high-bits of the character, and which is probably not
what is desired.
.RE
.IP \fBA\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBa\fR except that spaces are used for
padding instead of nulls.  For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR A6A*A alpha bravo charlie
.CE
.PP
will return
.PP
.CS
\fBalpha bravoc\fR
.CE
.RE
.IP \fBb\fR 5
Stores a string of \fIcount\fR binary digits in low-to-high order
within each byte in the output binary string.  \fIArg\fR must contain a
sequence of \fB1\fR and \fB0\fR characters.  The resulting bytes are
emitted in first to last order with the bits being formatted in
low-to-high order within each byte.  If \fIarg\fR has fewer than
\fIcount\fR digits, then zeros will be used for the remaining bits.
If \fIarg\fR has more than the specified number of digits, the extra
digits will be ignored.  If \fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
then all of the
digits in \fIarg\fR will be formatted.  If \fIcount\fR is omitted,
then one digit will be formatted.  If the number of bits formatted
does not end at a byte boundary, the remaining bits of the last byte
will be zeros.  For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR b5b* 11100 111000011010
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\ex07\ex87\ex05\fR
.CE
.RE
.IP \fBB\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBb\fR except that the bits are stored in
high-to-low order within each byte.  For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR B5B* 11100 111000011010
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\exe0\exe1\exa0\fR
.CE
.RE
.IP \fBH\fR 5
Stores a string of \fIcount\fR hexadecimal digits in high-to-low
within each byte in the output binary string.  \fIArg\fR must contain a
sequence of characters in the set
.QW 0123456789abcdefABCDEF .
The resulting bytes are emitted in first to last order with the hex digits
being formatted in high-to-low order within each byte.  If \fIarg\fR
has fewer than \fIcount\fR digits, then zeros will be used for the
remaining digits.  If \fIarg\fR has more than the specified number of
digits, the extra digits will be ignored.  If \fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
then all of the digits in \fIarg\fR will be formatted.  If
\fIcount\fR is omitted, then one digit will be formatted.  If the
number of digits formatted does not end at a byte boundary, the
remaining bits of the last byte will be zeros.  For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR H3H*H2 ab DEF 987
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\exab\ex00\exde\exf0\ex98\fR
.CE
.RE
.IP \fBh\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBH\fR except that the digits are stored in
low-to-high order within each byte. This is seldom required. For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR h3h*h2 AB def 987
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\exba\ex00\exed\ex0f\ex89\fR
.CE
.RE
.IP \fBc\fR 5
Stores one or more 8-bit integer values in the output string.  If no
\fIcount\fR is specified, then \fIarg\fR must consist of an integer
value. If \fIcount\fR is specified, \fIarg\fR must consist of a list
containing at least that many integers. The low-order 8 bits of each integer
are stored as a one-byte value at the cursor position.  If \fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
then all of the integers in the list are formatted. If the
number of elements in the list is greater
than \fIcount\fR, then the extra elements are ignored.  For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR c3cc* {3 -3 128 1} 260 {2 5}
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\ex03\exfd\ex80\ex04\ex02\ex05\fR
.CE
.PP
whereas:
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR c {2 5}
.CE
.PP
will generate an error.
.RE
.IP \fBs\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBc\fR except that it stores one or more
16-bit integers in little-endian byte order in the output string.  The
low-order 16-bits of each integer are stored as a two-byte value at
the cursor position with the least significant byte stored first.  For
example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR s3 {3 -3 258 1}
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\ex03\ex00\exfd\exff\ex02\ex01\fR
.CE
.RE
.IP \fBS\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBs\fR except that it stores one or more
16-bit integers in big-endian byte order in the output string.  For
example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR S3 {3 -3 258 1}
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\ex00\ex03\exff\exfd\ex01\ex02\fR
.CE
.RE
.IP \fBt\fR 5
This form (mnemonically \fItiny\fR) is the same as \fBs\fR and \fBS\fR
except that it stores the 16-bit integers in the output string in the
native byte order of the machine where the Tcl script is running.
To determine what the native byte order of the machine is, refer to
the \fBbyteOrder\fR element of the \fBtcl_platform\fR array.
................................................................................
.IP \fBi\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBc\fR except that it stores one or more
32-bit integers in little-endian byte order in the output string.  The
low-order 32-bits of each integer are stored as a four-byte value at
the cursor position with the least significant byte stored first.  For
example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR i3 {3 -3 65536 1}
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\ex03\ex00\ex00\ex00\exfd\exff\exff\exff\ex00\ex00\ex01\ex00\fR
.CE
.RE
.IP \fBI\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBi\fR except that it stores one or more one
or more 32-bit integers in big-endian byte order in the output string.
For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR I3 {3 -3 65536 1}
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex03\exff\exff\exff\exfd\ex00\ex01\ex00\ex00\fR
.CE
.RE
.IP \fBn\fR 5
This form (mnemonically \fInumber\fR or \fInormal\fR) is the same as
\fBi\fR and \fBI\fR except that it stores the 32-bit integers in the
output string in the native byte order of the machine where the Tcl
script is running.
To determine what the native byte order of the machine is, refer to
................................................................................
.IP \fBw\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBc\fR except that it stores one or more
64-bit integers in little-endian byte order in the output string.  The
low-order 64-bits of each integer are stored as an eight-byte value at
the cursor position with the least significant byte stored first.  For
example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR w 7810179016327718216
.CE
.PP
will return the binary string \fBHelloTcl\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBW\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBw\fR except that it stores one or more one
or more 64-bit integers in big-endian byte order in the output string.
For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR Wc 4785469626960341345 110
.CE
.PP
will return the binary string \fBBigEndian\fR
.RE
.IP \fBm\fR 5
This form (mnemonically the mirror of \fBw\fR) is the same as \fBw\fR
and \fBW\fR except that it stores the 64-bit integers in the output
string in the native byte order of the machine where the Tcl script is
running.
To determine what the native byte order of the machine is, refer to
................................................................................
that are generated may vary.  If the value overflows the
machine's native representation, then the value of FLT_MAX
as defined by the system will be used instead.  Because Tcl uses
double-precision floating point numbers internally, there may be some
loss of precision in the conversion to single-precision.  For example,
on a Windows system running on an Intel Pentium processor,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR f2 {1.6 3.4}
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\excd\excc\excc\ex3f\ex9a\ex99\ex59\ex40\fR
.CE
.RE
.IP \fBr\fR 5
This form (mnemonically \fIreal\fR) is the same as \fBf\fR except that
it stores the single-precision floating point numbers in little-endian
order.  This conversion only produces meaningful output when used on
machines which use the IEEE floating point representation (very
common, but not universal.)
................................................................................
single-precision floating point numbers in big-endian order.
.IP \fBd\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBf\fR except that it stores one or more one
or more double-precision floating point numbers in the machine's native
representation in the output string.  For example, on a
Windows system running on an Intel Pentium processor,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR d1 {1.6}
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\ex9a\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\exf9\ex3f\fR
.CE
.RE
.IP \fBq\fR 5
This form (mnemonically the mirror of \fBd\fR) is the same as \fBd\fR
except that it stores the double-precision floating point numbers in
little-endian order.  This conversion only produces meaningful output
when used on machines which use the IEEE floating point representation
(very common, but not universal.)
.IP \fBQ\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBq\fR except that it stores the
double-precision floating point numbers in big-endian order.
.IP \fBx\fR 5
Stores \fIcount\fR null bytes in the output string.  If \fIcount\fR is
not specified, stores one null byte.  If \fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
generates an error.  This type does not consume an argument.  For
example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR a3xa3x2a3 abc def ghi
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fBabc\e000def\e000\e000ghi\fR
.CE
.RE
.IP \fBX\fR 5
Moves the cursor back \fIcount\fR bytes in the output string.  If
\fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR
or is larger than the current cursor position,
then the cursor is positioned at location 0 so that the next byte
stored will be the first byte in the result string.  If \fIcount\fR is
omitted then the cursor is moved back one byte.  This type does not
consume an argument.  For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR a3X*a3X2a3 abc def ghi
.CE
.PP
will return \fBdghi\fR.
.RE
.IP \[email protected]\fR 5
Moves the cursor to the absolute location in the output string
specified by \fIcount\fR.  Position 0 refers to the first byte in the
output string.  If \fIcount\fR refers to a position beyond the last
byte stored so far, then null bytes will be placed in the uninitialized
locations and the cursor will be placed at the specified location.  If
\fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
then the cursor is moved to the current end of
the output string.  If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then an error will be
generated.  This type does not consume an argument. For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR [email protected]@*[email protected] abcde f ghi j
.CE
.PP
will return
.PP
.CS
\fBabfdeghi\e000\e000j\fR
.CE
.RE
.SH "BINARY SCAN"
.PP
The \fBbinary scan\fR command parses fields from a binary string,
returning the number of conversions performed.  \fIString\fR gives the
input bytes to be parsed (one byte per character, and characters not
representable as a byte have their high bits chopped)
................................................................................
spaces.  Each field specifier is a single type character followed by
an optional flag character followed by an optional numeric \fIcount\fR.
Most field specifiers consume one
argument to obtain the variable into which the scanned values should
be placed.  The type character specifies how the binary data is to be
interpreted.  The \fIcount\fR typically indicates how many items of
the specified type are taken from the data.  If present, the
\fIcount\fR is a non-negative decimal integer or
.QW \fB*\fR ,
which normally indicates that all of the remaining items in the data are to
be used.  If there are not enough bytes left after the current cursor
position to satisfy the current field specifier, then the
corresponding variable is left untouched and \fBbinary scan\fR returns
immediately with the number of variables that were set.  If there are
not enough arguments for all of the fields in the format string that
consume arguments, then an error is generated. The flag character
.QW u
may be given to cause some types to be read as unsigned values. The flag
is accepted for all field types but is ignored for non-integer fields.
.PP
A similar example as with \fBbinary format\fR should explain the
relation between field specifiers and arguments in case of the binary
scan subcommand:
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR $bytes s3s first second
.CE
.PP
This command (provided the binary string in the variable \fIbytes\fR
is long enough) assigns a list of three integers to the variable
\fIfirst\fR and assigns a single value to the variable \fIsecond\fR.
If \fIbytes\fR contains fewer than 8 bytes (i.e. four 2-byte
integers), no assignment to \fIsecond\fR will be made, and if
\fIbytes\fR contains fewer than 6 bytes (i.e. three 2-byte integers),
no assignment to \fIfirst\fR will be made.  Hence:
.PP
.CS
puts [\fBbinary scan\fR abcdefg s3s first second]
puts $first
puts $second
.CE
.PP
will print (assuming neither variable is set previously):
.PP
.CS
1
25185 25699 26213
can't read "second": no such variable
.CE
.PP
It is \fIimportant\fR to note that the \fBc\fR, \fBs\fR, and \fBS\fR
(and \fBi\fR and \fBI\fR on 64bit systems) will be scanned into
long data size values.  In doing this, values that have their high
bit set (0x80 for chars, 0x8000 for shorts, 0x80000000 for ints),
will be sign extended.  Thus the following will occur:
.PP
.CS
set signShort [\fBbinary format\fR s1 0x8000]
\fBbinary scan\fR $signShort s1 val; \fI# val == 0xFFFF8000\fR
.CE
.PP
If you require unsigned values you can include the
.QW u
flag character following
the field type. For example, to read an unsigned short value:
.PP
.CS
set signShort [\fBbinary format\fR s1 0x8000]
\fBbinary scan\fR $signShort su1 val; \fI# val == 0x00008000\fR
.CE
.PP
Each type-count pair moves an imaginary cursor through the binary data,
reading bytes from the current position.  The cursor is initially
at position 0 at the beginning of the data.  The type may be any one of
the following characters:
.IP \fBa\fR 5
The data is a byte string of length \fIcount\fR.  If \fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
then all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be
scanned into the variable.  If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one
byte will be scanned.
All bytes scanned will be interpreted as being characters in the
range \eu0000-\eu00ff so the \fBencoding convertfrom\fR command will be
needed if the string is not a binary string or a string encoded in ISO
8859\-1.
For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR abcde\e000fghi a6a10 var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB1\fR with the string equivalent to \fBabcde\e000\fR
stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fIvar2\fR left unmodified, and
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \e342\e202\e254 a* var1
set var2 [encoding convertfrom utf-8 $var1]
.CE
.PP
will store a Euro-currency character in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBA\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBa\fR, except trailing blanks and nulls are stripped from
the scanned value before it is stored in the variable.  For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR "abc efghi  \e000" A* var1
.CE
.PP
will return \fB1\fR with \fBabc efghi\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBb\fR 5
The data is turned into a string of \fIcount\fR binary digits in
low-to-high order represented as a sequence of
.QW 1
and
.QW 0
characters.  The data bytes are scanned in first to last order with
the bits being taken in low-to-high order within each byte.  Any extra
bits in the last byte are ignored.  If \fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
then all of the remaining bits in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
\fIcount\fR is omitted, then one bit will be scanned.  For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex07\ex87\ex05 b5b* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB11100\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
\fB1110000110100000\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBB\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBb\fR, except the bits are taken in
high-to-low order within each byte.  For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex70\ex87\ex05 B5B* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB01110\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
\fB1000011100000101\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBH\fR 5
The data is turned into a string of \fIcount\fR hexadecimal digits in
high-to-low order represented as a sequence of characters in the set
.QW 0123456789abcdef .
The data bytes are scanned in first to last
order with the hex digits being taken in high-to-low order within each
byte. Any extra bits in the last byte are ignored. If \fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
then all of the remaining hex digits in \fIstring\fR will be
scanned. If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one hex digit will be
scanned. For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex07\exC6\ex05\ex1f\ex34 H3H* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB07c\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
\fB051f34\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBh\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBH\fR, except the digits are taken in
reverse (low-to-high) order within each byte. For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex07\ex86\ex05\ex12\ex34 h3h* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB706\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
\fB502143\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.PP
Note that most code that wishes to parse the hexadecimal digits from
multiple bytes in order should use the \fBH\fR format.
.RE
.IP \fBc\fR 5
The data is turned into \fIcount\fR 8-bit signed integers and stored
in the corresponding variable as a list, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
immediately after the \fBc\fR. If \fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
then all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
\fIcount\fR is omitted, then one 8-bit integer will be scanned.  For
example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex07\ex86\ex05 c2c* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB7 -122\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB5\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR.  Note that the integers returned are signed unless

\fBcu\fR in place of \fBc\fR.



.RE
.IP \fBs\fR 5
The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 16-bit signed integers
represented in little-endian byte order, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
immediately after the \fBs\fR.  The integers are stored in
the corresponding variable as a list.  If \fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
then all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
\fIcount\fR is omitted, then one 16-bit integer will be scanned.  For
example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex05\ex00\ex07\ex00\exf0\exff s2s* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB5 7\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR.  Note that the integers returned are signed unless

\fBsu\fR is used in place of \fBs\fR.



.RE
.IP \fBS\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBs\fR except that the data is interpreted
as \fIcount\fR 16-bit integers represented in big-endian byte
order.  For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex00\ex05\ex00\ex07\exff\exf0 S2S* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB5 7\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBt\fR 5
The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 16-bit signed integers
represented in the native byte order of the machine running the Tcl
script, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
immediately after the \fBt\fR.  It is otherwise identical to \fBs\fR and \fBS\fR.
To determine what the native byte order of the machine is, refer to
the \fBbyteOrder\fR element of the \fBtcl_platform\fR array.
.IP \fBi\fR 5
The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 32-bit signed integers
represented in little-endian byte order, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
immediately after the \fBi\fR.  The integers are stored in
the corresponding variable as a list.  If \fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
then all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
\fIcount\fR is omitted, then one 32-bit integer will be scanned.  For
example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
set str \ex05\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex07\ex00\ex00\ex00\exf0\exff\exff\exff
\fBbinary scan\fR $str i2i* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB5 7\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR.  Note that the integers returned are signed unless

\fBiu\fR is used in place of \fBi\fR.



.RE
.IP \fBI\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBI\fR except that the data is interpreted
as \fIcount\fR 32-bit signed integers represented in big-endian byte
order, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
immediately after the \fBI\fR.  For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
set str \ex00\ex00\ex00\ex05\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex07\exff\exff\exff\exf0
\fBbinary scan\fR $str I2I* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB5 7\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBn\fR 5
The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 32-bit signed integers
represented in the native byte order of the machine running the Tcl
script, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
immediately after the \fBn\fR.  It is otherwise identical to \fBi\fR and \fBI\fR.
To determine what the native byte order of the machine is, refer to
the \fBbyteOrder\fR element of the \fBtcl_platform\fR array.
.IP \fBw\fR 5
The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 64-bit signed integers
represented in little-endian byte order, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
immediately after the \fBw\fR.  The integers are stored in
the corresponding variable as a list.  If \fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
then all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
\fIcount\fR is omitted, then one 64-bit integer will be scanned.  For
example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
set str \ex05\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex07\ex00\ex00\ex00\exf0\exff\exff\exff
\fBbinary scan\fR $str wi* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB30064771077\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
\fB\-16\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBW\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBw\fR except that the data is interpreted
as \fIcount\fR 64-bit signed integers represented in big-endian byte
order, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
immediately after the \fBW\fR.  For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
set str \ex00\ex00\ex00\ex05\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex07\exff\exff\exff\exf0
\fBbinary scan\fR $str WI* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB21474836487\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBm\fR 5
The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 64-bit signed integers
represented in the native byte order of the machine running the Tcl
script, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
immediately after the \fBm\fR.  It is otherwise identical to \fBw\fR and \fBW\fR.
To determine what the native byte order of the machine is, refer to
the \fBbyteOrder\fR element of the \fBtcl_platform\fR array.
.IP \fBf\fR 5
The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR single-precision floating point
numbers in the machine's native representation.  The floating point
numbers are stored in the corresponding variable as a list.  If
\fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
then all of the remaining bytes in
\fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one
single-precision floating point number will be scanned.  The size of a
floating point number may vary across architectures, so the number of
bytes that are scanned may vary.  If the data does not represent a
valid floating point number, the resulting value is undefined and
compiler dependent.  For example, on a Windows system running on an
Intel Pentium processor,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex3f\excc\excc\excd f var1
.CE
.PP
will return \fB1\fR with \fB1.6000000238418579\fR stored in
\fIvar1\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBr\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBf\fR except that the data is interpreted
as \fIcount\fR single-precision floating point number in little-endian
order.  This conversion is not portable to the minority of systems not
................................................................................
using IEEE floating point representations.
.IP \fBd\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBf\fR except that the data is interpreted
as \fIcount\fR double-precision floating point numbers in the
machine's native representation. For example, on a Windows system
running on an Intel Pentium processor,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex9a\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\exf9\ex3f d var1
.CE
.PP
will return \fB1\fR with \fB1.6000000000000001\fR
stored in \fIvar1\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBq\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBd\fR except that the data is interpreted
as \fIcount\fR double-precision floating point number in little-endian
order.  This conversion is not portable to the minority of systems not
................................................................................
.IP \fBQ\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBd\fR except that the data is interpreted
as \fIcount\fR double-precision floating point number in big-endian
order.  This conversion is not portable to the minority of systems not
using IEEE floating point representations.
.IP \fBx\fR 5
Moves the cursor forward \fIcount\fR bytes in \fIstring\fR.  If
\fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR
or is larger than the number of bytes after the
current cursor position, then the cursor is positioned after
the last byte in \fIstring\fR.  If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then the
cursor is moved forward one byte.  Note that this type does not
consume an argument.  For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex01\ex02\ex03\ex04 x2H* var1
.CE
.PP
will return \fB1\fR with \fB0304\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBX\fR 5
Moves the cursor back \fIcount\fR bytes in \fIstring\fR.  If
\fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR
or is larger than the current cursor position,
then the cursor is positioned at location 0 so that the next byte
scanned will be the first byte in \fIstring\fR.  If \fIcount\fR
is omitted then the cursor is moved back one byte.  Note that this
type does not consume an argument.  For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex01\ex02\ex03\ex04 c2XH* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB1 2\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB020304\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
.IP \[email protected]\fR 5
Moves the cursor to the absolute location in the data string specified
by \fIcount\fR.  Note that position 0 refers to the first byte in
\fIstring\fR.  If \fIcount\fR refers to a position beyond the end of
\fIstring\fR, then the cursor is positioned after the last byte.  If
\fIcount\fR is omitted, then an error will be generated.  For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex01\ex02\ex03\ex04 [email protected]* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB1 2\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB020304\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
.SH "PORTABILITY ISSUES"
.PP
The \fBr\fR, \fBR\fR, \fBq\fR and \fBQ\fR conversions will only work
reliably for transferring data between computers which are all using

.PP
Change the current working directory to \fIdirName\fR, or to the
home directory (as specified in the HOME environment variable) if
\fIdirName\fR is not given.
Returns an empty string.
Note that the current working directory is a per-process resource; the
\fBcd\fR command changes the working directory for all interpreters
and (in a threaded environment) all threads.
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
Change to the home directory of the user \fBfred\fR:
.PP
.CS
\fBcd\fR ~fred
.CE

.PP
Change the current working directory to \fIdirName\fR, or to the
home directory (as specified in the HOME environment variable) if
\fIdirName\fR is not given.
Returns an empty string.
Note that the current working directory is a per-process resource; the
\fBcd\fR command changes the working directory for all interpreters
and all threads.
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
Change to the home directory of the user \fBfred\fR:
.PP
.CS
\fBcd\fR ~fred
.CE

'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
coroutine, yield, yieldto \- Create and produce values from coroutines
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fBcoroutine \fIname command\fR ?\fIarg...\fR?
\fByield\fR ?\fIvalue\fR?
.VS TIP396
\fByieldto\fR \fIcommand\fR ?\fIarg...\fR?
\fIname\fR ?\fIvalue...\fR?

.VE TIP396



.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBcoroutine\fR command creates a new coroutine context (with associated
command) named \fIname\fR and executes that context by calling \fIcommand\fR,
passing in the other remaining arguments without further interpretation. Once
................................................................................
of the context can then be resumed by calling the context command, optionally
passing in the \fIsingle\fR value to use as the result of the \fByield\fR call
that caused
the context to be suspended. If the coroutine context never yields and instead
returns conventionally, the result of the \fBcoroutine\fR command will be the
result of the evaluation of the context.
.PP
.VS TIP396
The coroutine may also suspend its execution by use of the \fByieldto\fR
command, which instead of returning, cedes execution to some command called
\fIcommand\fR (resolved in the context of the coroutine) and to which \fIany
number\fR of arguments may be passed. Since every coroutine has a context
command, \fByieldto\fR can be used to transfer control directly from one
coroutine to another (this is only advisable if the two coroutines are
expecting this to happen) but \fIany\fR command may be the target. If a
................................................................................
decide what to do with those values.
.PP
The recommended way of writing a version of \fByield\fR that allows resumption
with multiple arguments is by using \fByieldto\fR and the \fBreturn\fR
command, like this:
.PP
.CS
proc yieldm {value} {
    \fByieldto\fR return -level 0 $value
}
.CE
.VE TIP396
.PP
The coroutine can also be deleted by destroying the command \fIname\fR, and
the name of the current coroutine can be retrieved by using
\fBinfo coroutine\fR.
If there are deletion traces on variables in the coroutine's
implementation, they will fire at the point when the coroutine is explicitly
deleted (or, naturally, if the command returns conventionally).
.PP
At the point when \fIcommand\fR is called, the current namespace will be the
global namespace and there will be no stack frames above it (in the sense of
\fBupvar\fR and \fBuplevel\fR). However, which command to call will be
determined in the namespace that the \fBcoroutine\fR command was called from.













































.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
This example shows a coroutine that will produce an infinite sequence of
even values, and a loop that consumes the first ten of them.
.PP
.CS
proc allNumbers {} {
................................................................................
    }
}} allNumbers
for {set i 1} {$i <= 20} {incr i} {
    puts "prime#$i = [\fIeratosthenes\fR]"
}
.CE
.PP
.VS TIP396
This example shows how a value can be passed around a group of three
coroutines that yield to each other:
.PP
.CS
proc juggler {name target {value ""}} {
    if {$value eq ""} {
        set value [\fByield\fR [info coroutine]]
    }
    while {$value ne ""} {
        puts "$name : $value"
        set value [string range $value 0 end-1]
        lassign [\fByieldto\fR $target $value] value
    }
}
\fBcoroutine\fR j1 juggler Larry [
    \fBcoroutine\fR j2 juggler Curly [
        \fBcoroutine\fR j3 juggler Moe j1]] "Nyuck!Nyuck!Nyuck!"
.CE
.VE TIP396











































.SS "DETAILED SEMANTICS"
.PP
This example demonstrates that coroutines start from the global namespace, and
that \fIcommand\fR resolution happens before the coroutine stack is created.
.PP
.CS
proc report {where level} {

'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
coroutine, yield, yieldto \- Create and produce values from coroutines
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fBcoroutine \fIname command\fR ?\fIarg...\fR?
\fByield\fR ?\fIvalue\fR?

\fByieldto\fR \fIcommand\fR ?\fIarg...\fR?
\fIname\fR ?\fIvalue...\fR?
.sp
.VS "8.7, TIP383"
\fBcoroinject \fIcoroName command\fR ?\fIarg...\fR?
\fBcoroprobe \fIcoroName command\fR ?\fIarg...\fR?
.VE "8.7, TIP383"
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBcoroutine\fR command creates a new coroutine context (with associated
command) named \fIname\fR and executes that context by calling \fIcommand\fR,
passing in the other remaining arguments without further interpretation. Once
................................................................................
of the context can then be resumed by calling the context command, optionally
passing in the \fIsingle\fR value to use as the result of the \fByield\fR call
that caused
the context to be suspended. If the coroutine context never yields and instead
returns conventionally, the result of the \fBcoroutine\fR command will be the
result of the evaluation of the context.
.PP

The coroutine may also suspend its execution by use of the \fByieldto\fR
command, which instead of returning, cedes execution to some command called
\fIcommand\fR (resolved in the context of the coroutine) and to which \fIany
number\fR of arguments may be passed. Since every coroutine has a context
command, \fByieldto\fR can be used to transfer control directly from one
coroutine to another (this is only advisable if the two coroutines are
expecting this to happen) but \fIany\fR command may be the target. If a
................................................................................
decide what to do with those values.
.PP
The recommended way of writing a version of \fByield\fR that allows resumption
with multiple arguments is by using \fByieldto\fR and the \fBreturn\fR
command, like this:
.PP
.CS
proc yieldMultiple {value} {
    tailcall \fByieldto\fR string cat $value
}
.CE

.PP
The coroutine can also be deleted by destroying the command \fIname\fR, and
the name of the current coroutine can be retrieved by using
\fBinfo coroutine\fR.
If there are deletion traces on variables in the coroutine's
implementation, they will fire at the point when the coroutine is explicitly
deleted (or, naturally, if the command returns conventionally).
.PP
At the point when \fIcommand\fR is called, the current namespace will be the
global namespace and there will be no stack frames above it (in the sense of
\fBupvar\fR and \fBuplevel\fR). However, which command to call will be
determined in the namespace that the \fBcoroutine\fR command was called from.
.PP
.VS "8.7, TIP383"
A suspended coroutine (i.e., one that has \fByield\fRed or \fByieldto\fR-d)
may have its state inspected (or modified) at that point by using
\fBcoroprobe\fR to run a command at the point where the coroutine is at. The
command takes the name of the coroutine to run the command in, \fIcoroName\fR,
and the name of a command (any any arguments it requires) to immediately run
at that point. The result of that command is the result of the \fBcoroprobe\fR
command, and the gross state of the coroutine remains the same afterwards
(i.e., the coroutine is still expecting the results of a \fByield\fR or
\fByieldto\fR as before) though variables may have been changed.
.PP
Similarly, the \fBcoroinject\fR command may be used to place a command to be
run inside a suspended coroutine (when it is resumed) to process arguments,
with quite a bit of similarity to \fBcoroprobe\fR. However, with
\fBcoroinject\fR there are several key differences:
.VE "8.7, TIP383"
.IP \(bu
.VS "8.7, TIP383"
The coroutine is not immediately resumed after the injection has been done.  A
consequence of this is that multiple injections may be done before the
coroutine is resumed. There injected commands are performed in \fIreverse
order of definition\fR (that is, they are internally stored on a stack).
.VE "8.7, TIP383"
.IP \(bu
.VS "8.7, TIP383"
An additional two arguments are appended to the list of arguments to be run
(that is, the \fIcommand\fR and its \fIargs\fR are extended by two elements).
The first is the name of the command that suspended the coroutine (\fByield\fR
or \fByieldto\fR), and the second is the argument (or list of arguments, in
the case of \fByieldto\fR) that is the current resumption value.
.VE "8.7, TIP383"
.IP \(bu
.VS "8.7, TIP383"
The result of the injected command is used as the result of the \fByield\fR or
\fByieldto\fR that caused the coroutine to become suspended. Where there are
multiple injected commands, the result of one becomes the resumption value
processed by the next.
.PP
The injection is a one-off. It is not retained once it has been executed. It
may \fByield\fR or \fByieldto\fR as part of its execution.
.PP
Note that running coroutines may be neither probed nor injected; the
operations may only be applied to
.VE "8.7, TIP383"
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
This example shows a coroutine that will produce an infinite sequence of
even values, and a loop that consumes the first ten of them.
.PP
.CS
proc allNumbers {} {
................................................................................
    }
}} allNumbers
for {set i 1} {$i <= 20} {incr i} {
    puts "prime#$i = [\fIeratosthenes\fR]"
}
.CE
.PP

This example shows how a value can be passed around a group of three
coroutines that yield to each other:
.PP
.CS
proc juggler {name target {value ""}} {
    if {$value eq ""} {
        set value [\fByield\fR [info coroutine]]
    }
    while {$value ne ""} {
        puts "$name : $value"
        set value [string range $value 0 end-1]
        lassign [\fByieldto\fR \fI$target\fR $value] value
    }
}
\fBcoroutine\fR j1 juggler Larry [
    \fBcoroutine\fR j2 juggler Curly [
        \fBcoroutine\fR j3 juggler Moe j1]] "Nyuck!Nyuck!Nyuck!"
.CE
.PP
.VS "8.7, TIP383"
This example shows a simple coroutine that collects non-empty values and
returns a list of them when not given an argument. It also shows how we can
look inside the coroutine to find out what it is doing, and how we can modify
the input on a one-off basis.
.PP
.CS
proc collectorImpl {} {
    set me [info coroutine]
    set accumulator {}
    for {set val [\fByield\fR $me]} {$val ne ""} {set val [\fByield\fR]} {
        lappend accumulator $val
    }
    return $accumulator
}

\fBcoroutine\fR collect collectorImpl
\fIcollect\fR 123
\fIcollect\fR "abc def"
\fIcollect\fR 456

puts [\fBcoroprobe \fIcollect\fR set accumulator]
# ==> 123 {abc def} 456

\fIcollect\fR "pqr"

\fBcoroinject \fIcollect\fR apply {{type value} {
    puts "Received '$value' at a $type in [info coroutine]"
    return [string toupper $value]
}}

\fIcollect\fR rst
# ==> Received 'rst' at a yield in ::collect
\fIcollect\fR xyz

puts [\fIcollect\fR]
# ==> 123 {abc def} 456 pqr RST xyz
.CE
.PP
This example shows a simple coroutine that collects non-empty values and
returns a list of them when not given an argument. It also shows how we can
look inside the coroutine to find out what it is doing.
.VE "8.7, TIP383"
.SS "DETAILED SEMANTICS"
.PP
This example demonstrates that coroutines start from the global namespace, and
that \fIcommand\fR resolution happens before the coroutine stack is created.
.PP
.CS
proc report {where level} {

\fBTcl\fR.
.PP
Below are some examples of simple expressions where the value of \fBa\fR is 3
and the value of \fBb\fR is 6.  The command on the left side of each line
produces the value on the right side.
.PP
.CS
.ta 6c
\fBexpr\fR 3.1 + $a	\fI6.1\fR
\fBexpr\fR 2 + "$a.$b"	\fI5.6\fR
\fBexpr\fR 4*[llength "6 2"]	\fI8\fR
\fBexpr\fR {{word one} < "word $a"}	\fI0\fR
.CE
.SS OPERATORS
.PP
................................................................................
\fB<<\0\0>>\fR
.
Left and right shift.  Valid for integers.
A right shift always propagates the sign bit.
.TP 20
\fB<\0\0>\0\0<=\0\0>=\fR
.







Boolean less than, greater than, less than or equal, and greater than or equal.




.TP 20
\fB==\0\0!=\fR
.
Boolean equal and not equal.
.TP 20
\fBeq\0\0ne\fR
.
................................................................................
\fB|\fR
.
Bit-wise OR.  Valid for integer operands.
.TP 20
\fB&&\fR
.
Logical AND.  If both operands are true, the result is 1, or 0 otherwise.





.TP 20
\fB||\fR
.
Logical OR.  If both operands are false, the result is 0, or 1 otherwise.


.TP 20
\fIx\fB?\fIy\fB:\fIz\fR

.
If-then-else, as in C.  If \fIx\fR is false , the result is the value of
\fIy\fR.  Otherwise the result is the value of \fIz\fR.

.PP
The exponentiation operator promotes types in the same way that the multiply
and divide operators do, and the result is is the same as the result of
\fBpow\fR.
Exponentiation groups right-to-left within a precedence level. Other binary
operators group left-to-right.  For example, the value of

.PP
.CS
\fBexpr\fR {4*2 < 7}
.CE
.PP
is 0, while the value of
.PP
................................................................................
substitutions on, enclosing an expression in braces or otherwise quoting it
so that it's a static value allows the Tcl compiler to generate bytecode for
the expression, resulting in better speed and smaller storage requirements.
This also avoids issues that can arise if Tcl is allowed to perform
substitution on the value before \fBexpr\fR is called.
.PP
In the following example, the value of the expression is 11 because the Tcl parser first
substitutes \fB$b\fR and \fBexpr\fR then substitutes \fB$a\fR.  Enclosing the



expression in braces would result in a syntax error.


.CS
set a 3
set b {$a + 2}
\fBexpr\fR $b*4
.CE
.PP

When an expression is generated at runtime, like the one above is, the bytcode
compiler must ensure that new code is generated each time the expression
is evaluated.  This is the most costly kind of expression from a performance
perspective.  In such cases, consider directly using the commands described in
the \fBmathfunc\fR(n) or \fBmathop\fR(n) documentation instead of \fBexpr\fR.

Most expressions are not formed at runtime, but are literal strings or contain
substitutions that don't introduce other substitutions.  To allow the bytecode
compiler to work with an expression as a string literal at compilation time,
ensure that it contains no substitutions or that it is enclosed in braces or
otherwise quoted to prevent Tcl from performing substitutions, allowing
\fBexpr\fR to perform them instead.




















.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
A numeric comparison whose result is 1:

.CS
\fBexpr\fR {"0x03" > "2"}
.CE
.PP
A string comparison whose result is 1:

.CS
\fBexpr\fR {"0y" > "0x12"}
.CE








.PP
Define a procedure that computes an
.QW interesting
mathematical function:
.PP
.CS
proc tcl::mathfunc::calc {x y} {
................................................................................
.SH "SEE ALSO"
array(n), for(n), if(n), mathfunc(n), mathop(n), namespace(n), proc(n),
string(n), Tcl(n), while(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
arithmetic, boolean, compare, expression, fuzzy comparison
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
Copyright (c) 1994-2000 Sun Microsystems Incorporated.
Copyright (c) 2005 by Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>. All rights reserved.
.fi
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

\fBTcl\fR.
.PP
Below are some examples of simple expressions where the value of \fBa\fR is 3
and the value of \fBb\fR is 6.  The command on the left side of each line
produces the value on the right side.
.PP
.CS
.ta 9c
\fBexpr\fR 3.1 + $a	\fI6.1\fR
\fBexpr\fR 2 + "$a.$b"	\fI5.6\fR
\fBexpr\fR 4*[llength "6 2"]	\fI8\fR
\fBexpr\fR {{word one} < "word $a"}	\fI0\fR
.CE
.SS OPERATORS
.PP
................................................................................
\fB<<\0\0>>\fR
.
Left and right shift.  Valid for integers.
A right shift always propagates the sign bit.
.TP 20
\fB<\0\0>\0\0<=\0\0>=\fR
.
Boolean numeric-preferring comparisons: less than, greater than, less than or
equal, and greater than or equal. If either argument is not numeric, the
comparison is done using UNICODE string comparison, as with the string
comparison operators below, which have the same precedence.
.TP 20
\fBlt\0\0gt\0\0le\0\0ge\fR
.VS "8.7, TIP461"
Boolean string comparisons: less than, greater than, less than or equal, and
greater than or equal. These always compare values using their UNICODE strings
(also see \fBstring compare\fR), unlike with the numeric-preferring
comparisons abov, which have the same precedence.
.VE "8.7, TIP461"
.TP 20
\fB==\0\0!=\fR
.
Boolean equal and not equal.
.TP 20
\fBeq\0\0ne\fR
.
................................................................................
\fB|\fR
.
Bit-wise OR.  Valid for integer operands.
.TP 20
\fB&&\fR
.
Logical AND.  If both operands are true, the result is 1, or 0 otherwise.

This operator evaluates lazily; it only evaluates its second operand if it
must in order to determine its result.
This operator evaluates lazily; it only evaluates its second operand if it
must in order to determine its result.
.TP 20
\fB||\fR
.
Logical OR.  If both operands are false, the result is 0, or 1 otherwise.
This operator evaluates lazily; it only evaluates its second operand if it
must in order to determine its result.
.TP 20

\fIx \fB?\fI y \fB:\fI z\fR
.
If-then-else, as in C.  If \fIx\fR is false , the result is the value of
\fIy\fR.  Otherwise the result is the value of \fIz\fR.
This operator evaluates lazily; it evaluates only one of \fIy\fR or \fIz\fR.
.PP
The exponentiation operator promotes types in the same way that the multiply
and divide operators do, and the result is is the same as the result of
\fBpow\fR.
Exponentiation groups right-to-left within a precedence level. Other binary
operators group left-to-right.  For example, the value of
.PP
.PP
.CS
\fBexpr\fR {4*2 < 7}
.CE
.PP
is 0, while the value of
.PP
................................................................................
substitutions on, enclosing an expression in braces or otherwise quoting it
so that it's a static value allows the Tcl compiler to generate bytecode for
the expression, resulting in better speed and smaller storage requirements.
This also avoids issues that can arise if Tcl is allowed to perform
substitution on the value before \fBexpr\fR is called.
.PP
In the following example, the value of the expression is 11 because the Tcl parser first
substitutes \fB$b\fR and \fBexpr\fR then substitutes \fB$a\fR as part
of evaluating the expression
.QW "$a + 2*4" .
Enclosing the
expression in braces would result in a syntax error as \fB$b\fR does
not evaluate to a numeric value.
.PP
.CS
set a 3
set b {$a + 2}
\fBexpr\fR $b*4
.CE
.PP

When an expression is generated at runtime, like the one above is, the bytecode
compiler must ensure that new code is generated each time the expression
is evaluated.  This is the most costly kind of expression from a performance
perspective.  In such cases, consider directly using the commands described in
the \fBmathfunc\fR(n) or \fBmathop\fR(n) documentation instead of \fBexpr\fR.
.PP
Most expressions are not formed at runtime, but are literal strings or contain
substitutions that don't introduce other substitutions.  To allow the bytecode
compiler to work with an expression as a string literal at compilation time,
ensure that it contains no substitutions or that it is enclosed in braces or
otherwise quoted to prevent Tcl from performing substitutions, allowing
\fBexpr\fR to perform them instead.
.PP
If it is necessary to include a non-constant expression string within the
wider context of an otherwise-constant expression, the most efficient
technique is to put the varying part inside a recursive \fBexpr\fR, as this at
least allows for the compilation of the outer part, though it does mean that
the varying part must itself be evaluated as a separate expression. Thus, in
this example the result is 20 and the outer expression benefits from fully
cached bytecode compilation.
.PP
.CS
set a 3
set b {$a + 2}
\fBexpr\fR {[\fBexpr\fR $b] * 4}
.CE
.PP
In general, you should enclose your expression in braces wherever possible,
and where not possible, the argument to \fBexpr\fR should be an expression
defined elsewhere as simply as possible. It is usually more efficient and
safer to use other techniques (e.g., the commands in the \fBtcl::mathop\fR
namespace) than it is to do complex expression generation.
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
A numeric comparison whose result is 1:
.PP
.CS
\fBexpr\fR {"0x03" > "2"}
.CE
.PP
A string comparison whose result is 1:
.PP
.CS
\fBexpr\fR {"0y" > "0x12"}
.CE
.PP
.VS "8.7, TIP461"
A forced string comparison whose result is 0:
.PP
.CS
\fBexpr\fR {"0x03" gt "2"}
.CE
.VE "8.7, TIP461"
.PP
Define a procedure that computes an
.QW interesting
mathematical function:
.PP
.CS
proc tcl::mathfunc::calc {x y} {
................................................................................
.SH "SEE ALSO"
array(n), for(n), if(n), mathfunc(n), mathop(n), namespace(n), proc(n),
string(n), Tcl(n), while(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
arithmetic, boolean, compare, expression, fuzzy comparison
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright \(co 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
Copyright \(co 1994-2000 Sun Microsystems Incorporated.
Copyright \(co 2005 by Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>. All rights reserved.
.fi
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

\fBfile tail \fIname\fR
.
Returns all of the characters in the last filesystem component of
\fIname\fR.  Any trailing directory separator in \fIname\fR is ignored.
If \fIname\fR contains no separators then returns \fIname\fR.  So,
\fBfile tail a/b\fR, \fBfile tail a/b/\fR and \fBfile tail b\fR all
return \fBb\fR.






























.TP
\fBfile tempfile\fR ?\fInameVar\fR? ?\fItemplate\fR?
'\" TIP #210
.VS 8.6
Creates a temporary file and returns a read-write channel opened on that file.
If the \fInameVar\fR is given, it specifies a variable that the name of the
temporary file will be written into; if absent, Tcl will attempt to arrange

\fBfile tail \fIname\fR
.
Returns all of the characters in the last filesystem component of
\fIname\fR.  Any trailing directory separator in \fIname\fR is ignored.
If \fIname\fR contains no separators then returns \fIname\fR.  So,
\fBfile tail a/b\fR, \fBfile tail a/b/\fR and \fBfile tail b\fR all
return \fBb\fR.
.TP
\fBfile tempdir\fR ?\fItemplate\fR?
.VS "8.7, TIP 431"
Creates a temporary directory (guaranteed to be newly created and writable by
the current script) and returns its name. If \fItemplate\fR is given, it
specifies one of or both of the existing directory (on a filesystem controlled
by the operating system) to contain the temporary directory, and the base part
of the directory name; it is considered to have the location of the directory
if there is a directory separator in the name, and the base part is everything
after the last directory separator (if non-empty).  The default containing
directory is determined by system-specific operations, and the default base
name prefix is
.QW \fBtcl\fR .
.RS
.PP
The following output is typical and illustrative; the actual output will vary
between platforms:
.PP
.CS
% \fBfile tempdir\fR
/var/tmp/tcl_u0kuy5
 % \fBfile tempdir\fR /tmp/myapp
/tmp/myapp_8o7r9L
% \fBfile tempdir\fR /tmp/
/tmp/tcl_1mOJHD
% \fBfile tempdir\fR myapp
/var/tmp/myapp_0ihS0n
.CE
.RE
.VE "8.7, TIP 431"
.TP
\fBfile tempfile\fR ?\fInameVar\fR? ?\fItemplate\fR?
'\" TIP #210
.VS 8.6
Creates a temporary file and returns a read-write channel opened on that file.
If the \fInameVar\fR is given, it specifies a variable that the name of the
temporary file will be written into; if absent, Tcl will attempt to arrange

'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2018 by Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>. All rights reserved
'\" Copyright (c) 2019 by Donal Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH fpclassify n 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Float Classifier"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
fpclassify \- Floating point number classification of Tcl values
.SH SYNOPSIS
package require \fBTcl 8.7\fR
.sp
\fBfpclassify \fIvalue\fR
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
The \fBfpclassify\fR command takes a floating point number, \fIvalue\fR, and
returns one of the following strings that describe it:
.TP
\fBzero\fR
.
\fIvalue\fR is a floating point zero.
.TP
\fBsubnormal\fR
.
\fIvalue\fR is the result of a gradual underflow.
.TP
\fBnormal\fR
.
\fIvalue\fR is an ordinary floating-point number (not zero, subnormal,
infinite, nor NaN).
.TP
\fBinfinite\fR
.
\fIvalue\fR is a floating-point infinity.
.TP
\fBnan\fR
.
\fIvalue\fR is Not-a-Number.
.PP
The \fBfpclassify\fR command throws an error if value is not a floating-point
value and cannot be converted to one.
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
This shows how to check whether the result of a computation is numerically
safe or not. (Note however that it does not guard against numerical errors;
just against representational problems.)
.PP
.CS
set value [command-that-computes-a-value]
switch [\fBfpclassify\fR $value] {
    normal - zero {
        puts "Result is $value"
    }
    infinite {
        puts "Result is infinite"
    }
    subnormal {
        puts "Result is $value - WARNING! precision lost"
    }
    nan {
        puts "Computation completely failed"
    }
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
expr(n), mathfunc(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
floating point
.SH STANDARDS
This command depends on the \fBfpclassify\fR() C macro conforming to
.QW "ISO C99"
(i.e., to ISO/IEC 9899:1999).
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright \(co 2018 by Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>. All rights reserved
.fi
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

\fB::tcl::mathfunc::floor\fR \fIarg\fR
.br
\fB::tcl::mathfunc::fmod\fR \fIx\fR \fIy\fR
.br
\fB::tcl::mathfunc::hypot\fR \fIx\fR \fIy\fR
.br
\fB::tcl::mathfunc::int\fR \fIarg\fR
.br










\fB::tcl::mathfunc::isqrt\fR \fIarg\fR






.br
\fB::tcl::mathfunc::log\fR \fIarg\fR
.br
\fB::tcl::mathfunc::log10\fR \fIarg\fR
.br
\fB::tcl::mathfunc::max\fR \fIarg\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
.br
................................................................................
namespace \fB::tcl::mathfunc\fR; these functions are also available
for code apart from \fBexpr\fR, by invoking the given commands
directly.
.PP
Tcl supports the following mathematical functions in expressions, all
of which work solely with floating-point numbers unless otherwise noted:
.DS
.ta 3c 6c 9c
\fBabs\fR	\fBacos\fR	\fBasin\fR	\fBatan\fR
\fBatan2\fR	\fBbool\fR	\fBceil\fR	\fBcos\fR
\fBcosh\fR	\fBdouble\fR	\fBentier\fR	\fBexp\fR
\fBfloor\fR	\fBfmod\fR	\fBhypot\fR	\fBint\fR


\fBisqrt\fR	\fBlog\fR	\fBlog10\fR	\fBmax\fR
\fBmin\fR	\fBpow\fR	\fBrand\fR	\fBround\fR
\fBsin\fR	\fBsinh\fR	\fBsqrt\fR	\fBsrand\fR
\fBtan\fR	\fBtanh\fR	\fBwide\fR
.DE
.PP
In addition to these predefined functions, applications may
define additional functions by using \fBproc\fR (or any other method,
such as \fBinterp alias\fR or \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR) to define
new commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace.  In addition, an
obsolete interface named \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR() is available to
................................................................................
.
The argument may be any numeric value.  The integer part of \fIarg\fR
is determined, and then the low order bits of that integer value up
to the machine word size are returned as an integer value.  For reference,
the number of bytes in the machine word are stored in the \fBwordSize\fR
element of the \fBtcl_platform\fR array.
.TP




























\fBisqrt \fIarg\fR
.
Computes the integer part of the square root of \fIarg\fR.  \fIArg\fR must be
a positive value, either an integer or a floating point number.
Unlike \fBsqrt\fR, which is limited to the precision of a floating point
number, \fIisqrt\fR will return a result of arbitrary precision.

















.TP
\fBlog \fIarg\fR
.
Returns the natural logarithm of \fIarg\fR.  \fIArg\fR must be a
positive value.
.TP
\fBlog10 \fIarg\fR
................................................................................
.TP
\fBwide \fIarg\fR
.
The argument may be any numeric value.  The integer part of \fIarg\fR
is determined, and then the low order 64 bits of that integer value
are returned as an integer value.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
expr(n), mathop(n), namespace(n)
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
.nf
Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
Copyright (c) 1994-2000 Sun Microsystems Incorporated.
Copyright (c) 2005, 2006 by Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>.
.fi
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

\fB::tcl::mathfunc::floor\fR \fIarg\fR
.br
\fB::tcl::mathfunc::fmod\fR \fIx\fR \fIy\fR
.br
\fB::tcl::mathfunc::hypot\fR \fIx\fR \fIy\fR
.br
\fB::tcl::mathfunc::int\fR \fIarg\fR
.br
.VS "8.7, TIP 521"
\fB::tcl::mathfunc::isfinite\fR \fIarg\fR
.br
\fB::tcl::mathfunc::isinf\fR \fIarg\fR
.br
\fB::tcl::mathfunc::isnan\fR \fIarg\fR
.br
\fB::tcl::mathfunc::isnormal\fR \fIarg\fR
.VE "8.7, TIP 521"
.br
\fB::tcl::mathfunc::isqrt\fR \fIarg\fR
.br
.VS "8.7, TIP 521"
\fB::tcl::mathfunc::issubnormal\fR \fIarg\fR
.br
\fB::tcl::mathfunc::isunordered\fR \fIx y\fR
.VE "8.7, TIP 521"
.br
\fB::tcl::mathfunc::log\fR \fIarg\fR
.br
\fB::tcl::mathfunc::log10\fR \fIarg\fR
.br
\fB::tcl::mathfunc::max\fR \fIarg\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
.br
................................................................................
namespace \fB::tcl::mathfunc\fR; these functions are also available
for code apart from \fBexpr\fR, by invoking the given commands
directly.
.PP
Tcl supports the following mathematical functions in expressions, all
of which work solely with floating-point numbers unless otherwise noted:
.DS
.ta 3.2c 6.4c 9.6c
\fBabs\fR	\fBacos\fR	\fBasin\fR	\fBatan\fR
\fBatan2\fR	\fBbool\fR	\fBceil\fR	\fBcos\fR
\fBcosh\fR	\fBdouble\fR	\fBentier\fR	\fBexp\fR
\fBfloor\fR	\fBfmod\fR	\fBhypot\fR	\fBint\fR
\fBisfinite\fR	\fBisinf\fR	\fBisnan\fR	\fBisnormal\fR
\fBisqrt\fR	\fBissubnormal\fR	\fBisunordered\fR	\fBlog\fR
\fBlog10\fR	\fBmax\fR	\fBmin\fR	\fBpow\fR
\fBrand\fR	\fBround\fR	\fBsin\fR	\fBsinh\fR
\fBsqrt\fR	\fBsrand\fR	\fBtan\fR	\fBtanh\fR
\fBwide\fR
.DE
.PP
In addition to these predefined functions, applications may
define additional functions by using \fBproc\fR (or any other method,
such as \fBinterp alias\fR or \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR) to define
new commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace.  In addition, an
obsolete interface named \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR() is available to
................................................................................
.
The argument may be any numeric value.  The integer part of \fIarg\fR
is determined, and then the low order bits of that integer value up
to the machine word size are returned as an integer value.  For reference,
the number of bytes in the machine word are stored in the \fBwordSize\fR
element of the \fBtcl_platform\fR array.
.TP
\fBisfinite \fIarg\fR
.VS "8.7, TIP 521"
Returns 1 if the floating-point number \fIarg\fR is finite. That is, if it is
zero, subnormal, or normal. Returns 0 if the number is infinite or NaN. Throws
an error if \fIarg\fR cannot be promoted to a floating-point value.
.VE "8.7, TIP 521"
.TP
\fBisinf \fIarg\fR
.VS "8.7, TIP 521"
Returns 1 if the floating-point number \fIarg\fR is infinite. Returns 0 if the
number is finite or NaN. Throws an error if \fIarg\fR cannot be promoted to a
floating-point value.
.VE "8.7, TIP 521"
.TP
\fBisnan \fIarg\fR
.VS "8.7, TIP 521"
Returns 1 if the floating-point number \fIarg\fR is Not-a-Number. Returns 0 if
the number is finite or infinite. Throws an error if \fIarg\fR cannot be
promoted to a floating-point value.
.VE "8.7, TIP 521"
.TP
\fBisnormal \fIarg\fR
.VS "8.7, TIP 521"
Returns 1 if the floating-point number \fIarg\fR is normal. Returns 0 if the
number is zero, subnormal, infinite or NaN. Throws an error if \fIarg\fR
cannot be promoted to a floating-point value.
.VE "8.7, TIP 521"
.TP
\fBisqrt \fIarg\fR
.
Computes the integer part of the square root of \fIarg\fR.  \fIArg\fR must be
a positive value, either an integer or a floating point number.
Unlike \fBsqrt\fR, which is limited to the precision of a floating point
number, \fIisqrt\fR will return a result of arbitrary precision.
.TP
\fBissubnormal \fIarg\fR
.VS "8.7, TIP 521"
Returns 1 if the floating-point number \fIarg\fR is subnormal, i.e., the
result of gradual underflow. Returns 0 if the number is zero, normal, infinite
or NaN. Throws an error if \fIarg\fR cannot be promoted to a floating-point
value.
.VE "8.7, TIP 521"
.TP
\fBisunordered \fIx y\fR
.VS "8.7, TIP 521"
Returns 1 if \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR cannot be compared for ordering, that is, if
either one is NaN. Returns 0 if both values can be ordered, that is, if they
are both chosen from among the set of zero, subnormal, normal and infinite
values. Throws an error if either \fIx\fR or \fIy\fR cannot be promoted to a
floating-point value.
.VE "8.7, TIP 521"
.TP
\fBlog \fIarg\fR
.
Returns the natural logarithm of \fIarg\fR.  \fIArg\fR must be a
positive value.
.TP
\fBlog10 \fIarg\fR
................................................................................
.TP
\fBwide \fIarg\fR
.
The argument may be any numeric value.  The integer part of \fIarg\fR
is determined, and then the low order 64 bits of that integer value
are returned as an integer value.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
expr(n), fpclassify(n), mathop(n), namespace(n)
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
.nf
Copyright \(co 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
Copyright \(co 1994-2000 Sun Microsystems Incorporated.
Copyright \(co 2005, 2006 by Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>.
.fi
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

\fB::tcl::mathop::>=\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
.br
\fB::tcl::mathop::>\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
.br
\fB::tcl::mathop::eq\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
.br
\fB::tcl::mathop::ne\fR \fIarg arg\fR










.br
\fB::tcl::mathop::in\fR \fIarg list\fR
.br
\fB::tcl::mathop::ni\fR \fIarg list\fR
.sp
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
................................................................................
The following operator commands are supported:
.DS
.ta 2c 4c 6c 8c
\fB~\fR	\fB!\fR	\fB+\fR	\fB\-\fR	\fB*\fR
\fB/\fR	\fB%\fR	\fB**\fR	\fB&\fR	\fB|\fR
\fB^\fR	\fB>>\fR	\fB<<\fR	\fB==\fR	\fBeq\fR
\fB!=\fR	\fBne\fR	\fB<\fR	\fB<=\fR	\fB>\fR
\fB>=\fR	\fBin\fR	\fBni\fR

.DE
.SS "MATHEMATICAL OPERATORS"
.PP
The behaviors of the mathematical operator commands are as follows:
.TP
\fB!\fR \fIboolean\fR
.
................................................................................
\fB<\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
.
Returns whether the arbitrarily-many arguments are ordered, with each argument
after the first having to be strictly more than the one preceding it.
Comparisons are performed preferentially on the numeric values, and are
otherwise performed using UNICODE string comparison. If fewer than two
arguments are present, this operation always returns a true value. When the
arguments are numeric but should be compared as strings, the \fBstring
compare\fR command should be used instead.
.TP
\fB<=\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
.
Returns whether the arbitrarily-many arguments are ordered, with each argument
after the first having to be equal to or more than the one preceding it.
Comparisons are performed preferentially on the numeric values, and are
otherwise performed using UNICODE string comparison. If fewer than two
arguments are present, this operation always returns a true value. When the
arguments are numeric but should be compared as strings, the \fBstring
compare\fR command should be used instead.
.TP
\fB>\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
.
Returns whether the arbitrarily-many arguments are ordered, with each argument
after the first having to be strictly less than the one preceding it.
Comparisons are performed preferentially on the numeric values, and are
otherwise performed using UNICODE string comparison. If fewer than two
arguments are present, this operation always returns a true value. When the
arguments are numeric but should be compared as strings, the \fBstring
compare\fR command should be used instead.
.TP
\fB>=\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
.
Returns whether the arbitrarily-many arguments are ordered, with each argument
after the first having to be equal to or less than the one preceding it.
Comparisons are performed preferentially on the numeric values, and are
otherwise performed using UNICODE string comparison. If fewer than two
arguments are present, this operation always returns a true value. When the
arguments are numeric but should be compared as strings, the \fBstring
compare\fR command should be used instead.
































.SS "BIT-WISE OPERATORS"
.PP
The behaviors of the bit-wise operator commands (all of which only operate on
integral arguments) are as follows:
.TP
\fB~\fR \fInumber\fR
.
................................................................................

\fI# Test for list membership\fR
set gotIt [\fBin\fR 3 $list]

\fI# Test to see if a value is within some defined range\fR
set inRange [\fB<=\fR 1 $x 5]

\fI# Test to see if a list is sorted\fR
set sorted [\fB<=\fR {*}$list]




.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
expr(n), mathfunc(n), namespace(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
command, expression, operator
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

\fB::tcl::mathop::>=\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
.br
\fB::tcl::mathop::>\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
.br
\fB::tcl::mathop::eq\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
.br
\fB::tcl::mathop::ne\fR \fIarg arg\fR
.br
.VS "8.7, TIP461"
\fB::tcl::mathop::lt\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
.br
\fB::tcl::mathop::le\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
.br
\fB::tcl::mathop::gt\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
.br
\fB::tcl::mathop::ge\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
.VE "8.7, TIP461"
.br
\fB::tcl::mathop::in\fR \fIarg list\fR
.br
\fB::tcl::mathop::ni\fR \fIarg list\fR
.sp
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
................................................................................
The following operator commands are supported:
.DS
.ta 2c 4c 6c 8c
\fB~\fR	\fB!\fR	\fB+\fR	\fB\-\fR	\fB*\fR
\fB/\fR	\fB%\fR	\fB**\fR	\fB&\fR	\fB|\fR
\fB^\fR	\fB>>\fR	\fB<<\fR	\fB==\fR	\fBeq\fR
\fB!=\fR	\fBne\fR	\fB<\fR	\fB<=\fR	\fB>\fR
\fB>=\fR	\fBin\fR	\fBni\fR	\fBlt\fR	\fBle\fR
\fBgt\fR	\fBge\fR
.DE
.SS "MATHEMATICAL OPERATORS"
.PP
The behaviors of the mathematical operator commands are as follows:
.TP
\fB!\fR \fIboolean\fR
.
................................................................................
\fB<\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
.
Returns whether the arbitrarily-many arguments are ordered, with each argument
after the first having to be strictly more than the one preceding it.
Comparisons are performed preferentially on the numeric values, and are
otherwise performed using UNICODE string comparison. If fewer than two
arguments are present, this operation always returns a true value. When the
arguments are numeric but should be compared as strings, the \fBlt\fR
operator or the \fBstring compare\fR command should be used instead.
.TP
\fB<=\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
.
Returns whether the arbitrarily-many arguments are ordered, with each argument
after the first having to be equal to or more than the one preceding it.
Comparisons are performed preferentially on the numeric values, and are
otherwise performed using UNICODE string comparison. If fewer than two
arguments are present, this operation always returns a true value. When the
arguments are numeric but should be compared as strings,  the \fBle\fR
operator or the \fBstring compare\fR command should be used instead.
.TP
\fB>\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
.
Returns whether the arbitrarily-many arguments are ordered, with each argument
after the first having to be strictly less than the one preceding it.
Comparisons are performed preferentially on the numeric values, and are
otherwise performed using UNICODE string comparison. If fewer than two
arguments are present, this operation always returns a true value. When the
arguments are numeric but should be compared as strings, the \fBgt\fR
operator or the \fBstring compare\fR command should be used instead.
.TP
\fB>=\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
.
Returns whether the arbitrarily-many arguments are ordered, with each argument
after the first having to be equal to or less than the one preceding it.
Comparisons are performed preferentially on the numeric values, and are
otherwise performed using UNICODE string comparison. If fewer than two
arguments are present, this operation always returns a true value. When the
arguments are numeric but should be compared as strings, the \fBge\fR
operator or the \fBstring compare\fR command should be used instead.
.TP
\fBlt\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
.VS "8.7, TIP461"
Returns whether the arbitrarily-many arguments are ordered, with each argument
after the first having to be strictly more than the one preceding it.
Comparisons are performed using UNICODE string comparison. If fewer than two
arguments are present, this operation always returns a true value.
.VE "8.7, TIP461"
.TP
\fBle\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
.VS "8.7, TIP461"
Returns whether the arbitrarily-many arguments are ordered, with each argument
after the first having to be equal to or strictly more than the one preceding it.
Comparisons are performed using UNICODE string comparison. If fewer than two
arguments are present, this operation always returns a true value.
.VE "8.7, TIP461"
.TP
\fBgt\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
.VS "8.7, TIP461"
Returns whether the arbitrarily-many arguments are ordered, with each argument
after the first having to be strictly less than the one preceding it.
Comparisons are performed using UNICODE string comparison. If fewer than two
arguments are present, this operation always returns a true value.
.VE "8.7, TIP461"
.TP
\fBge\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
.VS "8.7, TIP461"
Returns whether the arbitrarily-many arguments are ordered, with each argument
after the first having to be equal to or strictly less than the one preceding it.
Comparisons are performed using UNICODE string comparison. If fewer than two
arguments are present, this operation always returns a true value.
.VE "8.7, TIP461"
.SS "BIT-WISE OPERATORS"
.PP
The behaviors of the bit-wise operator commands (all of which only operate on
integral arguments) are as follows:
.TP
\fB~\fR \fInumber\fR
.
................................................................................

\fI# Test for list membership\fR
set gotIt [\fBin\fR 3 $list]

\fI# Test to see if a value is within some defined range\fR
set inRange [\fB<=\fR 1 $x 5]

\fI# Test to see if a list is numerically sorted\fR
set sorted [\fB<=\fR {*}$list]

\fI# Test to see if a list is lexically sorted\fR
set alphaList {a b c d e f}
set sorted [\fBle\fR {*}$alphaList]
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
expr(n), mathfunc(n), namespace(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
command, expression, operator
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

in code for string comparison, you can use
.QW \e032
or
.QW \eu001a ,
which will be safely substituted by the Tcl interpreter into
.QW ^Z .
.PP
A leading BOM (Byte order mark) contained in the file is ignored for unicode encodings (utf-8, unicode).
.PP
The \fB\-encoding\fR option is used to specify the encoding of
the data stored in \fIfileName\fR.  When the \fB\-encoding\fR option
is omitted, the system encoding is assumed.
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
Run the script in the file \fBfoo.tcl\fR and then the script in the

in code for string comparison, you can use
.QW \e032
or
.QW \eu001a ,
which will be safely substituted by the Tcl interpreter into
.QW ^Z .
.PP
A leading BOM (Byte order mark) contained in the file is ignored for unicode encodings (utf-8, utf-16, ucs-2).
.PP
The \fB\-encoding\fR option is used to specify the encoding of
the data stored in \fIfileName\fR.  When the \fB\-encoding\fR option
is omitted, the system encoding is assumed.
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
Run the script in the file \fBfoo.tcl\fR and then the script in the

by the maximal number of iterations to evaluate the script.
If \fImax-count\fR is specified, the evalution will stop either this count of
iterations is reached or the time is exceeded.
.sp
It will then return a canonical tcl-list of the form:
.PP
.CS
\fB0.095977 \(mcs/# 52095836 # 10419167 #/sec 5000.000 nett-ms\fR
.CE
.PP
which indicates:
.IP \(bu 3
the average amount of time required per iteration, in microseconds ([\fBlindex\fR $result 0])
.IP \(bu 3
the count how many times it was executed ([\fBlindex\fR $result 2])

by the maximal number of iterations to evaluate the script.
If \fImax-count\fR is specified, the evalution will stop either this count of
iterations is reached or the time is exceeded.
.sp
It will then return a canonical tcl-list of the form:
.PP
.CS
\fB0.095977 \(mcs/# 52095836 # 10419167 #/sec 5000.000 net-ms\fR
.CE
.PP
which indicates:
.IP \(bu 3
the average amount of time required per iteration, in microseconds ([\fBlindex\fR $result 0])
.IP \(bu 3
the count how many times it was executed ([\fBlindex\fR $result 2])

 ^ static int freev(struct vars *, int);
 */
static int
freev(
    struct vars *v,
    int err)
{
    register int ret;

    if (v->re != NULL) {
	rfree(v->re);
    }
    if (v->subs != v->sub10) {
	FREE(v->subs);
    }

 ^ static int freev(struct vars *, int);
 */
static int
freev(
    struct vars *v,
    int err)
{
    int ret;

    if (v->re != NULL) {
	rfree(v->re);
    }
    if (v->subs != v->sub10) {
	FREE(v->subs);
    }

 * space to store this because the regular expression engine is never
 * reentered from the same thread; it doesn't make any callbacks.
 */

#if 1
#define AllocVars(vPtr) \
    static Tcl_ThreadDataKey varsKey; \
    register struct vars *vPtr = (struct vars *) \
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&varsKey, sizeof(struct vars))
#else
/*
 * This strategy for allocating workspace is "more proper" in some sense, but
 * quite a bit slower. Using TSD (as above) leads to code that is quite a bit
 * faster in practice (measured!)
 */
#define AllocVars(vPtr) \
    register struct vars *vPtr = (struct vars *) MALLOC(sizeof(struct vars))
#define FreeVars(vPtr) \
    FREE(vPtr)
#endif

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

 * space to store this because the regular expression engine is never
 * reentered from the same thread; it doesn't make any callbacks.
 */

#if 1
#define AllocVars(vPtr) \
    static Tcl_ThreadDataKey varsKey; \
    struct vars *vPtr = (struct vars *) \
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&varsKey, sizeof(struct vars))
#else
/*
 * This strategy for allocating workspace is "more proper" in some sense, but
 * quite a bit slower. Using TSD (as above) leads to code that is quite a bit
 * faster in practice (measured!)
 */
#define AllocVars(vPtr) \
    struct vars *vPtr = (struct vars *) MALLOC(sizeof(struct vars))
#define FreeVars(vPtr) \
    FREE(vPtr)
#endif

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

#define	REG_ULOCALE		002000
#define	REG_UEMPTYMATCH		004000
#define	REG_UIMPOSSIBLE		010000
#define	REG_USHORTEST		020000
    int re_csize;		/* sizeof(character) */
    char *re_endp;		/* backward compatibility kludge */
    /* the rest is opaque pointers to hidden innards */
    char *re_guts;		/* `char *' is more portable than `void *' */
    char *re_fns;
} regex_t;

/* result reporting (may acquire more fields later) */
typedef struct {
    regoff_t rm_so;		/* start of substring */
    regoff_t rm_eo;		/* end of substring */
} regmatch_t;

#define	REG_ULOCALE		002000
#define	REG_UEMPTYMATCH		004000
#define	REG_UIMPOSSIBLE		010000
#define	REG_USHORTEST		020000
    int re_csize;		/* sizeof(character) */
    char *re_endp;		/* backward compatibility kludge */
    /* the rest is opaque pointers to hidden innards */
    void *re_guts;
    void *re_fns;
} regex_t;

/* result reporting (may acquire more fields later) */
typedef struct {
    regoff_t rm_so;		/* start of substring */
    regoff_t rm_eo;		/* end of substring */
} regmatch_t;

struct smalldfa {
    struct dfa dfa;
    struct sset ssets[FEWSTATES*2];
    unsigned statesarea[FEWSTATES*2 + WORK];
    struct sset *outsarea[FEWSTATES*2 * FEWCOLORS];
    struct arcp incarea[FEWSTATES*2 * FEWCOLORS];
};
#define	DOMALLOC	((struct smalldfa *)NULL)	/* force malloc */

/*
 * Internal variables, bundled for easy passing around.
 */

struct vars {
    regex_t *re;
................................................................................
 * The DFA will be freed by the cleanup step in exec().
 */
static struct dfa *
getsubdfa(struct vars * v,
	  struct subre * t)
{
    if (v->subdfas[t->id] == NULL) {
	v->subdfas[t->id] = newDFA(v, &t->cnfa, &v->g->cmap, DOMALLOC);
	if (ISERR())
	    return NULL;
    }
    return v->subdfas[t->id];
}
 
/*
................................................................................
    assert(t->op == 'b');
    assert(n >= 0);
    assert((size_t)n < v->nmatch);

    MDEBUG(("cbackref n%d %d{%d-%d}\n", t->id, n, min, max));

    /* get the backreferenced string */
    if (v->pmatch[n].rm_so == -1) {
	return REG_NOMATCH;
    }
    brstring = v->start + v->pmatch[n].rm_so;
    brlen = v->pmatch[n].rm_eo - v->pmatch[n].rm_so;

    /* special cases for zero-length strings */
    if (brlen == 0) {

struct smalldfa {
    struct dfa dfa;
    struct sset ssets[FEWSTATES*2];
    unsigned statesarea[FEWSTATES*2 + WORK];
    struct sset *outsarea[FEWSTATES*2 * FEWCOLORS];
    struct arcp incarea[FEWSTATES*2 * FEWCOLORS];
};


/*
 * Internal variables, bundled for easy passing around.
 */

struct vars {
    regex_t *re;
................................................................................
 * The DFA will be freed by the cleanup step in exec().
 */
static struct dfa *
getsubdfa(struct vars * v,
	  struct subre * t)
{
    if (v->subdfas[t->id] == NULL) {
	v->subdfas[t->id] = newDFA(v, &t->cnfa, &v->g->cmap, NULL);
	if (ISERR())
	    return NULL;
    }
    return v->subdfas[t->id];
}
 
/*
................................................................................
    assert(t->op == 'b');
    assert(n >= 0);
    assert((size_t)n < v->nmatch);

    MDEBUG(("cbackref n%d %d{%d-%d}\n", t->id, n, min, max));

    /* get the backreferenced string */
    if (v->pmatch[n].rm_so == TCL_INDEX_NONE) {
	return REG_NOMATCH;
    }
    brstring = v->start + v->pmatch[n].rm_so;
    brlen = v->pmatch[n].rm_eo - v->pmatch[n].rm_so;

    /* special cases for zero-length strings */
    if (brlen == 0) {

 * Magic for allocating a variable workspace. This default version is
 * stack-hungry.
 */

#ifndef AllocVars
#define AllocVars(vPtr) \
    struct vars var; \
    register struct vars *vPtr = &var
#endif
#ifndef FreeVars
#define FreeVars(vPtr) ((void) 0)
#endif
 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

 * Magic for allocating a variable workspace. This default version is
 * stack-hungry.
 */

#ifndef AllocVars
#define AllocVars(vPtr) \
    struct vars var; \
    struct vars *vPtr = &var
#endif
#ifndef FreeVars
#define FreeVars(vPtr) ((void) 0)
#endif
 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

}

# TIP#312 New Tcl_LinkArray() function
declare 644 {
    int Tcl_LinkArray(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, void *addr,
	    int type, int size)
}






# ----- BASELINE -- FOR -- 8.7.0 ----- #

##############################################################################

# Define the platform specific public Tcl interface. These functions are only
# available on the designated platform.

}

# TIP#312 New Tcl_LinkArray() function
declare 644 {
    int Tcl_LinkArray(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, void *addr,
	    int type, int size)
}

declare 645 {
    int Tcl_GetIntForIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
	    int endValue, int *indexPtr)
}

# ----- BASELINE -- FOR -- 8.7.0 ----- #

##############################################################################

# Define the platform specific public Tcl interface. These functions are only
# available on the designated platform.

#define Tcl_LongAsWide(val)	((Tcl_WideInt)((long)(val)))
#define Tcl_WideAsDouble(val)	((double)((Tcl_WideInt)(val)))
#define Tcl_DoubleAsWide(val)	((Tcl_WideInt)((double)(val)))

#if defined(_WIN32)
#   ifdef __BORLANDC__
	typedef struct stati64 Tcl_StatBuf;
#   elif defined(_WIN64)
	typedef struct __stat64 Tcl_StatBuf;
#   elif (defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER < 1400)) || defined(_USE_32BIT_TIME_T)
	typedef struct _stati64	Tcl_StatBuf;
#   else
	typedef struct _stat32i64 Tcl_StatBuf;
#   endif /* _MSC_VER < 1400 */
#elif defined(__CYGWIN__)
................................................................................

/*
 * Constants for special int-typed values, see TIP #494
 */

#define TCL_IO_FAILURE	(-1)
#define TCL_AUTO_LENGTH	(-1)


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Single public declaration for NRE.
 */

typedef int (Tcl_NRPostProc) (ClientData data[], Tcl_Interp *interp,

#define Tcl_LongAsWide(val)	((Tcl_WideInt)((long)(val)))
#define Tcl_WideAsDouble(val)	((double)((Tcl_WideInt)(val)))
#define Tcl_DoubleAsWide(val)	((Tcl_WideInt)((double)(val)))

#if defined(_WIN32)
#   ifdef __BORLANDC__
	typedef struct stati64 Tcl_StatBuf;
#   elif defined(_WIN64) || defined(__MINGW_USE_VC2005_COMPAT) || defined(_USE_64BIT_TIME_T)
	typedef struct __stat64 Tcl_StatBuf;
#   elif (defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER < 1400)) || defined(_USE_32BIT_TIME_T)
	typedef struct _stati64	Tcl_StatBuf;
#   else
	typedef struct _stat32i64 Tcl_StatBuf;
#   endif /* _MSC_VER < 1400 */
#elif defined(__CYGWIN__)
................................................................................

/*
 * Constants for special int-typed values, see TIP #494
 */

#define TCL_IO_FAILURE	(-1)
#define TCL_AUTO_LENGTH	(-1)
#define TCL_INDEX_NONE	(-1)

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Single public declaration for NRE.
 */

typedef int (Tcl_NRPostProc) (ClientData data[], Tcl_Interp *interp,

	overPtr->realBlockSize = (numBytes + RSLOP - 1) & ~(RSLOP - 1);
	overPtr->rangeCheckMagic = RMAGIC;
	BLOCK_END(overPtr) = RMAGIC;
#endif

	Tcl_MutexUnlock(allocMutexPtr);
	return (void *)(overPtr+1);
    }

    /*
     * Convert amount of memory requested into closest block size stored in
     * hash buckets which satisfies request. Account for space used per block
     * for accounting.
     */
................................................................................
    if (numBytes+OVERHEAD > maxSize) {
	expensive = 1;
    } else if (i>0 && numBytes+OVERHEAD < maxSize/2) {
	expensive = 1;
    }

    if (expensive) {
	void *newPtr;

	Tcl_MutexUnlock(allocMutexPtr);

	newPtr = TclpAlloc(numBytes);
	if (newPtr == NULL) {
	    return NULL;
	}

	overPtr->realBlockSize = (numBytes + RSLOP - 1) & ~(RSLOP - 1);
	overPtr->rangeCheckMagic = RMAGIC;
	BLOCK_END(overPtr) = RMAGIC;
#endif

	Tcl_MutexUnlock(allocMutexPtr);
	return (char *)(overPtr+1);
    }

    /*
     * Convert amount of memory requested into closest block size stored in
     * hash buckets which satisfies request. Account for space used per block
     * for accounting.
     */
................................................................................
    if (numBytes+OVERHEAD > maxSize) {
	expensive = 1;
    } else if (i>0 && numBytes+OVERHEAD < maxSize/2) {
	expensive = 1;
    }

    if (expensive) {
	char *newPtr;

	Tcl_MutexUnlock(allocMutexPtr);

	newPtr = TclpAlloc(numBytes);
	if (newPtr == NULL) {
	    return NULL;
	}

    {"strcaseLower",	ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_LOWER,		1,	1},
    {"strcaseTitle",	ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_TITLE,		1,	1},
    {"strcaseUpper",	ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_UPPER,		1,	1},
    {"strcmp",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_CMP,		2,	1},
    {"strcat",		ASSEM_CONCAT1,	INST_STR_CONCAT1,	INT_MIN,1},
    {"streq",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_EQ,		2,	1},
    {"strfind",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_FIND,		2,	1},


    {"strindex",	ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_INDEX,		2,	1},

    {"strlen",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_LEN,		1,	1},

    {"strmap",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_MAP,		3,	1},
    {"strmatch",	ASSEM_BOOL,	INST_STR_MATCH,		2,	1},
    {"strneq",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_NEQ,		2,	1},
    {"strrange",	ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_RANGE,		3,	1},
    {"strreplace",	ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_REPLACE,	4,	1},
    {"strrfind",	ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_FIND_LAST,	2,	1},
    {"strtrim",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_TRIM,		2,	1},
................................................................................
    {"unsetArrayStk",	ASSEM_BOOL,	INST_UNSET_ARRAY_STK,	2,	0},
    {"unsetStk",	ASSEM_BOOL,	INST_UNSET_STK,		1,	0},
    {"uplus",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_UPLUS,		1,	1},
    {"upvar",		ASSEM_LVT4,	INST_UPVAR,		2,	1},
    {"variable",	ASSEM_LVT4,	INST_VARIABLE,		1,	0},
    {"verifyDict",	ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_DICT_VERIFY,	1,	0},
    {"yield",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_YIELD,		1,	1},
    {NULL,		0,		0,			0,	0}
};

/*
 * List of instructions that cannot throw an exception under any
 * circumstances.  These instructions are the ones that are permissible after
 * an exception is caught but before the corresponding exception range is
 * popped from the stack.
................................................................................
 * The instructions must be in ascending order by numeric operation code.
 */

static const unsigned char NonThrowingByteCodes[] = {
    INST_PUSH1, INST_PUSH4, INST_POP, INST_DUP,			/* 1-4 */
    INST_JUMP1, INST_JUMP4,					/* 34-35 */
    INST_END_CATCH, INST_PUSH_RESULT, INST_PUSH_RETURN_CODE,	/* 70-72 */

    INST_LIST,							/* 79 */
    INST_OVER,							/* 95 */
    INST_PUSH_RETURN_OPTIONS,					/* 108 */
    INST_REVERSE,						/* 126 */
    INST_NOP,							/* 132 */
    INST_STR_MAP,						/* 143 */
    INST_STR_FIND,						/* 144 */
................................................................................
    INST_COROUTINE_NAME,					/* 149 */
    INST_NS_CURRENT,						/* 151 */
    INST_INFO_LEVEL_NUM,					/* 152 */
    INST_RESOLVE_COMMAND,					/* 154 */
    INST_STR_TRIM, INST_STR_TRIM_LEFT, INST_STR_TRIM_RIGHT,	/* 166-168 */
    INST_CONCAT_STK,						/* 169 */
    INST_STR_UPPER, INST_STR_LOWER, INST_STR_TITLE,		/* 170-172 */
    INST_NUM_TYPE						/* 180 */

};

/*
 * Helper macros.
 */

#if defined(TCL_DEBUG_ASSEMBLY) && defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ > 2
................................................................................
NewAssemblyEnv(
    CompileEnv* envPtr,		/* Compilation environment being used for code
				 * generation*/
    int flags)			/* Compilation flags (TCL_EVAL_DIRECT) */
{
    Tcl_Interp* interp = (Tcl_Interp*) envPtr->iPtr;
				/* Tcl interpreter */
    AssemblyEnv* assemEnvPtr = TclStackAlloc(interp, sizeof(AssemblyEnv));
				/* Assembler environment under construction */
    Tcl_Parse* parsePtr = TclStackAlloc(interp, sizeof(Tcl_Parse));
				/* Parse of one line of assembly code */

    assemEnvPtr->envPtr = envPtr;
    assemEnvPtr->parsePtr = parsePtr;
    assemEnvPtr->cmdLine = 1;
    assemEnvPtr->clNext = envPtr->clNext;

................................................................................
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, &instNameObj, "table");
	    goto cleanup;
	}
	if (GetNextOperand(assemEnvPtr, &tokenPtr, &operand1Obj) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto cleanup;
	}

	jtPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(JumptableInfo));

	Tcl_InitHashTable(&jtPtr->hashTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
	assemEnvPtr->curr_bb->jumpLine = assemEnvPtr->cmdLine;
	assemEnvPtr->curr_bb->jumpOffset = envPtr->codeNext-envPtr->codeStart;
	DEBUG_PRINT("bb %p jumpLine %d jumpOffset %d\n",
		assemEnvPtr->curr_bb, assemEnvPtr->cmdLine,
		envPtr->codeNext - envPtr->codeStart);
................................................................................
     */

    DEBUG_PRINT("basic block %p has %d exceptions starting at %d\n",
	    curr_bb, exceptionCount, savedExceptArrayNext);
    curr_bb->foreignExceptionBase = savedExceptArrayNext;
    curr_bb->foreignExceptionCount = exceptionCount;
    curr_bb->foreignExceptions =
	    ckalloc(exceptionCount * sizeof(ExceptionRange));
    memcpy(curr_bb->foreignExceptions,
	    envPtr->exceptArrayPtr + savedExceptArrayNext,
	    exceptionCount * sizeof(ExceptionRange));
    for (i = 0; i < exceptionCount; ++i) {
	curr_bb->foreignExceptions[i].nestingLevel -= envPtr->exceptDepth;
    }
    envPtr->exceptArrayNext = savedExceptArrayNext;
................................................................................
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Allocate the jumptable.
     */

    jtPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(JumptableInfo));
    jtHashPtr = &jtPtr->hashTable;
    Tcl_InitHashTable(jtHashPtr, TCL_STRING_KEYS);

    /*
     * Fill the keys and labels into the table.
     */

................................................................................
    Tcl_HashSearch search;	/* Hash search control */
    Tcl_HashEntry* entry;	/* Hash table entry containing a jump label */
    Tcl_Obj* label;		/* Jump label from the hash table */

    for (entry = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(jtHashPtr, &search);
	    entry != NULL;
	    entry = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
	label = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(label);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(entry, NULL);
    }
    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(jtHashPtr);
    ckfree(jtPtr);
}
 
................................................................................
 */

static BasicBlock *
AllocBB(
    AssemblyEnv* assemEnvPtr)	/* Assembly environment */
{
    CompileEnv* envPtr = assemEnvPtr->envPtr;
    BasicBlock *bb = ckalloc(sizeof(BasicBlock));

    bb->originalStartOffset =
	    bb->startOffset = envPtr->codeNext - envPtr->codeStart;
    bb->startLine = assemEnvPtr->cmdLine + 1;
    bb->jumpOffset = -1;
    bb->jumpLine = -1;
    bb->prevPtr = assemEnvPtr->curr_bb;
................................................................................
		}

		/*
		 * If the instruction is a JUMP1, turn it into a JUMP4 if its
		 * target is out of range.
		 */

		jumpTarget = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
		if (bbPtr->flags & BB_JUMP1) {
		    offset = jumpTarget->startOffset
			    - (bbPtr->jumpOffset + motion);
		    if (offset < -0x80 || offset > 0x7f) {
			opcode = TclGetUInt1AtPtr(envPtr->codeStart
				+ bbPtr->jumpOffset);
			++opcode;
................................................................................
     * Look up every jump target in the jump hash.
     */

    DEBUG_PRINT("check jump table labels %p {\n", bbPtr);
    for (symEntryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(symHash, &search);
	    symEntryPtr != NULL;
	    symEntryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
	symbolObj = Tcl_GetHashValue(symEntryPtr);
	valEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&assemEnvPtr->labelHash,
		TclGetString(symbolObj));
	DEBUG_PRINT("  %s -> %s (%d)\n",
		(char*) Tcl_GetHashKey(symHash, symEntryPtr),
		TclGetString(symbolObj), (valEntryPtr != NULL));
	if (valEntryPtr == NULL) {
	    ReportUndefinedLabel(assemEnvPtr, bbPtr, symbolObj);
................................................................................

    for (bbPtr = assemEnvPtr->head_bb;
	    bbPtr != NULL;
	    bbPtr = bbPtr->successor1) {
	if (bbPtr->jumpTarget != NULL) {
	    entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&assemEnvPtr->labelHash,
		    TclGetString(bbPtr->jumpTarget));
	    jumpTarget = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
	    fromOffset = bbPtr->jumpOffset;
	    targetOffset = jumpTarget->startOffset;
	    if (bbPtr->flags & BB_JUMP1) {
		TclStoreInt1AtPtr(targetOffset - fromOffset,
			envPtr->codeStart + fromOffset + 1);
	    } else {
		TclStoreInt4AtPtr(targetOffset - fromOffset,
................................................................................
    BasicBlock* jumpTargetBBPtr;
				/* Basic block that the jump proceeds to */
    int junk;

    auxDataIndex = TclGetInt4AtPtr(envPtr->codeStart + bbPtr->jumpOffset + 1);
    DEBUG_PRINT("bbPtr = %p jumpOffset = %d auxDataIndex = %d\n",
	    bbPtr, bbPtr->jumpOffset, auxDataIndex);
    realJumpTablePtr = TclFetchAuxData(envPtr, auxDataIndex);
    realJumpHashPtr = &realJumpTablePtr->hashTable;

    /*
     * Look up every jump target in the jump hash.
     */

    DEBUG_PRINT("resolve jump table {\n");
    for (symEntryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(symHash, &search);
	    symEntryPtr != NULL;
	    symEntryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
	symbolObj = Tcl_GetHashValue(symEntryPtr);
	DEBUG_PRINT("     symbol %s\n", TclGetString(symbolObj));

	valEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&assemEnvPtr->labelHash,
		TclGetString(symbolObj));
	jumpTargetBBPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(valEntryPtr);

	realJumpEntryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(realJumpHashPtr,
		Tcl_GetHashKey(symHash, symEntryPtr), &junk);
	DEBUG_PRINT("  %s -> %s -> bb %p (pc %d)    hash entry %p\n",
		(char*) Tcl_GetHashKey(symHash, symEntryPtr),
		TclGetString(symbolObj), jumpTargetBBPtr,
		jumpTargetBBPtr->startOffset, realJumpEntryPtr);
................................................................................
	result = StackCheckBasicBlock(assemEnvPtr, blockPtr->successor1,
		blockPtr, stackDepth);
    }

    if (result == TCL_OK && blockPtr->jumpTarget != NULL) {
	entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&assemEnvPtr->labelHash,
		TclGetString(blockPtr->jumpTarget));
	jumpTarget = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
	result = StackCheckBasicBlock(assemEnvPtr, jumpTarget, blockPtr,
		stackDepth);
    }

    /*
     * All blocks referenced in a jump table are successors.
     */

    if (blockPtr->flags & BB_JUMPTABLE) {
	for (jtEntry = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&blockPtr->jtPtr->hashTable,
		    &jtSearch);
		result == TCL_OK && jtEntry != NULL;
		jtEntry = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&jtSearch)) {
	    targetLabel = Tcl_GetHashValue(jtEntry);
	    entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&assemEnvPtr->labelHash,
		    TclGetString(targetLabel));
	    jumpTarget = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
	    result = StackCheckBasicBlock(assemEnvPtr, jumpTarget,
		    blockPtr, stackDepth);
	}
    }

    return result;
}
................................................................................
    if (bbPtr->flags & BB_FALLTHRU) {
	result = ProcessCatchesInBasicBlock(assemEnvPtr, bbPtr->successor1,
		fallThruEnclosing, fallThruState, catchDepth);
    }
    if (result == TCL_OK && bbPtr->jumpTarget != NULL) {
	entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&assemEnvPtr->labelHash,
		TclGetString(bbPtr->jumpTarget));
	jumpTarget = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
	result = ProcessCatchesInBasicBlock(assemEnvPtr, jumpTarget,
		jumpEnclosing, jumpState, catchDepth);
    }

    /*
     * All blocks referenced in a jump table are successors.
     */

    if (bbPtr->flags & BB_JUMPTABLE) {
	for (jtEntry = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&bbPtr->jtPtr->hashTable,&jtSearch);
		result == TCL_OK && jtEntry != NULL;
		jtEntry = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&jtSearch)) {
	    targetLabel = Tcl_GetHashValue(jtEntry);
	    entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&assemEnvPtr->labelHash,
		    TclGetString(targetLabel));
	    jumpTarget = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
	    result = ProcessCatchesInBasicBlock(assemEnvPtr, jumpTarget,
		    jumpEnclosing, jumpState, catchDepth);
	}
    }

    return result;
}
................................................................................
	}
    }

    /*
     * Allocate memory for a stack of active catches.
     */

    catches = ckalloc(maxCatchDepth * sizeof(BasicBlock*));
    catchIndices = ckalloc(maxCatchDepth * sizeof(int));
    for (i = 0; i < maxCatchDepth; ++i) {
	catches[i] = NULL;
	catchIndices[i] = -1;
    }

    /*
     * Walk through the basic blocks and manage exception ranges.
................................................................................
    int catchDepth,		/* Depth of nesting of catches prior to entry
				 * to this block */
    BasicBlock** catches,	/* Array of catch contexts */
    int* catchIndices)		/* Indices of the exception ranges
				 * corresponding to the catch contexts */
{
    ExceptionRange* range;	/* Exception range for a specific catch */
    BasicBlock* catch;		/* Catch block being examined */
    BasicBlockCatchState catchState;
				/* State of the code relative to the catch
				 * block being examined ("in catch" or
				 * "caught"). */

    /*
     * Unstack any catches that are deeper than the nesting level of the basic
................................................................................
    /*
     * Unstack any catches that don't match the basic block being entered,
     * either because they are no longer part of the context, or because the
     * context has changed from INCATCH to CAUGHT.
     */

    catchState = bbPtr->catchState;
    catch = bbPtr->enclosingCatch;
    while (catchDepth > 0) {
	--catchDepth;
	if (catches[catchDepth] != NULL) {
	    if (catches[catchDepth] != catch || catchState >= BBCS_CAUGHT) {
		range = envPtr->exceptArrayPtr + catchIndices[catchDepth];
		range->numCodeBytes = bbPtr->startOffset - range->codeOffset;
		catches[catchDepth] = NULL;
		catchIndices[catchDepth] = -1;
	    }
	    catchState = catch->catchState;
	    catch = catch->enclosingCatch;
	}
    }
}
 
/*
 *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
    BasicBlock* bbPtr,		/* Basic block being entered */
    BasicBlock** catches)	/* Array of catch contexts that are already
				 * entered */
{
    BasicBlockCatchState catchState;
				/* State ("in catch" or "caught") of the
				 * current catch. */
    BasicBlock* catch;		/* Current enclosing catch */
    int catchDepth;		/* Nesting depth of the current catch */

    catchState = bbPtr->catchState;
    catch = bbPtr->enclosingCatch;
    catchDepth = bbPtr->catchDepth;
    while (catchDepth > 0) {
	--catchDepth;
	if (catches[catchDepth] != catch && catchState < BBCS_CAUGHT) {
	    catches[catchDepth] = catch;
	}
	catchState = catch->catchState;
	catch = catch->enclosingCatch;
    }
}
 
/*
 *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StackFreshCatches --
................................................................................
    BasicBlock** catches,	/* Array of catch contexts */
    int* catchIndices)		/* Indices of the exception ranges
				 * corresponding to the catch contexts */
{
    CompileEnv* envPtr = assemEnvPtr->envPtr;
				/* Compilation environment */
    ExceptionRange* range;	/* Exception range for a specific catch */
    BasicBlock* catch;		/* Catch block being examined */
    BasicBlock* errorExit;	/* Error exit from the catch block */
    Tcl_HashEntry* entryPtr;

    catchDepth = 0;

    /*
     * Iterate through the enclosing catch blocks from the outside in,
................................................................................

    for (catchDepth = 0; catchDepth < bbPtr->catchDepth; ++catchDepth) {
	if (catchIndices[catchDepth] == -1 && catches[catchDepth] != NULL) {
	    /*
	     * Create an exception range for a block that needs one.
	     */

	    catch = catches[catchDepth];
	    catchIndices[catchDepth] =
		    TclCreateExceptRange(CATCH_EXCEPTION_RANGE, envPtr);
	    range = envPtr->exceptArrayPtr + catchIndices[catchDepth];
	    range->nestingLevel = envPtr->exceptDepth + catchDepth;
	    envPtr->maxExceptDepth =
		    TclMax(range->nestingLevel + 1, envPtr->maxExceptDepth);
	    range->codeOffset = bbPtr->startOffset;

	    entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&assemEnvPtr->labelHash,
		    TclGetString(catch->jumpTarget));
	    if (entryPtr == NULL) {
		Tcl_Panic("undefined label in tclAssembly.c:"
			"BuildExceptionRanges, can't happen");
	    }

	    errorExit = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
	    range->catchOffset = errorExit->startOffset;
	}
    }
}
 
/*
 *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

    {"strcaseLower",	ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_LOWER,		1,	1},
    {"strcaseTitle",	ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_TITLE,		1,	1},
    {"strcaseUpper",	ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_UPPER,		1,	1},
    {"strcmp",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_CMP,		2,	1},
    {"strcat",		ASSEM_CONCAT1,	INST_STR_CONCAT1,	INT_MIN,1},
    {"streq",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_EQ,		2,	1},
    {"strfind",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_FIND,		2,	1},
    {"strge",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_GE,		2,	1},
    {"strgt",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_GT,		2,	1},
    {"strindex",	ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_INDEX,		2,	1},
    {"strle",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_LE,		2,	1},
    {"strlen",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_LEN,		1,	1},
    {"strlt",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_LT,		2,	1},
    {"strmap",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_MAP,		3,	1},
    {"strmatch",	ASSEM_BOOL,	INST_STR_MATCH,		2,	1},
    {"strneq",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_NEQ,		2,	1},
    {"strrange",	ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_RANGE,		3,	1},
    {"strreplace",	ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_REPLACE,	4,	1},
    {"strrfind",	ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_FIND_LAST,	2,	1},
    {"strtrim",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_STR_TRIM,		2,	1},
................................................................................
    {"unsetArrayStk",	ASSEM_BOOL,	INST_UNSET_ARRAY_STK,	2,	0},
    {"unsetStk",	ASSEM_BOOL,	INST_UNSET_STK,		1,	0},
    {"uplus",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_UPLUS,		1,	1},
    {"upvar",		ASSEM_LVT4,	INST_UPVAR,		2,	1},
    {"variable",	ASSEM_LVT4,	INST_VARIABLE,		1,	0},
    {"verifyDict",	ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_DICT_VERIFY,	1,	0},
    {"yield",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_YIELD,		1,	1},
    {NULL,		ASSEM_1BYTE,		0,			0,	0}
};

/*
 * List of instructions that cannot throw an exception under any
 * circumstances.  These instructions are the ones that are permissible after
 * an exception is caught but before the corresponding exception range is
 * popped from the stack.
................................................................................
 * The instructions must be in ascending order by numeric operation code.
 */

static const unsigned char NonThrowingByteCodes[] = {
    INST_PUSH1, INST_PUSH4, INST_POP, INST_DUP,			/* 1-4 */
    INST_JUMP1, INST_JUMP4,					/* 34-35 */
    INST_END_CATCH, INST_PUSH_RESULT, INST_PUSH_RETURN_CODE,	/* 70-72 */
    INST_STR_EQ, INST_STR_NEQ, INST_STR_CMP, INST_STR_LEN,	/* 73-76 */
    INST_LIST,							/* 79 */
    INST_OVER,							/* 95 */
    INST_PUSH_RETURN_OPTIONS,					/* 108 */
    INST_REVERSE,						/* 126 */
    INST_NOP,							/* 132 */
    INST_STR_MAP,						/* 143 */
    INST_STR_FIND,						/* 144 */
................................................................................
    INST_COROUTINE_NAME,					/* 149 */
    INST_NS_CURRENT,						/* 151 */
    INST_INFO_LEVEL_NUM,					/* 152 */
    INST_RESOLVE_COMMAND,					/* 154 */
    INST_STR_TRIM, INST_STR_TRIM_LEFT, INST_STR_TRIM_RIGHT,	/* 166-168 */
    INST_CONCAT_STK,						/* 169 */
    INST_STR_UPPER, INST_STR_LOWER, INST_STR_TITLE,		/* 170-172 */
    INST_NUM_TYPE,						/* 180 */
    INST_STR_LT, INST_STR_GT, INST_STR_LE, INST_STR_GE		/* 191-194 */
};

/*
 * Helper macros.
 */

#if defined(TCL_DEBUG_ASSEMBLY) && defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ > 2
................................................................................
NewAssemblyEnv(
    CompileEnv* envPtr,		/* Compilation environment being used for code
				 * generation*/
    int flags)			/* Compilation flags (TCL_EVAL_DIRECT) */
{
    Tcl_Interp* interp = (Tcl_Interp*) envPtr->iPtr;
				/* Tcl interpreter */
    AssemblyEnv* assemEnvPtr = (AssemblyEnv*)TclStackAlloc(interp, sizeof(AssemblyEnv));
				/* Assembler environment under construction */
    Tcl_Parse* parsePtr = (Tcl_Parse*)TclStackAlloc(interp, sizeof(Tcl_Parse));
				/* Parse of one line of assembly code */

    assemEnvPtr->envPtr = envPtr;
    assemEnvPtr->parsePtr = parsePtr;
    assemEnvPtr->cmdLine = 1;
    assemEnvPtr->clNext = envPtr->clNext;

................................................................................
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, &instNameObj, "table");
	    goto cleanup;
	}
	if (GetNextOperand(assemEnvPtr, &tokenPtr, &operand1Obj) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto cleanup;
	}

	jtPtr = (JumptableInfo*)ckalloc(sizeof(JumptableInfo));

	Tcl_InitHashTable(&jtPtr->hashTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
	assemEnvPtr->curr_bb->jumpLine = assemEnvPtr->cmdLine;
	assemEnvPtr->curr_bb->jumpOffset = envPtr->codeNext-envPtr->codeStart;
	DEBUG_PRINT("bb %p jumpLine %d jumpOffset %d\n",
		assemEnvPtr->curr_bb, assemEnvPtr->cmdLine,
		envPtr->codeNext - envPtr->codeStart);
................................................................................
     */

    DEBUG_PRINT("basic block %p has %d exceptions starting at %d\n",
	    curr_bb, exceptionCount, savedExceptArrayNext);
    curr_bb->foreignExceptionBase = savedExceptArrayNext;
    curr_bb->foreignExceptionCount = exceptionCount;
    curr_bb->foreignExceptions =
    		(ExceptionRange*)ckalloc(exceptionCount * sizeof(ExceptionRange));
    memcpy(curr_bb->foreignExceptions,
	    envPtr->exceptArrayPtr + savedExceptArrayNext,
	    exceptionCount * sizeof(ExceptionRange));
    for (i = 0; i < exceptionCount; ++i) {
	curr_bb->foreignExceptions[i].nestingLevel -= envPtr->exceptDepth;
    }
    envPtr->exceptArrayNext = savedExceptArrayNext;
................................................................................
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Allocate the jumptable.
     */

    jtPtr = (JumptableInfo*)ckalloc(sizeof(JumptableInfo));
    jtHashPtr = &jtPtr->hashTable;
    Tcl_InitHashTable(jtHashPtr, TCL_STRING_KEYS);

    /*
     * Fill the keys and labels into the table.
     */

................................................................................
    Tcl_HashSearch search;	/* Hash search control */
    Tcl_HashEntry* entry;	/* Hash table entry containing a jump label */
    Tcl_Obj* label;		/* Jump label from the hash table */

    for (entry = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(jtHashPtr, &search);
	    entry != NULL;
	    entry = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
	label = (Tcl_Obj*)Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(label);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(entry, NULL);
    }
    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(jtHashPtr);
    ckfree(jtPtr);
}
 
................................................................................
 */

static BasicBlock *
AllocBB(
    AssemblyEnv* assemEnvPtr)	/* Assembly environment */
{
    CompileEnv* envPtr = assemEnvPtr->envPtr;
    BasicBlock *bb = (BasicBlock*)ckalloc(sizeof(BasicBlock));

    bb->originalStartOffset =
	    bb->startOffset = envPtr->codeNext - envPtr->codeStart;
    bb->startLine = assemEnvPtr->cmdLine + 1;
    bb->jumpOffset = -1;
    bb->jumpLine = -1;
    bb->prevPtr = assemEnvPtr->curr_bb;
................................................................................
		}

		/*
		 * If the instruction is a JUMP1, turn it into a JUMP4 if its
		 * target is out of range.
		 */

		jumpTarget = (BasicBlock*)Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
		if (bbPtr->flags & BB_JUMP1) {
		    offset = jumpTarget->startOffset
			    - (bbPtr->jumpOffset + motion);
		    if (offset < -0x80 || offset > 0x7f) {
			opcode = TclGetUInt1AtPtr(envPtr->codeStart
				+ bbPtr->jumpOffset);
			++opcode;
................................................................................
     * Look up every jump target in the jump hash.
     */

    DEBUG_PRINT("check jump table labels %p {\n", bbPtr);
    for (symEntryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(symHash, &search);
	    symEntryPtr != NULL;
	    symEntryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
	symbolObj = (Tcl_Obj*)Tcl_GetHashValue(symEntryPtr);
	valEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&assemEnvPtr->labelHash,
		TclGetString(symbolObj));
	DEBUG_PRINT("  %s -> %s (%d)\n",
		(char*) Tcl_GetHashKey(symHash, symEntryPtr),
		TclGetString(symbolObj), (valEntryPtr != NULL));
	if (valEntryPtr == NULL) {
	    ReportUndefinedLabel(assemEnvPtr, bbPtr, symbolObj);
................................................................................

    for (bbPtr = assemEnvPtr->head_bb;
	    bbPtr != NULL;
	    bbPtr = bbPtr->successor1) {
	if (bbPtr->jumpTarget != NULL) {
	    entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&assemEnvPtr->labelHash,
		    TclGetString(bbPtr->jumpTarget));
	    jumpTarget = (BasicBlock*)Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
	    fromOffset = bbPtr->jumpOffset;
	    targetOffset = jumpTarget->startOffset;
	    if (bbPtr->flags & BB_JUMP1) {
		TclStoreInt1AtPtr(targetOffset - fromOffset,
			envPtr->codeStart + fromOffset + 1);
	    } else {
		TclStoreInt4AtPtr(targetOffset - fromOffset,
................................................................................
    BasicBlock* jumpTargetBBPtr;
				/* Basic block that the jump proceeds to */
    int junk;

    auxDataIndex = TclGetInt4AtPtr(envPtr->codeStart + bbPtr->jumpOffset + 1);
    DEBUG_PRINT("bbPtr = %p jumpOffset = %d auxDataIndex = %d\n",
	    bbPtr, bbPtr->jumpOffset, auxDataIndex);
    realJumpTablePtr = (JumptableInfo*)TclFetchAuxData(envPtr, auxDataIndex);
    realJumpHashPtr = &realJumpTablePtr->hashTable;

    /*
     * Look up every jump target in the jump hash.
     */

    DEBUG_PRINT("resolve jump table {\n");
    for (symEntryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(symHash, &search);
	    symEntryPtr != NULL;
	    symEntryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
	symbolObj = (Tcl_Obj*)Tcl_GetHashValue(symEntryPtr);
	DEBUG_PRINT("     symbol %s\n", TclGetString(symbolObj));

	valEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&assemEnvPtr->labelHash,
		TclGetString(symbolObj));
	jumpTargetBBPtr = (BasicBlock*)Tcl_GetHashValue(valEntryPtr);

	realJumpEntryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(realJumpHashPtr,
		Tcl_GetHashKey(symHash, symEntryPtr), &junk);
	DEBUG_PRINT("  %s -> %s -> bb %p (pc %d)    hash entry %p\n",
		(char*) Tcl_GetHashKey(symHash, symEntryPtr),
		TclGetString(symbolObj), jumpTargetBBPtr,
		jumpTargetBBPtr->startOffset, realJumpEntryPtr);
................................................................................
	result = StackCheckBasicBlock(assemEnvPtr, blockPtr->successor1,
		blockPtr, stackDepth);
    }

    if (result == TCL_OK && blockPtr->jumpTarget != NULL) {
	entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&assemEnvPtr->labelHash,
		TclGetString(blockPtr->jumpTarget));
	jumpTarget = (BasicBlock*)Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
	result = StackCheckBasicBlock(assemEnvPtr, jumpTarget, blockPtr,
		stackDepth);
    }

    /*
     * All blocks referenced in a jump table are successors.
     */

    if (blockPtr->flags & BB_JUMPTABLE) {
	for (jtEntry = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&blockPtr->jtPtr->hashTable,
		    &jtSearch);
		result == TCL_OK && jtEntry != NULL;
		jtEntry = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&jtSearch)) {
	    targetLabel = (Tcl_Obj*)Tcl_GetHashValue(jtEntry);
	    entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&assemEnvPtr->labelHash,
		    TclGetString(targetLabel));
	    jumpTarget = (BasicBlock*)Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
	    result = StackCheckBasicBlock(assemEnvPtr, jumpTarget,
		    blockPtr, stackDepth);
	}
    }

    return result;
}
................................................................................
    if (bbPtr->flags & BB_FALLTHRU) {
	result = ProcessCatchesInBasicBlock(assemEnvPtr, bbPtr->successor1,
		fallThruEnclosing, fallThruState, catchDepth);
    }
    if (result == TCL_OK && bbPtr->jumpTarget != NULL) {
	entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&assemEnvPtr->labelHash,
		TclGetString(bbPtr->jumpTarget));
	jumpTarget = (BasicBlock*)Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
	result = ProcessCatchesInBasicBlock(assemEnvPtr, jumpTarget,
		jumpEnclosing, jumpState, catchDepth);
    }

    /*
     * All blocks referenced in a jump table are successors.
     */

    if (bbPtr->flags & BB_JUMPTABLE) {
	for (jtEntry = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&bbPtr->jtPtr->hashTable,&jtSearch);
		result == TCL_OK && jtEntry != NULL;
		jtEntry = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&jtSearch)) {
	    targetLabel = (Tcl_Obj*)Tcl_GetHashValue(jtEntry);
	    entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&assemEnvPtr->labelHash,
		    TclGetString(targetLabel));
	    jumpTarget = (BasicBlock*)Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
	    result = ProcessCatchesInBasicBlock(assemEnvPtr, jumpTarget,
		    jumpEnclosing, jumpState, catchDepth);
	}
    }

    return result;
}
................................................................................
	}
    }

    /*
     * Allocate memory for a stack of active catches.
     */

    catches = (BasicBlock**)ckalloc(maxCatchDepth * sizeof(BasicBlock*));
    catchIndices = (int *)ckalloc(maxCatchDepth * sizeof(int));
    for (i = 0; i < maxCatchDepth; ++i) {
	catches[i] = NULL;
	catchIndices[i] = -1;
    }

    /*
     * Walk through the basic blocks and manage exception ranges.
................................................................................
    int catchDepth,		/* Depth of nesting of catches prior to entry
				 * to this block */
    BasicBlock** catches,	/* Array of catch contexts */
    int* catchIndices)		/* Indices of the exception ranges
				 * corresponding to the catch contexts */
{
    ExceptionRange* range;	/* Exception range for a specific catch */
    BasicBlock* block;		/* Catch block being examined */
    BasicBlockCatchState catchState;
				/* State of the code relative to the catch
				 * block being examined ("in catch" or
				 * "caught"). */

    /*
     * Unstack any catches that are deeper than the nesting level of the basic
................................................................................
    /*
     * Unstack any catches that don't match the basic block being entered,
     * either because they are no longer part of the context, or because the
     * context has changed from INCATCH to CAUGHT.
     */

    catchState = bbPtr->catchState;
    block = bbPtr->enclosingCatch;
    while (catchDepth > 0) {
	--catchDepth;
	if (catches[catchDepth] != NULL) {
	    if (catches[catchDepth] != block || catchState >= BBCS_CAUGHT) {
		range = envPtr->exceptArrayPtr + catchIndices[catchDepth];
		range->numCodeBytes = bbPtr->startOffset - range->codeOffset;
		catches[catchDepth] = NULL;
		catchIndices[catchDepth] = -1;
	    }
	    catchState = block->catchState;
	    block = block->enclosingCatch;
	}
    }
}
 
/*
 *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
    BasicBlock* bbPtr,		/* Basic block being entered */
    BasicBlock** catches)	/* Array of catch contexts that are already
				 * entered */
{
    BasicBlockCatchState catchState;
				/* State ("in catch" or "caught") of the
				 * current catch. */
    BasicBlock* block;		/* Current enclosing catch */
    int catchDepth;		/* Nesting depth of the current catch */

    catchState = bbPtr->catchState;
    block = bbPtr->enclosingCatch;
    catchDepth = bbPtr->catchDepth;
    while (catchDepth > 0) {
	--catchDepth;
	if (catches[catchDepth] != block && catchState < BBCS_CAUGHT) {
	    catches[catchDepth] = block;
	}
	catchState = block->catchState;
	block = block->enclosingCatch;
    }
}
 
/*
 *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StackFreshCatches --
................................................................................
    BasicBlock** catches,	/* Array of catch contexts */
    int* catchIndices)		/* Indices of the exception ranges
				 * corresponding to the catch contexts */
{
    CompileEnv* envPtr = assemEnvPtr->envPtr;
				/* Compilation environment */
    ExceptionRange* range;	/* Exception range for a specific catch */
    BasicBlock* block;		/* Catch block being examined */
    BasicBlock* errorExit;	/* Error exit from the catch block */
    Tcl_HashEntry* entryPtr;

    catchDepth = 0;

    /*
     * Iterate through the enclosing catch blocks from the outside in,
................................................................................

    for (catchDepth = 0; catchDepth < bbPtr->catchDepth; ++catchDepth) {
	if (catchIndices[catchDepth] == -1 && catches[catchDepth] != NULL) {
	    /*
	     * Create an exception range for a block that needs one.
	     */

	    block = catches[catchDepth];
	    catchIndices[catchDepth] =
		    TclCreateExceptRange(CATCH_EXCEPTION_RANGE, envPtr);
	    range = envPtr->exceptArrayPtr + catchIndices[catchDepth];
	    range->nestingLevel = envPtr->exceptDepth + catchDepth;
	    envPtr->maxExceptDepth =
		    TclMax(range->nestingLevel + 1, envPtr->maxExceptDepth);
	    range->codeOffset = bbPtr->startOffset;

	    entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&assemEnvPtr->labelHash,
		    TclGetString(block->jumpTarget));
	    if (entryPtr == NULL) {
		Tcl_Panic("undefined label in tclAssembly.c:"
			"BuildExceptionRanges, can't happen");
	    }

	    errorExit = (BasicBlock*)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
	    range->catchOffset = errorExit->startOffset;
	}
    }
}
 
/*
 *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Tcl_AsyncProc *proc,	/* Procedure to call when handler is
				 * invoked. */
    ClientData clientData)	/* Argument to pass to handler. */
{
    AsyncHandler *asyncPtr;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = TCL_TSD_INIT(&dataKey);

    asyncPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(AsyncHandler));
    asyncPtr->ready = 0;
    asyncPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
    asyncPtr->proc = proc;
    asyncPtr->clientData = clientData;
    asyncPtr->originTsd = tsdPtr;
    asyncPtr->originThrdId = Tcl_GetCurrentThread();

    Tcl_AsyncProc *proc,	/* Procedure to call when handler is
				 * invoked. */
    ClientData clientData)	/* Argument to pass to handler. */
{
    AsyncHandler *asyncPtr;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = TCL_TSD_INIT(&dataKey);

    asyncPtr = (AsyncHandler*)ckalloc(sizeof(AsyncHandler));
    asyncPtr->ready = 0;
    asyncPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
    asyncPtr->proc = proc;
    asyncPtr->clientData = clientData;
    asyncPtr->originTsd = tsdPtr;
    asyncPtr->originThrdId = Tcl_GetCurrentThread();

#include "tclInt.h"
#include "tclOOInt.h"
#include "tclCompile.h"
#include "tommath.h"
#include <math.h>
#include <assert.h>









































#define INTERP_STACK_INITIAL_SIZE 2000
#define CORO_STACK_INITIAL_SIZE    200

/*
 * Determine whether we're using IEEE floating point
 */
................................................................................
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprBinaryFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprBoolFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprCeilFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprDoubleFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprFloorFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprIntFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprIsqrtFunc;






static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprMaxFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprMinFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprRandFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprRoundFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprSqrtFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprSrandFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprUnaryFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprWideFunc;

static void		MathFuncWrongNumArgs(Tcl_Interp *interp, int expected,
			    int actual, Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
static Tcl_NRPostProc	NRCoroutineCallerCallback;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	NRCoroutineExitCallback;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	NRCommand;

#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED)
................................................................................
static Tcl_NRPostProc	TEOV_Exception;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	TEOV_NotFoundCallback;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	TEOV_RestoreVarFrame;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	TEOV_RunLeaveTraces;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	EvalObjvCore;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	Dispatch;

static Tcl_ObjCmdProc NRCoroInjectObjCmd;
static Tcl_NRPostProc NRPostInvoke;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc CoroTypeObjCmd;





MODULE_SCOPE const TclStubs tclStubs;

/*
 * Magical counts for the number of arguments accepted by a coroutine command
 * after particular kinds of [yield].
 */
................................................................................
    {"break",		Tcl_BreakObjCmd,	TclCompileBreakCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
    {"case",		Tcl_CaseObjCmd,		NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
#endif
    {"catch",		Tcl_CatchObjCmd,	TclCompileCatchCmd,	TclNRCatchObjCmd,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"concat",		Tcl_ConcatObjCmd,	TclCompileConcatCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"continue",	Tcl_ContinueObjCmd,	TclCompileContinueCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},


    {"coroutine",	NULL,			NULL,			TclNRCoroutineObjCmd,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"error",		Tcl_ErrorObjCmd,	TclCompileErrorCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"eval",		Tcl_EvalObjCmd,		NULL,			TclNREvalObjCmd,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"expr",		Tcl_ExprObjCmd,		TclCompileExprCmd,	TclNRExprObjCmd,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"for",		Tcl_ForObjCmd,		TclCompileForCmd,	TclNRForObjCmd,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"foreach",		Tcl_ForeachObjCmd,	TclCompileForeachCmd,	TclNRForeachCmd,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"format",		Tcl_FormatObjCmd,	TclCompileFormatCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},

    {"global",		Tcl_GlobalObjCmd,	TclCompileGlobalCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"if",		Tcl_IfObjCmd,		TclCompileIfCmd,	TclNRIfObjCmd,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"incr",		Tcl_IncrObjCmd,		TclCompileIncrCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"join",		Tcl_JoinObjCmd,		NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lappend",		Tcl_LappendObjCmd,	TclCompileLappendCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lassign",		Tcl_LassignObjCmd,	TclCompileLassignCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lindex",		Tcl_LindexObjCmd,	TclCompileLindexCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
................................................................................
    {"file", "readable"},
    {"file", "readlink"},
    {"file", "rename"},
    {"file", "rootname"},
    {"file", "size"},
    {"file", "stat"},
    {"file", "tail"},

    {"file", "tempfile"},
    {"file", "type"},
    {"file", "volumes"},
    {"file", "writable"},
    /* [info] has two unsafe commands */
    {"info", "cmdtype"},
    {"info", "nameofexecutable"},
................................................................................
    { "double",	ExprDoubleFunc,	NULL			},
    { "entier",	ExprIntFunc,	NULL			},
    { "exp",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) exp	},
    { "floor",	ExprFloorFunc,	NULL			},
    { "fmod",	ExprBinaryFunc,	(ClientData) fmod	},
    { "hypot",	ExprBinaryFunc,	(ClientData) hypot	},
    { "int",	ExprIntFunc,	NULL			},




    { "isqrt",	ExprIsqrtFunc,	NULL			},


    { "log",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) log	},
    { "log10",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) log10	},
    { "max",	ExprMaxFunc,	NULL			},
    { "min",	ExprMinFunc,	NULL			},
    { "pow",	ExprBinaryFunc,	(ClientData) pow	},
    { "rand",	ExprRandFunc,	NULL			},
    { "round",	ExprRoundFunc,	NULL			},
................................................................................
    { ">",	TclSortingOpCmd,	TclCompileGreaterOpCmd,
		/* unused */ {0},	NULL},
    { ">=",	TclSortingOpCmd,	TclCompileGeqOpCmd,
		/* unused */ {0},	NULL},
    { "==",	TclSortingOpCmd,	TclCompileEqOpCmd,
		/* unused */ {0},	NULL},
    { "eq",	TclSortingOpCmd,	TclCompileStreqOpCmd,








		/* unused */ {0},	NULL},
    { NULL,	NULL,			NULL,
		{0},			NULL}
};
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
     */

    if (sizeof(Tcl_CallFrame) < sizeof(CallFrame)) {
	/*NOTREACHED*/
	Tcl_Panic("Tcl_CallFrame must not be smaller than CallFrame");
    }

#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN64)








    if (sizeof(time_t) != 4) {
	/*NOTREACHED*/
	Tcl_Panic("<time.h> is not compatible with MSVC");
    }
    if ((TclOffset(Tcl_StatBuf,st_atime) != 32)
	    || (TclOffset(Tcl_StatBuf,st_ctime) != 40)) {
	/*NOTREACHED*/
	Tcl_Panic("<sys/stat.h> is not compatible with MSVC");
    }
#endif

    if (cancelTableInitialized == 0) {
	Tcl_MutexLock(&cancelLock);
................................................................................
    cmdPtr = (Command *) Tcl_NRCreateCommand(interp,
            "::tcl::unsupported::assemble", Tcl_AssembleObjCmd,
            TclNRAssembleObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
    cmdPtr->compileProc = &TclCompileAssembleCmd;

    /* Coroutine monkeybusiness */
    Tcl_NRCreateCommand(interp, "::tcl::unsupported::inject", NULL,
	    NRCoroInjectObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "::tcl::unsupported::corotype",
            CoroTypeObjCmd, NULL, NULL);

    /* Export unsupported commands */
    nsPtr = Tcl_FindNamespace(interp, "::tcl::unsupported", NULL, 0);
    if (nsPtr) {
	Tcl_Export(interp, nsPtr, "*", 1);
................................................................................
}

Tcl_Command
TclCreateObjCommandInNs(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    const char *cmdName,	/* Name of command, without any namespace
                                 * components. */
    Tcl_Namespace *namespace,   /* The namespace to create the command in */
    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc,	/* Object-based function to associate with
				 * name. */
    ClientData clientData,	/* Arbitrary value to pass to object
				 * function. */
    Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc)
				/* If not NULL, gives a function to call when
				 * this command is deleted. */
{
    int deleted = 0, isNew = 0;
    Command *cmdPtr;
    ImportRef *oldRefPtr = NULL;
    ImportedCmdData *dataPtr;
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    Namespace *nsPtr = (Namespace *) namespace;

    /*
     * If the command name we seek to create already exists, we need to delete
     * that first. That can be tricky in the presence of traces. Loop until we
     * no longer find an existing command in the way, or until we've deleted
     * one command and that didn't finish the job.
     */
................................................................................
TclArgumentEnter(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Obj **objv,
    int objc,
    CmdFrame *cfPtr)
{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    int new, i;
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    CFWord *cfwPtr;

    for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
	/*
	 * Ignore argument words without line information (= dynamic). If they
	 * are variables they may have location information associated with
................................................................................
	 * literals in bytecode. Eitehr way there is no need to record
	 * something here.
	 */

	if (cfPtr->line[i] < 0) {
	    continue;
	}
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(iPtr->lineLAPtr, objv[i], &new);
	if (new) {
	    /*
	     * The word is not on the stack yet, remember the current location
	     * and initialize references.
	     */

	    cfwPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(CFWord));
	    cfwPtr->framePtr = cfPtr;
................................................................................

    return ExprRandFunc(clientData, interp, 1, objv);
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *





































































































































































































































































































































































































 * MathFuncWrongNumArgs --
 *
 *	Generate an error message when a math function presents the wrong
 *	number of arguments.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
................................................................................
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *





























 * NRCoroInjectObjCmd --







 *































































































































































































































 *      Implementation of [::tcl::unsupported::inject] command.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
NRCoroInjectObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Command *cmdPtr;
    CoroutineData *corPtr;
    ExecEnv *savedEEPtr = iPtr->execEnvPtr;

    /*
     * Usage more or less like tailcall:
     *   inject coroName cmd ?arg1 arg2 ...?
     */

    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "coroName cmd ?arg1 arg2 ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    cmdPtr = (Command *) Tcl_GetCommandFromObj(interp, objv[1]);
    if ((!cmdPtr) || (cmdPtr->nreProc != TclNRInterpCoroutine)) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
                "can only inject a command into a coroutine", -1));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "LOOKUP", "COROUTINE",
                TclGetString(objv[1]), NULL);

        return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    corPtr = cmdPtr->objClientData;
    if (!COR_IS_SUSPENDED(corPtr)) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
                "can only inject a command into a suspended coroutine", -1));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "COROUTINE", "ACTIVE", NULL);
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }

#include "tclInt.h"
#include "tclOOInt.h"
#include "tclCompile.h"
#include "tommath.h"
#include <math.h>
#include <assert.h>

/*
 * TCL_FPCLASSIFY_MODE:
 *	0  - fpclassify
 *	1  - _fpclass
 *	2  - simulate
 *	3  - __builtin_fpclassify
 */

#ifndef TCL_FPCLASSIFY_MODE
#if defined(__MINGW32__) && defined(_X86_) /* mingw 32-bit */
/*
 * MINGW x86 (tested up to gcc 8.1) seems to have a bug in fpclassify,
 * [fpclassify 1e-314], x86 => normal, x64 => subnormal, so switch to using a
 * version using a compiler built-in.
 */
#define TCL_FPCLASSIFY_MODE 1
#elif defined(fpclassify)		/* fpclassify */
/*
 * This is the C99 standard.
 */
#include <float.h>
#define TCL_FPCLASSIFY_MODE 0
#elif defined(_FPCLASS_NN)		/* _fpclass */
/*
 * This case handles newer MSVC on Windows, which doesn't have the standard
 * operation but does have something that can tell us the same thing.
 */
#define TCL_FPCLASSIFY_MODE 1
#else	/* !fpclassify && !_fpclass (older MSVC), simulate */
/*
 * Older MSVC on Windows. So broken that we just have to do it our way. This
 * assumes that we're on x86 (or at least a system with classic little-endian
 * double layout and a 32-bit 'int' type).
 */
#define TCL_FPCLASSIFY_MODE 2
#endif /* !fpclassify */
/* actually there is no fallback to builtin fpclassify */
#endif /* !TCL_FPCLASSIFY_MODE */


#define INTERP_STACK_INITIAL_SIZE 2000
#define CORO_STACK_INITIAL_SIZE    200

/*
 * Determine whether we're using IEEE floating point
 */
................................................................................
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprBinaryFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprBoolFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprCeilFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprDoubleFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprFloorFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprIntFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprIsqrtFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc   ExprIsFiniteFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc   ExprIsInfinityFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc   ExprIsNaNFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc   ExprIsNormalFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc   ExprIsSubnormalFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc   ExprIsUnorderedFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprMaxFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprMinFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprRandFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprRoundFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprSqrtFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprSrandFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprUnaryFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprWideFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc   FloatClassifyObjCmd;
static void		MathFuncWrongNumArgs(Tcl_Interp *interp, int expected,
			    int actual, Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
static Tcl_NRPostProc	NRCoroutineCallerCallback;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	NRCoroutineExitCallback;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	NRCommand;

#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED)
................................................................................
static Tcl_NRPostProc	TEOV_Exception;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	TEOV_NotFoundCallback;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	TEOV_RestoreVarFrame;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	TEOV_RunLeaveTraces;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	EvalObjvCore;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	Dispatch;

static Tcl_ObjCmdProc NRInjectObjCmd;
static Tcl_NRPostProc NRPostInvoke;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc CoroTypeObjCmd;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclNRCoroInjectObjCmd;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclNRCoroProbeObjCmd;
static Tcl_NRPostProc InjectHandler;
static Tcl_NRPostProc InjectHandlerPostCall;

MODULE_SCOPE const TclStubs tclStubs;

/*
 * Magical counts for the number of arguments accepted by a coroutine command
 * after particular kinds of [yield].
 */
................................................................................
    {"break",		Tcl_BreakObjCmd,	TclCompileBreakCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
    {"case",		Tcl_CaseObjCmd,		NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
#endif
    {"catch",		Tcl_CatchObjCmd,	TclCompileCatchCmd,	TclNRCatchObjCmd,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"concat",		Tcl_ConcatObjCmd,	TclCompileConcatCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"continue",	Tcl_ContinueObjCmd,	TclCompileContinueCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"coroinject",	NULL,			NULL,                   TclNRCoroInjectObjCmd,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"coroprobe",	NULL,			NULL,                   TclNRCoroProbeObjCmd,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"coroutine",	NULL,			NULL,			TclNRCoroutineObjCmd,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"error",		Tcl_ErrorObjCmd,	TclCompileErrorCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"eval",		Tcl_EvalObjCmd,		NULL,			TclNREvalObjCmd,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"expr",		Tcl_ExprObjCmd,		TclCompileExprCmd,	TclNRExprObjCmd,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"for",		Tcl_ForObjCmd,		TclCompileForCmd,	TclNRForObjCmd,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"foreach",		Tcl_ForeachObjCmd,	TclCompileForeachCmd,	TclNRForeachCmd,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"format",		Tcl_FormatObjCmd,	TclCompileFormatCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"fpclassify",      FloatClassifyObjCmd,    NULL,                   NULL,   CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"global",		Tcl_GlobalObjCmd,	TclCompileGlobalCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"if",		Tcl_IfObjCmd,		TclCompileIfCmd,	TclNRIfObjCmd,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"incr",		Tcl_IncrObjCmd,		TclCompileIncrCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"join",		Tcl_JoinObjCmd,		NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lappend",		Tcl_LappendObjCmd,	TclCompileLappendCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lassign",		Tcl_LassignObjCmd,	TclCompileLassignCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lindex",		Tcl_LindexObjCmd,	TclCompileLindexCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
................................................................................
    {"file", "readable"},
    {"file", "readlink"},
    {"file", "rename"},
    {"file", "rootname"},
    {"file", "size"},
    {"file", "stat"},
    {"file", "tail"},
    {"file", "tempdir"},
    {"file", "tempfile"},
    {"file", "type"},
    {"file", "volumes"},
    {"file", "writable"},
    /* [info] has two unsafe commands */
    {"info", "cmdtype"},
    {"info", "nameofexecutable"},
................................................................................
    { "double",	ExprDoubleFunc,	NULL			},
    { "entier",	ExprIntFunc,	NULL			},
    { "exp",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) exp	},
    { "floor",	ExprFloorFunc,	NULL			},
    { "fmod",	ExprBinaryFunc,	(ClientData) fmod	},
    { "hypot",	ExprBinaryFunc,	(ClientData) hypot	},
    { "int",	ExprIntFunc,	NULL			},
    { "isfinite", ExprIsFiniteFunc, NULL        	},
    { "isinf",	ExprIsInfinityFunc, NULL        	},
    { "isnan",	ExprIsNaNFunc,	NULL            	},
    { "isnormal", ExprIsNormalFunc, NULL        	},
    { "isqrt",	ExprIsqrtFunc,	NULL			},
    { "issubnormal", ExprIsSubnormalFunc, NULL,         },
    { "isunordered", ExprIsUnorderedFunc, NULL,         },
    { "log",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) log	},
    { "log10",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) log10	},
    { "max",	ExprMaxFunc,	NULL			},
    { "min",	ExprMinFunc,	NULL			},
    { "pow",	ExprBinaryFunc,	(ClientData) pow	},
    { "rand",	ExprRandFunc,	NULL			},
    { "round",	ExprRoundFunc,	NULL			},
................................................................................
    { ">",	TclSortingOpCmd,	TclCompileGreaterOpCmd,
		/* unused */ {0},	NULL},
    { ">=",	TclSortingOpCmd,	TclCompileGeqOpCmd,
		/* unused */ {0},	NULL},
    { "==",	TclSortingOpCmd,	TclCompileEqOpCmd,
		/* unused */ {0},	NULL},
    { "eq",	TclSortingOpCmd,	TclCompileStreqOpCmd,
		/* unused */ {0},	NULL},
    { "lt",	TclSortingOpCmd,	TclCompileStrLtOpCmd,
		/* unused */ {0},	NULL},
    { "le",	TclSortingOpCmd,	TclCompileStrLeOpCmd,
		/* unused */ {0},	NULL},
    { "gt",	TclSortingOpCmd,	TclCompileStrGtOpCmd,
		/* unused */ {0},	NULL},
    { "ge",	TclSortingOpCmd,	TclCompileStrGeOpCmd,
		/* unused */ {0},	NULL},
    { NULL,	NULL,			NULL,
		{0},			NULL}
};
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
     */

    if (sizeof(Tcl_CallFrame) < sizeof(CallFrame)) {
	/*NOTREACHED*/
	Tcl_Panic("Tcl_CallFrame must not be smaller than CallFrame");
    }

#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN64) && !defined(_USE_64BIT_TIME_T) \
	    && !defined(__MINGW_USE_VC2005_COMPAT)
    /* If Tcl is compiled on Win32 using -D_USE_64BIT_TIME_T or
     * -D__MINGW_USE_VC2005_COMPAT, the result is a binary incompatible
     * with the 'standard' build of Tcl: All extensions using Tcl_StatBuf
     * or interal functions like TclpGetDate() need to be recompiled in
     * the same way. Therefore, this is not officially supported.
     * In stead, it is recommended to use Win64 or Tcl 9.0 (not released yet)
     */
    if (sizeof(time_t) != 4) {
	/*NOTREACHED*/
	Tcl_Panic("<time.h> is not compatible with MSVC");
    }
    if ((offsetof(Tcl_StatBuf,st_atime) != 32)
	    || (offsetof(Tcl_StatBuf,st_ctime) != 40)) {
	/*NOTREACHED*/
	Tcl_Panic("<sys/stat.h> is not compatible with MSVC");
    }
#endif

    if (cancelTableInitialized == 0) {
	Tcl_MutexLock(&cancelLock);
................................................................................
    cmdPtr = (Command *) Tcl_NRCreateCommand(interp,
            "::tcl::unsupported::assemble", Tcl_AssembleObjCmd,
            TclNRAssembleObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
    cmdPtr->compileProc = &TclCompileAssembleCmd;

    /* Coroutine monkeybusiness */
    Tcl_NRCreateCommand(interp, "::tcl::unsupported::inject", NULL,
	    NRInjectObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "::tcl::unsupported::corotype",
            CoroTypeObjCmd, NULL, NULL);

    /* Export unsupported commands */
    nsPtr = Tcl_FindNamespace(interp, "::tcl::unsupported", NULL, 0);
    if (nsPtr) {
	Tcl_Export(interp, nsPtr, "*", 1);
................................................................................
}

Tcl_Command
TclCreateObjCommandInNs(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    const char *cmdName,	/* Name of command, without any namespace
                                 * components. */
    Tcl_Namespace *namesp,   /* The namespace to create the command in */
    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc,	/* Object-based function to associate with
				 * name. */
    ClientData clientData,	/* Arbitrary value to pass to object
				 * function. */
    Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc)
				/* If not NULL, gives a function to call when
				 * this command is deleted. */
{
    int deleted = 0, isNew = 0;
    Command *cmdPtr;
    ImportRef *oldRefPtr = NULL;
    ImportedCmdData *dataPtr;
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    Namespace *nsPtr = (Namespace *) namesp;

    /*
     * If the command name we seek to create already exists, we need to delete
     * that first. That can be tricky in the presence of traces. Loop until we
     * no longer find an existing command in the way, or until we've deleted
     * one command and that didn't finish the job.
     */
................................................................................
TclArgumentEnter(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Obj **objv,
    int objc,
    CmdFrame *cfPtr)
{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    int isNew, i;
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    CFWord *cfwPtr;

    for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
	/*
	 * Ignore argument words without line information (= dynamic). If they
	 * are variables they may have location information associated with
................................................................................
	 * literals in bytecode. Eitehr way there is no need to record
	 * something here.
	 */

	if (cfPtr->line[i] < 0) {
	    continue;
	}
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(iPtr->lineLAPtr, objv[i], &isNew);
	if (isNew) {
	    /*
	     * The word is not on the stack yet, remember the current location
	     * and initialize references.
	     */

	    cfwPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(CFWord));
	    cfwPtr->framePtr = cfPtr;
................................................................................

    return ExprRandFunc(clientData, interp, 1, objv);
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Double Classification Functions --
 *
 *	This page contains the functions that implement all of the built-in
 *	math functions for classifying IEEE doubles.
 *
 *      These have to be a little bit careful while Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj()
 *      rejects NaN values, which these functions *explicitly* accept.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Each function returns TCL_OK if it succeeds and pushes an Tcl object
 *	holding the result. If it fails it returns TCL_ERROR and leaves an
 *	error message in the interpreter's result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Older MSVC is supported by Tcl, but doesn't have fpclassify(). Of course.
 * But it does sometimes have _fpclass() which does almost the same job; if
 * even that is absent, we grobble around directly in the platform's binary
 * representation of double.
 *
 * The ClassifyDouble() function makes all that conform to a common API
 * (effectively the C99 standard API renamed), and just delegates to the
 * standard macro on platforms that do it correctly.
 */

static inline int
ClassifyDouble(
    double d)
{
#if TCL_FPCLASSIFY_MODE == 0
    return fpclassify(d);
#else /* TCL_FPCLASSIFY_MODE != 0 */
    /*
     * If we don't have fpclassify(), we also don't have the values it returns.
     * Hence we define those here.
     */
#ifndef FP_NAN
#   define FP_NAN          1	/* Value is NaN */
#   define FP_INFINITE     2	/* Value is an infinity */
#   define FP_ZERO         3	/* Value is a zero */
#   define FP_NORMAL       4	/* Value is a normal float */
#   define FP_SUBNORMAL    5	/* Value has lost accuracy */
#endif /* !FP_NAN */

#if TCL_FPCLASSIFY_MODE == 3
    return __builtin_fpclassify(
            FP_NAN, FP_INFINITE, FP_NORMAL, FP_SUBNORMAL, FP_ZERO, d);
#elif TCL_FPCLASSIFY_MODE == 2
    /*
     * We assume this hack is only needed on little-endian systems.
     * Specifically, x86 running Windows.  It's fairly easy to enable for
     * others if they need it (because their libc/libm is broken) but we'll
     * jump that hurdle when requred.  We can solve the word ordering then.
     */

    union {
        double d;               /* Interpret as double */
        struct {
            unsigned int low;   /* Lower 32 bits */
            unsigned int high;  /* Upper 32 bits */
        } w;                    /* Interpret as unsigned integer words */
    } doubleMeaning;            /* So we can look at the representation of a
                                 * double directly. Platform (i.e., processor)
                                 * specific; this is for x86 (and most other
                                 * little-endian processors, but those are
                                 * untested). */
    unsigned int exponent, mantissaLow, mantissaHigh;
                                /* The pieces extracted from the double. */
    int zeroMantissa;           /* Was the mantissa zero? That's special. */

    /*
     * Shifts and masks to use with the doubleMeaning variable above.
     */

#define EXPONENT_MASK   0x7ff   /* 11 bits (after shifting) */
#define EXPONENT_SHIFT  20      /* Moves exponent to bottom of word */
#define MANTISSA_MASK   0xfffff /* 20 bits (plus 32 from other word) */

    /*
     * Extract the exponent (11 bits) and mantissa (52 bits).  Note that we
     * totally ignore the sign bit.
     */

    doubleMeaning.d = d;
    exponent = (doubleMeaning.w.high >> EXPONENT_SHIFT) & EXPONENT_MASK;
    mantissaLow = doubleMeaning.w.low;
    mantissaHigh = doubleMeaning.w.high & MANTISSA_MASK;
    zeroMantissa = (mantissaHigh == 0 && mantissaLow == 0);

    /*
     * Look for the special cases of exponent.
     */

    switch (exponent) {
    case 0:
        /*
         * When the exponent is all zeros, it's a ZERO or a SUBNORMAL.
         */

        return zeroMantissa ? FP_ZERO : FP_SUBNORMAL;
    case EXPONENT_MASK:
        /*
         * When the exponent is all ones, it's an INF or a NAN.
         */

        return zeroMantissa ? FP_INFINITE : FP_NAN;
    default:
        /*
         * Everything else is a NORMAL double precision float.
         */

        return FP_NORMAL;
    }
#elif TCL_FPCLASSIFY_MODE == 1
    switch (_fpclass(d)) {
    case _FPCLASS_NZ:
    case _FPCLASS_PZ:
        return FP_ZERO;
    case _FPCLASS_NN:
    case _FPCLASS_PN:
        return FP_NORMAL;
    case _FPCLASS_ND:
    case _FPCLASS_PD:
        return FP_SUBNORMAL;
    case _FPCLASS_NINF:
    case _FPCLASS_PINF:
        return FP_INFINITE;
    default:
        Tcl_Panic("result of _fpclass() outside documented range!");
    case _FPCLASS_QNAN:
    case _FPCLASS_SNAN:
        return FP_NAN;
    }
#else /* TCL_FPCLASSIFY_MODE not in (0..3) */
#error "unknown or unexpected TCL_FPCLASSIFY_MODE"
#endif /* TCL_FPCLASSIFY_MODE */
#endif /* !fpclassify */
}

static int
ExprIsFiniteFunc(
    ClientData ignored,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Actual parameter list */
{
    double d;
    ClientData ptr;
    int type, result = 0;

    if (objc != 2) {
	MathFuncWrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objc, objv);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (TclGetNumberFromObj(interp, objv[1], &ptr, &type) != TCL_OK) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (type != TCL_NUMBER_NAN) {
        if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[1], &d) != TCL_OK) {
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        type = ClassifyDouble(d);
        result = (type != FP_INFINITE && type != FP_NAN);
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(result));
    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
ExprIsInfinityFunc(
    ClientData ignored,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Actual parameter list */
{
    double d;
    ClientData ptr;
    int type, result = 0;

    if (objc != 2) {
	MathFuncWrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objc, objv);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (TclGetNumberFromObj(interp, objv[1], &ptr, &type) != TCL_OK) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (type != TCL_NUMBER_NAN) {
        if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[1], &d) != TCL_OK) {
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        result = (ClassifyDouble(d) == FP_INFINITE);
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(result));
    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
ExprIsNaNFunc(
    ClientData ignored,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Actual parameter list */
{
    double d;
    ClientData ptr;
    int type, result = 1;

    if (objc != 2) {
	MathFuncWrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objc, objv);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (TclGetNumberFromObj(interp, objv[1], &ptr, &type) != TCL_OK) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (type != TCL_NUMBER_NAN) {
        if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[1], &d) != TCL_OK) {
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        result = (ClassifyDouble(d) == FP_NAN);
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(result));
    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
ExprIsNormalFunc(
    ClientData ignored,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Actual parameter list */
{
    double d;
    ClientData ptr;
    int type, result = 0;

    if (objc != 2) {
	MathFuncWrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objc, objv);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (TclGetNumberFromObj(interp, objv[1], &ptr, &type) != TCL_OK) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (type != TCL_NUMBER_NAN) {
        if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[1], &d) != TCL_OK) {
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        result = (ClassifyDouble(d) == FP_NORMAL);
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(result));
    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
ExprIsSubnormalFunc(
    ClientData ignored,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Actual parameter list */
{
    double d;
    ClientData ptr;
    int type, result = 0;

    if (objc != 2) {
	MathFuncWrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objc, objv);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (TclGetNumberFromObj(interp, objv[1], &ptr, &type) != TCL_OK) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (type != TCL_NUMBER_NAN) {
        if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[1], &d) != TCL_OK) {
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        result = (ClassifyDouble(d) == FP_SUBNORMAL);
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(result));
    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
ExprIsUnorderedFunc(
    ClientData ignored,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Actual parameter list */
{
    double d;
    ClientData ptr;
    int type, result = 0;

    if (objc != 3) {
	MathFuncWrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objc, objv);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (TclGetNumberFromObj(interp, objv[1], &ptr, &type) != TCL_OK) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (type == TCL_NUMBER_NAN) {
        result = 1;
    } else {
        d = *((const double *) ptr);
        result = (ClassifyDouble(d) == FP_NAN);
    }

    if (TclGetNumberFromObj(interp, objv[2], &ptr, &type) != TCL_OK) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (type == TCL_NUMBER_NAN) {
        result |= 1;
    } else {
        d = *((const double *) ptr);
        result |= (ClassifyDouble(d) == FP_NAN);
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(result));
    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
FloatClassifyObjCmd(
    ClientData ignored,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Actual parameter list */
{
    double d;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    ClientData ptr;
    int type;

    if (objc != 2) {
        Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "floatValue");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (TclGetNumberFromObj(interp, objv[1], &ptr, &type) != TCL_OK) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (type == TCL_NUMBER_NAN) {
        goto gotNaN;
    } else if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[1], &d) != TCL_OK) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    switch (ClassifyDouble(d)) {
    case FP_INFINITE:
        TclNewLiteralStringObj(objPtr, "infinite");
        break;
    case FP_NAN:
    gotNaN:
        TclNewLiteralStringObj(objPtr, "nan");
        break;
    case FP_NORMAL:
        TclNewLiteralStringObj(objPtr, "normal");
        break;
    case FP_SUBNORMAL:
        TclNewLiteralStringObj(objPtr, "subnormal");
        break;
    case FP_ZERO:
        TclNewLiteralStringObj(objPtr, "zero");
        break;
    default:
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                "unable to classify number: %f", d));
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * MathFuncWrongNumArgs --
 *
 *	Generate an error message when a math function presents the wrong
 *	number of arguments.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
................................................................................
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclNRCoroInjectObjCmd, TclNRCoroProbeObjCmd --
 *
 *      Implementation of [coroinject] and [coroprobe] commands.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static inline CoroutineData *
GetCoroutineFromObj(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
    const char *errMsg)
{
    /*
     * How to get a coroutine from its handle.
     */

    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) Tcl_GetCommandFromObj(interp, objPtr);

    if ((!cmdPtr) || (cmdPtr->nreProc != TclNRInterpCoroutine)) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(errMsg, -1));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "LOOKUP", "COROUTINE",
                TclGetString(objPtr), NULL);
        return NULL;
    }
    return cmdPtr->objClientData;
}

static int
TclNRCoroInjectObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    CoroutineData *corPtr;
    ExecEnv *savedEEPtr = iPtr->execEnvPtr;

    /*
     * Usage more or less like tailcall:
     *   coroinject coroName cmd ?arg1 arg2 ...?
     */

    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "coroName cmd ?arg1 arg2 ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    corPtr = GetCoroutineFromObj(interp, objv[1],
            "can only inject a command into a coroutine");
    if (!corPtr) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (!COR_IS_SUSPENDED(corPtr)) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
                "can only inject a command into a suspended coroutine", -1));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "COROUTINE", "ACTIVE", NULL);
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Add the callback to the coro's execEnv, so that it is the first thing
     * to happen when the coro is resumed.
     */

    iPtr->execEnvPtr = corPtr->eePtr;
    TclNRAddCallback(interp, InjectHandler, corPtr,
            Tcl_NewListObj(objc - 2, objv + 2), INT2PTR(corPtr->nargs), NULL);
    iPtr->execEnvPtr = savedEEPtr;

    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
TclNRCoroProbeObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    CoroutineData *corPtr;
    ExecEnv *savedEEPtr = iPtr->execEnvPtr;
    int numLevels, unused;
    int *stackLevel = &unused;

    /*
     * Usage more or less like tailcall:
     *   coroprobe coroName cmd ?arg1 arg2 ...?
     */

    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "coroName cmd ?arg1 arg2 ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    corPtr = GetCoroutineFromObj(interp, objv[1],
            "can only inject a probe command into a coroutine");
    if (!corPtr) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (!COR_IS_SUSPENDED(corPtr)) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
                "can only inject a probe command into a suspended coroutine",
                -1));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "COROUTINE", "ACTIVE", NULL);
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Add the callback to the coro's execEnv, so that it is the first thing
     * to happen when the coro is resumed.
     */

    iPtr->execEnvPtr = corPtr->eePtr;
    TclNRAddCallback(interp, InjectHandler, corPtr,
            Tcl_NewListObj(objc - 2, objv + 2), INT2PTR(corPtr->nargs), corPtr);
    iPtr->execEnvPtr = savedEEPtr;

    /*
     * Now we immediately transfer control to the coroutine to run our probe.
     * TRICKY STUFF copied from the [yield] implementation.
     *
     * Push the callback to restore the caller's context on yield back.
     */

    TclNRAddCallback(interp, NRCoroutineCallerCallback, corPtr,
            NULL, NULL, NULL);

    /*
     * Record the stackLevel at which the resume is happening, then swap
     * the interp's environment to make it suitable to run this coroutine.
     */

    corPtr->stackLevel = stackLevel;
    numLevels = corPtr->auxNumLevels;
    corPtr->auxNumLevels = iPtr->numLevels;

    /*
     * Do the actual stack swap.
     */

    SAVE_CONTEXT(corPtr->caller);
    corPtr->callerEEPtr = iPtr->execEnvPtr;
    RESTORE_CONTEXT(corPtr->running);
    iPtr->execEnvPtr = corPtr->eePtr;
    iPtr->numLevels += numLevels;
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * InjectHandler, InjectHandlerPostProc --
 *
 *      Part of the implementation of [coroinject] and [coroprobe]. These are
 *      run inside the context of the coroutine being injected/probed into.
 *
 *      InjectHandler runs a script (possibly adding arguments) in the context
 *      of the coroutine. The script is specified as a one-shot list (with
 *      reference count equal to 1) in data[1]. This function also arranges
 *      for InjectHandlerPostProc to be the part that runs after the script
 *      completes.
 *
 *      InjectHandlerPostProc cleans up after InjectHandler (deleting the
 *      list) and, for the [coroprobe] command *only*, yields back to the
 *      caller context (i.e., where [coroprobe] was run).
 *s
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
InjectHandler(
    ClientData data[],
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int result)
{
    CoroutineData *corPtr = data[0];
    Tcl_Obj *listPtr = data[1];
    int nargs = PTR2INT(data[2]);
    ClientData isProbe = data[3];
    int objc;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;

    if (!isProbe) {
        /*
         * If this is [coroinject], add the extra arguments now.
         */

        if (nargs == COROUTINE_ARGUMENTS_SINGLE_OPTIONAL) {
            Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listPtr,
                    Tcl_NewStringObj("yield", -1));
        } else if (nargs == COROUTINE_ARGUMENTS_ARBITRARY) {
            Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listPtr,
                    Tcl_NewStringObj("yieldto", -1));
        } else {
            /*
             * I don't think this is reachable...
             */

            Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(nargs));
        }
        Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listPtr, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
    }

    /*
     * Call the user's script; we're in the right place.
     */

    Tcl_IncrRefCount(listPtr);
    TclMarkTailcall(interp);
    TclNRAddCallback(interp, InjectHandlerPostCall, corPtr, listPtr,
            INT2PTR(nargs), isProbe);
    TclListObjGetElements(NULL, listPtr, &objc, &objv);
    return TclNREvalObjv(interp, objc, objv, 0, NULL);
}

static int
InjectHandlerPostCall(
    ClientData data[],
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int result)
{
    CoroutineData *corPtr = data[0];
    Tcl_Obj *listPtr = data[1];
    int nargs = PTR2INT(data[2]);
    ClientData isProbe = data[3];
    int numLevels;

    /*
     * Delete the command words for what we just executed.
     */

    Tcl_DecrRefCount(listPtr);

    /*
     * If we were doing a probe, splice ourselves back out of the stack
     * cleanly here. General injection should instead just look after itself.
     *
     * Code from guts of [yield] implementation.
     */

    if (isProbe) {
        if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
            Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
                    "\n    (injected coroutine probe command)");
        }
        corPtr->nargs = nargs;
        corPtr->stackLevel = NULL;
        numLevels = iPtr->numLevels;
        iPtr->numLevels = corPtr->auxNumLevels;
        corPtr->auxNumLevels = numLevels - corPtr->auxNumLevels;
        iPtr->execEnvPtr = corPtr->callerEEPtr;
    }
    return result;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * NRInjectObjCmd --
 *
 *      Implementation of [::tcl::unsupported::inject] command.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
NRInjectObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{

    CoroutineData *corPtr;
    ExecEnv *savedEEPtr = iPtr->execEnvPtr;

    /*
     * Usage more or less like tailcall:
     *   inject coroName cmd ?arg1 arg2 ...?
     */

    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "coroName cmd ?arg1 arg2 ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    corPtr = GetCoroutineFromObj(interp, objv[1],


            "can only inject a command into a coroutine");


    if (!corPtr) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }


    if (!COR_IS_SUSPENDED(corPtr)) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
                "can only inject a command into a suspended coroutine", -1));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "COROUTINE", "ACTIVE", NULL);
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    { "hex",      BinaryDecodeHex, TclCompileBasic1Or2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0 },
    { "uuencode", BinaryDecodeUu,  TclCompileBasic1Or2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0 },
    { "base64",   BinaryDecode64,  TclCompileBasic1Or2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0 },
    { NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0 }
};

/*
 * The following object types represent an array of bytes. The intent is
 * to allow arbitrary binary data to pass through Tcl as a Tcl value
 * without loss or damage. Such values are useful for things like
 * encoded strings or Tk images to name just two.
 *
 * It's strange to have two Tcl_ObjTypes in place for this task when
 * one would do, so a bit of detail and history how we got to this point
 * and where we might go from here.
 *
 * A bytearray is an ordered sequence of bytes. Each byte is an integer
 * value in the range [0-255].  To be a Tcl value type, we need a way to
 * encode each value in the value set as a Tcl string.  The simplest
 * encoding is to represent each byte value as the same codepoint value.
 * A bytearray of N bytes is encoded into a Tcl string of N characters
 * where the codepoint of each character is the value of corresponding byte.
 * This approach creates a one-to-one map between all bytearray values
 * and a subset of Tcl string values.
 *
 * When converting a Tcl string value to the bytearray internal rep, the
 * question arises what to do with strings outside that subset?  That is,
 * those Tcl strings containing at least one codepoint greater than 255?
 * The obviously correct answer is to raise an error!  That string value
 * does not represent any valid bytearray value. Full Stop.  The
 * setFromAnyProc signature has a completion code return value for just
 * this reason, to reject invalid inputs.
 *
 * Unfortunately this was not the path taken by the authors of the
 * original tclByteArrayType.  They chose to accept all Tcl string values
 * as acceptable string encodings of the bytearray values that result
 * from masking away the high bits of any codepoint value at all. This
 * meant that every bytearray value had multiple accepted string
 * representations.
 *
 * The implications of this choice are truly ugly.  When a Tcl value has
 * a string representation, we are required to accept that as the true
 * value.  Bytearray values that possess a string representation cannot
 * be processed as bytearrays because we cannot know which true value
 * that bytearray represents.  The consequence is that we drag around
 * an internal rep that we cannot make any use of.  This painful price
 * is extracted at any point after a string rep happens to be generated
 * for the value.  This happens even when the troublesome codepoints
 * outside the byte range never show up.  This happens rather routinely
 * in normal Tcl operations unless we burden the script writer with the
 * cognitive burden of avoiding it.  The price is also paid by callers
 * of the C interface.  The routine
 *
 *	unsigned char *Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objPtr, lenPtr)
 *
 * has a guarantee to always return a non-NULL value, but that value
 * points to a byte sequence that cannot be used by the caller to
 * process the Tcl value absent some sideband testing that objPtr
 * is "pure".  Tcl offers no public interface to perform this test,
 * so callers either break encapsulation or are unavoidably buggy.  Tcl
 * has defined a public interface that cannot be used correctly. The
 * Tcl source code itself suffers the same problem, and has been buggy,
 * but progressively less so as more and more portions of the code have
 * been retrofitted with the required "purity testing".  The set of values
 * able to pass the purity test can be increased via the introduction of
 * a "canonical" flag marker, but the only way the broken interface itself
 * can be discarded is to start over and define the Tcl_ObjType properly.
 * Bytearrays should simply be usable as bytearrays without a kabuki
 * dance of testing.
 *
 * The Tcl_ObjType "properByteArrayType" is (nearly) a correct
 * implementation of bytearrays.  Any Tcl value with the type
 * properByteArrayType can have its bytearray value fetched and
 * used with confidence that acting on that value is equivalent to
 * acting on the true Tcl string value.  This still implies a side
 * testing burden -- past mistakes will not let us avoid that
 * immediately, but it is at least a conventional test of type, and
 * can be implemented entirely by examining the objPtr fields, with
 * no need to query the intrep, as a canonical flag would require.
 *
 * Until Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj() and Tcl_SetByteArrayLength() can
 * be revised to admit the possibility of returning NULL when the true
 * value is not a valid bytearray, we need a mechanism to retain
 * compatibility with the deployed callers of the broken interface.
 * That's what the retained "tclByteArrayType" provides.  In those
 * unusual circumstances where we convert an invalid bytearray value
 * to a bytearray type, it is to this legacy type.  Essentially any
 * time this legacy type gets used, it's a signal of a bug being ignored.
 * A TIP should be drafted to remove this connection to the broken past
 * so that Tcl 9 will no longer have any trace of it.  Prescribing a
 * migration path will be the key element of that work.  The internal
 * changes now in place are the limit of what can be done short of
 * interface repair.  They provide a great expansion of the histories
 * over which bytearray values can be useful in the meanwhile.
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType properByteArrayType = {
    "bytearray",
    FreeProperByteArrayInternalRep,
    DupProperByteArrayInternalRep,
    UpdateStringOfByteArray,
................................................................................
				 * minus 1 byte. */
    unsigned char bytes[1];	/* The array of bytes. The actual size of this
				 * field depends on the 'allocated' field
				 * above. */
} ByteArray;

#define BYTEARRAY_SIZE(len) \
		((unsigned) (TclOffset(ByteArray, bytes) + (len)))
#define GET_BYTEARRAY(irPtr) ((ByteArray *) (irPtr)->twoPtrValue.ptr1)
#define SET_BYTEARRAY(irPtr, baPtr) \
		(irPtr)->twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) (baPtr)

int
TclIsPureByteArray(
    Tcl_Obj * objPtr)
................................................................................
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
Tcl_SetByteArrayObj(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr,		/* Object to initialize as a ByteArray. */
    const unsigned char *bytes,	/* The array of bytes to use as the new
				   value. May be NULL even if length > 0. */
    int length)			/* Length of the array of bytes, which must
				   be >= 0. */
{
    ByteArray *byteArrayPtr;
    Tcl_ObjIntRep ir;

    if (Tcl_IsShared(objPtr)) {
	Tcl_Panic("%s called with shared object", "Tcl_SetByteArrayObj");
    }
................................................................................
    }
    if (size > INT_MAX) {
	Tcl_Panic("max size for a Tcl value (%d bytes) exceeded", INT_MAX);
    }

    if (size == length) {
	char *dst = Tcl_InitStringRep(objPtr, (char *)src, size);

	TclOOM(dst, size);
    } else {
	char *dst = Tcl_InitStringRep(objPtr, NULL, size);

	TclOOM(dst, size);
	for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
	    dst += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(src[i], dst);
	}
	(void)Tcl_InitStringRep(objPtr, NULL, size);
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclAppendBytesToByteArray --
................................................................................
	/*
	 * Append zero bytes is a no-op.
	 */

	return;
    }

    length = (unsigned int)len;

    irPtr = TclFetchIntRep(objPtr, &properByteArrayType);
    if (irPtr == NULL) {
	irPtr = TclFetchIntRep(objPtr, &tclByteArrayType);
	if (irPtr == NULL) {
	    SetByteArrayFromAny(NULL, objPtr);
	    irPtr = TclFetchIntRep(objPtr, &properByteArrayType);
................................................................................
     */

    if (needed > byteArrayPtr->allocated) {
	ByteArray *ptr = NULL;
	unsigned int attempt;

	if (needed <= INT_MAX/2) {

	    /* Try to allocate double the total space that is needed. */


	    attempt = 2 * needed;
	    ptr = attemptckrealloc(byteArrayPtr, BYTEARRAY_SIZE(attempt));
	}
	if (ptr == NULL) {

	    /* Try to allocate double the increment that is needed (plus). */


	    unsigned int limit = INT_MAX - needed;
	    unsigned int extra = length + TCL_MIN_GROWTH;
	    int growth = (int) ((extra > limit) ? limit : extra);

	    attempt = needed + growth;
	    ptr = attemptckrealloc(byteArrayPtr, BYTEARRAY_SIZE(attempt));
	}
	if (ptr == NULL) {

	    /* Last chance: Try to allocate exactly what is needed. */


	    attempt = needed;
	    ptr = ckrealloc(byteArrayPtr, BYTEARRAY_SIZE(attempt));
	}
	byteArrayPtr = ptr;
	byteArrayPtr->allocated = attempt;
	SET_BYTEARRAY(irPtr, byteArrayPtr);
    }
................................................................................
    int arg;			/* Index of next argument to consume. */
    int value = 0;		/* Current integer value to be packed.
				 * Initialized to avoid compiler warning. */
    char cmd;			/* Current format character. */
    int count;			/* Count associated with current format
				 * character. */
    int flags;			/* Format field flags */
    const char *format;	/* Pointer to current position in format
				 * string. */
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr = NULL;	/* Object holding result buffer. */
    unsigned char *buffer;	/* Start of result buffer. */
    unsigned char *cursor;	/* Current position within result buffer. */
    unsigned char *maxPos;	/* Greatest position within result buffer that
				 * cursor has visited.*/
    const char *errorString;
................................................................................
     */

    resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
    buffer = Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(resultPtr, length);
    memset(buffer, 0, length);

    /*
     * Pack the data into the result object. Note that we can skip the
     * error checking during this pass, since we have already parsed the
     * string once.
     */

    arg = 2;
    format = TclGetString(objv[1]);
    cursor = buffer;
    maxPos = cursor;
    while (*format != 0) {
................................................................................
		TclListObjGetElements(interp, objv[arg], &listc, &listv);
		if (count == BINARY_ALL) {
		    count = listc;
		}
	    }
	    arg++;
	    for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
		if (FormatNumber(interp, cmd, listv[i], &cursor)!=TCL_OK) {
		    Tcl_DecrRefCount(resultPtr);
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}
	    }
	    break;
	}
	case 'x':
................................................................................
    int arg;			/* Index of next argument to consume. */
    int value = 0;		/* Current integer value to be packed.
				 * Initialized to avoid compiler warning. */
    char cmd;			/* Current format character. */
    int count;			/* Count associated with current format
				 * character. */
    int flags;			/* Format field flags */
    const char *format;	/* Pointer to current position in format
				 * string. */
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr = NULL;	/* Object holding result buffer. */
    unsigned char *buffer;	/* Start of result buffer. */
    const char *errorString;
    const char *str;
    int offset, size, length;

................................................................................

	    /*
	     * Trim trailing nulls and spaces, if necessary.
	     */

	    if (cmd == 'A') {
		while (size > 0) {
		    if (src[size-1] != '\0' && src[size-1] != ' ') {
			break;
		    }
		    size--;
		}
	    }

	    /*
................................................................................
	 * Single-precision floating point values. Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj
	 * returns TCL_ERROR for NaN, but we can check by comparing the
	 * object's type pointer.
	 */

	if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, src, &dvalue) != TCL_OK) {
	    const Tcl_ObjIntRep *irPtr = TclFetchIntRep(src, &tclDoubleType);

	    if (irPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    dvalue = irPtr->doubleValue;
	}

	/*
	 * Because some compilers will generate floating point exceptions on
	 * an overflow cast (e.g. Borland), we restrict the values to the
	 * valid range for float.
	 */

	if (fabs(dvalue) > (double)FLT_MAX) {
	    fvalue = (dvalue >= 0.0) ? FLT_MAX : -FLT_MAX;
	} else {
	    fvalue = (float) dvalue;
	}
	CopyNumber(&fvalue, *cursorPtr, sizeof(float), type);
	*cursorPtr += sizeof(float);
	return TCL_OK;
................................................................................

static Tcl_Obj *
ScanNumber(
    unsigned char *buffer,	/* Buffer to scan number from. */
    int type,			/* Format character from "binary scan" */
    int flags,			/* Format field flags */
    Tcl_HashTable **numberCachePtrPtr)
				/* Place to look for cache of scanned
				 * value objects, or NULL if too many
				 * different numbers have been scanned. */
{
    long value;
    float fvalue;
    double dvalue;
    Tcl_WideUInt uwvalue;

    /*
................................................................................
		    + (buffer[1] << 16)
		    + (((long) buffer[0]) << 24));
	}

	/*
	 * Check to see if the value was sign extended properly on systems
	 * where an int is more than 32-bits.

	 * We avoid caching unsigned integers as we cannot distinguish between
	 * 32bit signed and unsigned in the hash (short and char are ok).
	 */

	if (flags & BINARY_UNSIGNED) {
	    return Tcl_NewWideIntObj((Tcl_WideInt)(unsigned long)value);
	}
	if ((value & (((unsigned) 1)<<31)) && (value > 0)) {
	    value -= (((unsigned) 1)<<31);
	    value -= (((unsigned) 1)<<31);
	}

    returnNumericObject:
	if (*numberCachePtrPtr == NULL) {
	    return Tcl_NewWideIntObj(value);
	} else {
	    register Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr = *numberCachePtrPtr;
................................................................................
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    TclNewObj(resultObj);
    data = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[1], &count);
    cursor = Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(resultObj, count * 2);
    for (offset = 0; offset < count; ++offset) {
	*cursor++ = HexDigits[((data[offset] >> 4) & 0x0f)];
	*cursor++ = HexDigits[(data[offset] & 0x0f)];
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
    enum {OPT_STRICT };
    static const char *const optStrings[] = { "-strict", NULL };

    if (objc < 2 || objc > 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?options? data");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    for (i = 1; i < objc-1; ++i) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optStrings, "option",
		TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	switch (index) {
	case OPT_STRICT:
	    strict = 1;
	    break;
	}
    }

    TclNewObj(resultObj);
    datastart = data = (unsigned char *)
	    TclGetStringFromObj(objv[objc-1], &count);
    dataend = data + count;
    size = (count + 1) / 2;
    begin = cursor = Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(resultObj, size);
    while (data < dataend) {
	value = 0;
	for (i=0 ; i<2 ; i++) {
	    if (data >= dataend) {
		value <<= 4;
		break;
	    }

	    c = *data++;
	    if (!isxdigit(UCHAR(c))) {
................................................................................
	    c -= '0';
	    if (c > 9) {
		c += ('0' - 'A') + 10;
	    }
	    if (c > 16) {
		c += ('A' - 'a');
	    }
	    value |= (c & 0xf);
	}
	if (i < 2) {
	    cut++;
	}
	*cursor++ = UCHAR(value);
	value = 0;
    }
................................................................................
{
    Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
    unsigned char *data, *cursor, *limit;
    int maxlen = 0;
    const char *wrapchar = "\n";
    int wrapcharlen = 1;
    int offset, i, index, size, outindex = 0, count = 0;
    enum {OPT_MAXLEN, OPT_WRAPCHAR };
    static const char *const optStrings[] = { "-maxlen", "-wrapchar", NULL };

    if (objc < 2 || objc%2 != 0) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
		"?-maxlen len? ?-wrapchar char? data");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    for (i = 1; i < objc-1; i += 2) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optStrings, "option",
		TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	switch (index) {
	case OPT_MAXLEN:
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &maxlen) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (maxlen < 0) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"line length out of range", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "BINARY", "ENCODE",
			"LINE_LENGTH", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    break;
	case OPT_WRAPCHAR:
	    wrapchar = TclGetStringFromObj(objv[i+1], &wrapcharlen);
	    if (wrapcharlen == 0) {
		maxlen = 0;
	    }
	    break;
	}
    }

    resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    data = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[objc-1], &count);
    if (count > 0) {
	size = (((count * 4) / 3) + 3) & ~3; /* ensure 4 byte chunks */
	if (maxlen > 0 && size > maxlen) {
	    int adjusted = size + (wrapcharlen * (size / maxlen));

	    if (size % maxlen == 0) {
		adjusted -= wrapcharlen;
	    }
	    size = adjusted;
	}
	cursor = Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(resultObj, size);
	limit = cursor + size;
	for (offset = 0; offset < count; offset+=3) {
	    unsigned char d[3] = {0, 0, 0};

	    for (i = 0; i < 3 && offset+i < count; ++i) {
		d[i] = data[offset + i];
	    }
	    OUTPUT(B64Digits[d[0] >> 2]);
	    OUTPUT(B64Digits[((d[0] & 0x03) << 4) | (d[1] >> 4)]);
	    if (offset+1 < count) {
		OUTPUT(B64Digits[((d[1] & 0x0f) << 2) | (d[2] >> 6)]);
	    } else {
		OUTPUT(B64Digits[64]);
	    }
	    if (offset+2 < count) {
		OUTPUT(B64Digits[d[2] & 0x3f]);
	    } else {
................................................................................
    int lineLength = 61;
    const unsigned char SingleNewline[] = { (unsigned char) '\n' };
    const unsigned char *wrapchar = SingleNewline;
    int wrapcharlen = sizeof(SingleNewline);
    enum { OPT_MAXLEN, OPT_WRAPCHAR };
    static const char *const optStrings[] = { "-maxlen", "-wrapchar", NULL };

    if (objc < 2 || objc%2 != 0) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
		"?-maxlen len? ?-wrapchar char? data");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    for (i = 1; i < objc-1; i += 2) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optStrings, "option",
		TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	switch (index) {
	case OPT_MAXLEN:
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &lineLength) != TCL_OK) {

		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (lineLength < 3 || lineLength > 85) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"line length out of range", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "BINARY", "ENCODE",
			"LINE_LENGTH", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    break;
	case OPT_WRAPCHAR:
	    wrapchar = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[i+1], &wrapcharlen);
	    break;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Allocate the buffer. This is a little bit too long, but is "good
     * enough".
     */

    resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    offset = 0;
    data = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[objc-1], &count);
    rawLength = (lineLength - 1) * 3 / 4;
    start = cursor = Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(resultObj,
	    (lineLength + wrapcharlen) *
	    ((count + (rawLength - 1)) / rawLength));
    n = bits = 0;

    /*
................................................................................
    while (offset < count) {
	int lineLen = count - offset;

	if (lineLen > rawLength) {
	    lineLen = rawLength;
	}
	*cursor++ = UueDigits[lineLen];
	for (i=0 ; i<lineLen ; i++) {
	    n <<= 8;
	    n |= data[offset++];
	    for (bits += 8; bits > 6 ; bits -= 6) {
		*cursor++ = UueDigits[(n >> (bits-6)) & 0x3f];
	    }
	}
	if (bits > 0) {
	    n <<= 8;
	    *cursor++ = UueDigits[(n >> (bits + 2)) & 0x3f];
	    bits = 0;
	}
	for (j=0 ; j<wrapcharlen ; ++j) {
	    *cursor++ = wrapchar[j];
	}
    }

    /*
     * Fix the length of the output bytearray.
     */

    Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(resultObj, cursor-start);
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tcl_Obj *resultObj = NULL;
    unsigned char *data, *datastart, *dataend;
    unsigned char *begin, *cursor;
    int i, index, size, count = 0, strict = 0, lineLen;
    unsigned char c;
    enum {OPT_STRICT };
    static const char *const optStrings[] = { "-strict", NULL };

    if (objc < 2 || objc > 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?options? data");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    for (i = 1; i < objc-1; ++i) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optStrings, "option",
		TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	switch (index) {
	case OPT_STRICT:
	    strict = 1;
	    break;
	}
    }

    TclNewObj(resultObj);
    datastart = data = (unsigned char *)
	    TclGetStringFromObj(objv[objc-1], &count);
    dataend = data + count;
    size = ((count + 3) & ~3) * 3 / 4;
    begin = cursor = Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(resultObj, size);
    lineLen = -1;

    /*
     * The decoding loop. First, we get the length of line (strictly, the
................................................................................
	    lineLen = (c - 32) & 0x3f;
	}

	/*
	 * Now we read a four-character grouping.
	 */

	for (i=0 ; i<4 ; i++) {
	    if (data < dataend) {
		d[i] = c = *data++;
		if (c < 32 || c > 96) {
		    if (strict) {
			if (!TclIsSpaceProc(c)) {
			    goto badUu;
			} else if (c == '\n') {
................................................................................
    enum { OPT_STRICT };
    static const char *const optStrings[] = { "-strict", NULL };

    if (objc < 2 || objc > 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?options? data");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    for (i = 1; i < objc-1; ++i) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optStrings, "option",
		TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	switch (index) {
	case OPT_STRICT:
	    strict = 1;
	    break;
	}
    }

    TclNewObj(resultObj);
    datastart = data = (unsigned char *)
	    TclGetStringFromObj(objv[objc-1], &count);
    dataend = data + count;
    size = ((count + 3) & ~3) * 3 / 4;
    begin = cursor = Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(resultObj, size);
    while (data < dataend) {
	unsigned long value = 0;

	/*
................................................................................

	    if (data < dataend) {
		c = *data++;
	    } else if (i > 1) {
		c = '=';
	    } else {
		if (strict && i <= 1) {

		    /* single resp. unfulfilled char (each 4th next single char)
		     * is rather bad64 error case in strict mode */


		    goto bad64;
		}
		cut += 3;
		break;
	    }

	    /*
................................................................................
	     * because they're only valid as the last character or two of the
	     * final block of input. Unless strict mode is enabled, skip any
	     * input whitespace characters.
	     */

	    if (cut) {
		if (c == '=' && i > 1) {
		     value <<= 6;
		     cut++;
		} else if (!strict && TclIsSpaceProc(c)) {
		     i--;
		} else {
		    goto bad64;
		}
	    } else if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') {
		value = (value << 6) | ((c - 'A') & 0x3f);
	    } else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') {
		value = (value << 6) | ((c - 'a' + 26) & 0x3f);
	    } else if (c >= '0' && c <= '9') {
		value = (value << 6) | ((c - '0' + 52) & 0x3f);
	    } else if (c == '+') {
		value = (value << 6) | 0x3e;
	    } else if (c == '/') {
		value = (value << 6) | 0x3f;
	    } else if (c == '=' && (

		!strict || i > 1) /* "=" and "a=" is rather bad64 error case in strict mode */
	    ) {


		value <<= 6;
		if (i) cut++;


	    } else if (strict || !TclIsSpaceProc(c)) {
		goto bad64;
	    } else {
		i--;
	    }
	}
	*cursor++ = UCHAR((value >> 16) & 0xff);
................................................................................
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

    { "hex",      BinaryDecodeHex, TclCompileBasic1Or2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0 },
    { "uuencode", BinaryDecodeUu,  TclCompileBasic1Or2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0 },
    { "base64",   BinaryDecode64,  TclCompileBasic1Or2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0 },
    { NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0 }
};

/*
 * The following object types represent an array of bytes. The intent is to
 * allow arbitrary binary data to pass through Tcl as a Tcl value without loss
 * or damage. Such values are useful for things like encoded strings or Tk
 * images to name just two.
 *
 * It's strange to have two Tcl_ObjTypes in place for this task when one would
 * do, so a bit of detail and history how we got to this point and where we
 * might go from here.
 *
 * A bytearray is an ordered sequence of bytes. Each byte is an integer value
 * in the range [0-255].  To be a Tcl value type, we need a way to encode each
 * value in the value set as a Tcl string.  The simplest encoding is to
 * represent each byte value as the same codepoint value.  A bytearray of N
 * bytes is encoded into a Tcl string of N characters where the codepoint of
 * each character is the value of corresponding byte.  This approach creates a
 * one-to-one map between all bytearray values and a subset of Tcl string
 * values.
 *
 * When converting a Tcl string value to the bytearray internal rep, the
 * question arises what to do with strings outside that subset?  That is,
 * those Tcl strings containing at least one codepoint greater than 255?  The
 * obviously correct answer is to raise an error!  That string value does not
 * represent any valid bytearray value. Full Stop.  The setFromAnyProc
 * signature has a completion code return value for just this reason, to
 * reject invalid inputs.
 *
 * Unfortunately this was not the path taken by the authors of the original
 * tclByteArrayType.  They chose to accept all Tcl string values as acceptable
 * string encodings of the bytearray values that result from masking away the
 * high bits of any codepoint value at all. This meant that every bytearray
 * value had multiple accepted string representations.

 *
 * The implications of this choice are truly ugly.  When a Tcl value has a
 * string representation, we are required to accept that as the true value.
 * Bytearray values that possess a string representation cannot be processed
 * as bytearrays because we cannot know which true value that bytearray
 * represents.  The consequence is that we drag around an internal rep that we
 * cannot make any use of.  This painful price is extracted at any point after

 * a string rep happens to be generated for the value.  This happens even when
 * the troublesome codepoints outside the byte range never show up.  This
 * happens rather routinely in normal Tcl operations unless we burden the
 * script writer with the cognitive burden of avoiding it.  The price is also
 * paid by callers of the C interface.  The routine
 *
 *	unsigned char *Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objPtr, lenPtr)
 *
 * has a guarantee to always return a non-NULL value, but that value points to
 * a byte sequence that cannot be used by the caller to process the Tcl value
 * absent some sideband testing that objPtr is "pure".  Tcl offers no public

 * interface to perform this test, so callers either break encapsulation or
 * are unavoidably buggy.  Tcl has defined a public interface that cannot be
 * used correctly. The Tcl source code itself suffers the same problem, and
 * has been buggy, but progressively less so as more and more portions of the
 * code have been retrofitted with the required "purity testing".  The set of
 * values able to pass the purity test can be increased via the introduction
 * of a "canonical" flag marker, but the only way the broken interface itself
 * can be discarded is to start over and define the Tcl_ObjType properly.
 * Bytearrays should simply be usable as bytearrays without a kabuki dance of
 * testing.
 *
 * The Tcl_ObjType "properByteArrayType" is (nearly) a correct implementation
 * of bytearrays.  Any Tcl value with the type properByteArrayType can have

 * its bytearray value fetched and used with confidence that acting on that
 * value is equivalent to acting on the true Tcl string value.  This still
 * implies a side testing burden -- past mistakes will not let us avoid that
 * immediately, but it is at least a conventional test of type, and can be
 * implemented entirely by examining the objPtr fields, with no need to query
 * the intrep, as a canonical flag would require.
 *
 * Until Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj() and Tcl_SetByteArrayLength() can be revised
 * to admit the possibility of returning NULL when the true value is not a
 * valid bytearray, we need a mechanism to retain compatibility with the
 * deployed callers of the broken interface.  That's what the retained
 * "tclByteArrayType" provides.  In those unusual circumstances where we
 * convert an invalid bytearray value to a bytearray type, it is to this

 * legacy type.  Essentially any time this legacy type gets used, it's a
 * signal of a bug being ignored.  A TIP should be drafted to remove this
 * connection to the broken past so that Tcl 9 will no longer have any trace
 * of it.  Prescribing a migration path will be the key element of that work.
 * The internal changes now in place are the limit of what can be done short
 * of interface repair.  They provide a great expansion of the histories over
 * which bytearray values can be useful in the meanwhile.
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType properByteArrayType = {
    "bytearray",
    FreeProperByteArrayInternalRep,
    DupProperByteArrayInternalRep,
    UpdateStringOfByteArray,
................................................................................
				 * minus 1 byte. */
    unsigned char bytes[1];	/* The array of bytes. The actual size of this
				 * field depends on the 'allocated' field
				 * above. */
} ByteArray;

#define BYTEARRAY_SIZE(len) \
		(offsetof(ByteArray, bytes) + (len))
#define GET_BYTEARRAY(irPtr) ((ByteArray *) (irPtr)->twoPtrValue.ptr1)
#define SET_BYTEARRAY(irPtr, baPtr) \
		(irPtr)->twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) (baPtr)

int
TclIsPureByteArray(
    Tcl_Obj * objPtr)
................................................................................
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
Tcl_SetByteArrayObj(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr,		/* Object to initialize as a ByteArray. */
    const unsigned char *bytes,	/* The array of bytes to use as the new value.
				 * May be NULL even if length > 0. */
    int length)			/* Length of the array of bytes, which must
				 * be >= 0. */
{
    ByteArray *byteArrayPtr;
    Tcl_ObjIntRep ir;

    if (Tcl_IsShared(objPtr)) {
	Tcl_Panic("%s called with shared object", "Tcl_SetByteArrayObj");
    }
................................................................................
    }
    if (size > INT_MAX) {
	Tcl_Panic("max size for a Tcl value (%d bytes) exceeded", INT_MAX);
    }

    if (size == length) {
	char *dst = Tcl_InitStringRep(objPtr, (char *)src, size);

	TclOOM(dst, size);
    } else {
	char *dst = Tcl_InitStringRep(objPtr, NULL, size);

	TclOOM(dst, size);
	for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
	    dst += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(src[i], dst);
	}
	(void) Tcl_InitStringRep(objPtr, NULL, size);
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclAppendBytesToByteArray --
................................................................................
	/*
	 * Append zero bytes is a no-op.
	 */

	return;
    }

    length = (unsigned int) len;

    irPtr = TclFetchIntRep(objPtr, &properByteArrayType);
    if (irPtr == NULL) {
	irPtr = TclFetchIntRep(objPtr, &tclByteArrayType);
	if (irPtr == NULL) {
	    SetByteArrayFromAny(NULL, objPtr);
	    irPtr = TclFetchIntRep(objPtr, &properByteArrayType);
................................................................................
     */

    if (needed > byteArrayPtr->allocated) {
	ByteArray *ptr = NULL;
	unsigned int attempt;

	if (needed <= INT_MAX/2) {
	    /*
	     * Try to allocate double the total space that is needed.
	     */

	    attempt = 2 * needed;
	    ptr = attemptckrealloc(byteArrayPtr, BYTEARRAY_SIZE(attempt));
	}
	if (ptr == NULL) {
	    /*
	     * Try to allocate double the increment that is needed (plus).
	     */

	    unsigned int limit = INT_MAX - needed;
	    unsigned int extra = length + TCL_MIN_GROWTH;
	    int growth = (int) ((extra > limit) ? limit : extra);

	    attempt = needed + growth;
	    ptr = attemptckrealloc(byteArrayPtr, BYTEARRAY_SIZE(attempt));
	}
	if (ptr == NULL) {
	    /*
	     * Last chance: Try to allocate exactly what is needed.
	     */

	    attempt = needed;
	    ptr = ckrealloc(byteArrayPtr, BYTEARRAY_SIZE(attempt));
	}
	byteArrayPtr = ptr;
	byteArrayPtr->allocated = attempt;
	SET_BYTEARRAY(irPtr, byteArrayPtr);
    }
................................................................................
    int arg;			/* Index of next argument to consume. */
    int value = 0;		/* Current integer value to be packed.
				 * Initialized to avoid compiler warning. */
    char cmd;			/* Current format character. */
    int count;			/* Count associated with current format
				 * character. */
    int flags;			/* Format field flags */
    const char *format;		/* Pointer to current position in format
				 * string. */
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr = NULL;	/* Object holding result buffer. */
    unsigned char *buffer;	/* Start of result buffer. */
    unsigned char *cursor;	/* Current position within result buffer. */
    unsigned char *maxPos;	/* Greatest position within result buffer that
				 * cursor has visited.*/
    const char *errorString;
................................................................................
     */

    resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
    buffer = Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(resultPtr, length);
    memset(buffer, 0, length);

    /*
     * Pack the data into the result object. Note that we can skip the error
     * checking during this pass, since we have already parsed the string
     * once.
     */

    arg = 2;
    format = TclGetString(objv[1]);
    cursor = buffer;
    maxPos = cursor;
    while (*format != 0) {
................................................................................
		TclListObjGetElements(interp, objv[arg], &listc, &listv);
		if (count == BINARY_ALL) {
		    count = listc;
		}
	    }
	    arg++;
	    for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
		if (FormatNumber(interp, cmd, listv[i], &cursor) != TCL_OK) {
		    Tcl_DecrRefCount(resultPtr);
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}
	    }
	    break;
	}
	case 'x':
................................................................................
    int arg;			/* Index of next argument to consume. */
    int value = 0;		/* Current integer value to be packed.
				 * Initialized to avoid compiler warning. */
    char cmd;			/* Current format character. */
    int count;			/* Count associated with current format
				 * character. */
    int flags;			/* Format field flags */
    const char *format;		/* Pointer to current position in format
				 * string. */
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr = NULL;	/* Object holding result buffer. */
    unsigned char *buffer;	/* Start of result buffer. */
    const char *errorString;
    const char *str;
    int offset, size, length;

................................................................................

	    /*
	     * Trim trailing nulls and spaces, if necessary.
	     */

	    if (cmd == 'A') {
		while (size > 0) {
		    if (src[size - 1] != '\0' && src[size - 1] != ' ') {
			break;
		    }
		    size--;
		}
	    }

	    /*
................................................................................
	 * Single-precision floating point values. Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj
	 * returns TCL_ERROR for NaN, but we can check by comparing the
	 * object's type pointer.
	 */

	if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, src, &dvalue) != TCL_OK) {
	    const Tcl_ObjIntRep *irPtr = TclFetchIntRep(src, &tclDoubleType);

	    if (irPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    dvalue = irPtr->doubleValue;
	}

	/*
	 * Because some compilers will generate floating point exceptions on
	 * an overflow cast (e.g. Borland), we restrict the values to the
	 * valid range for float.
	 */

	if (fabs(dvalue) > (double) FLT_MAX) {
	    fvalue = (dvalue >= 0.0) ? FLT_MAX : -FLT_MAX;
	} else {
	    fvalue = (float) dvalue;
	}
	CopyNumber(&fvalue, *cursorPtr, sizeof(float), type);
	*cursorPtr += sizeof(float);
	return TCL_OK;
................................................................................

static Tcl_Obj *
ScanNumber(
    unsigned char *buffer,	/* Buffer to scan number from. */
    int type,			/* Format character from "binary scan" */
    int flags,			/* Format field flags */
    Tcl_HashTable **numberCachePtrPtr)
				/* Place to look for cache of scanned value
				 * objects, or NULL if too many different
				 * numbers have been scanned. */
{
    long value;
    float fvalue;
    double dvalue;
    Tcl_WideUInt uwvalue;

    /*
................................................................................
		    + (buffer[1] << 16)
		    + (((long) buffer[0]) << 24));
	}

	/*
	 * Check to see if the value was sign extended properly on systems
	 * where an int is more than 32-bits.
	 *
	 * We avoid caching unsigned integers as we cannot distinguish between
	 * 32bit signed and unsigned in the hash (short and char are ok).
	 */

	if (flags & BINARY_UNSIGNED) {
	    return Tcl_NewWideIntObj((Tcl_WideInt)(unsigned long)value);
	}
	if ((value & (((unsigned) 1) << 31)) && (value > 0)) {
	    value -= (((unsigned) 1) << 31);
	    value -= (((unsigned) 1) << 31);
	}

    returnNumericObject:
	if (*numberCachePtrPtr == NULL) {
	    return Tcl_NewWideIntObj(value);
	} else {
	    register Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr = *numberCachePtrPtr;
................................................................................
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    TclNewObj(resultObj);
    data = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[1], &count);
    cursor = Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(resultObj, count * 2);
    for (offset = 0; offset < count; ++offset) {
	*cursor++ = HexDigits[(data[offset] >> 4) & 0x0f];
	*cursor++ = HexDigits[data[offset] & 0x0f];
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
    enum {OPT_STRICT };
    static const char *const optStrings[] = { "-strict", NULL };

    if (objc < 2 || objc > 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?options? data");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    for (i = 1; i < objc - 1; ++i) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optStrings, "option",
		TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	switch (index) {
	case OPT_STRICT:
	    strict = 1;
	    break;
	}
    }

    TclNewObj(resultObj);
    datastart = data = (unsigned char *)
	    TclGetStringFromObj(objv[objc - 1], &count);
    dataend = data + count;
    size = (count + 1) / 2;
    begin = cursor = Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(resultObj, size);
    while (data < dataend) {
	value = 0;
	for (i = 0 ; i < 2 ; i++) {
	    if (data >= dataend) {
		value <<= 4;
		break;
	    }

	    c = *data++;
	    if (!isxdigit(UCHAR(c))) {
................................................................................
	    c -= '0';
	    if (c > 9) {
		c += ('0' - 'A') + 10;
	    }
	    if (c > 16) {
		c += ('A' - 'a');
	    }
	    value |= c & 0xf;
	}
	if (i < 2) {
	    cut++;
	}
	*cursor++ = UCHAR(value);
	value = 0;
    }
................................................................................
{
    Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
    unsigned char *data, *cursor, *limit;
    int maxlen = 0;
    const char *wrapchar = "\n";
    int wrapcharlen = 1;
    int offset, i, index, size, outindex = 0, count = 0;
    enum { OPT_MAXLEN, OPT_WRAPCHAR };
    static const char *const optStrings[] = { "-maxlen", "-wrapchar", NULL };

    if (objc < 2 || objc % 2 != 0) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
		"?-maxlen len? ?-wrapchar char? data");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    for (i = 1; i < objc - 1; i += 2) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optStrings, "option",
		TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	switch (index) {
	case OPT_MAXLEN:
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i + 1], &maxlen) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (maxlen < 0) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"line length out of range", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "BINARY", "ENCODE",
			"LINE_LENGTH", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    break;
	case OPT_WRAPCHAR:
	    wrapchar = TclGetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &wrapcharlen);
	    if (wrapcharlen == 0) {
		maxlen = 0;
	    }
	    break;
	}
    }

    resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    data = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[objc - 1], &count);
    if (count > 0) {
	size = (((count * 4) / 3) + 3) & ~3;	/* ensure 4 byte chunks */
	if (maxlen > 0 && size > maxlen) {
	    int adjusted = size + (wrapcharlen * (size / maxlen));

	    if (size % maxlen == 0) {
		adjusted -= wrapcharlen;
	    }
	    size = adjusted;
	}
	cursor = Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(resultObj, size);
	limit = cursor + size;
	for (offset = 0; offset < count; offset += 3) {
	    unsigned char d[3] = {0, 0, 0};

	    for (i = 0; i < 3 && offset + i < count; ++i) {
		d[i] = data[offset + i];
	    }
	    OUTPUT(B64Digits[d[0] >> 2]);
	    OUTPUT(B64Digits[((d[0] & 0x03) << 4) | (d[1] >> 4)]);
	    if (offset + 1 < count) {
		OUTPUT(B64Digits[((d[1] & 0x0f) << 2) | (d[2] >> 6)]);
	    } else {
		OUTPUT(B64Digits[64]);
	    }
	    if (offset+2 < count) {
		OUTPUT(B64Digits[d[2] & 0x3f]);
	    } else {
................................................................................
    int lineLength = 61;
    const unsigned char SingleNewline[] = { (unsigned char) '\n' };
    const unsigned char *wrapchar = SingleNewline;
    int wrapcharlen = sizeof(SingleNewline);
    enum { OPT_MAXLEN, OPT_WRAPCHAR };
    static const char *const optStrings[] = { "-maxlen", "-wrapchar", NULL };

    if (objc < 2 || objc % 2 != 0) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
		"?-maxlen len? ?-wrapchar char? data");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    for (i = 1; i < objc - 1; i += 2) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optStrings, "option",
		TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	switch (index) {
	case OPT_MAXLEN:
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i + 1],
		    &lineLength) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (lineLength < 3 || lineLength > 85) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"line length out of range", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "BINARY", "ENCODE",
			"LINE_LENGTH", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    break;
	case OPT_WRAPCHAR:
	    wrapchar = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[i + 1], &wrapcharlen);
	    break;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Allocate the buffer. This is a little bit too long, but is "good
     * enough".
     */

    resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    offset = 0;
    data = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[objc - 1], &count);
    rawLength = (lineLength - 1) * 3 / 4;
    start = cursor = Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(resultObj,
	    (lineLength + wrapcharlen) *
	    ((count + (rawLength - 1)) / rawLength));
    n = bits = 0;

    /*
................................................................................
    while (offset < count) {
	int lineLen = count - offset;

	if (lineLen > rawLength) {
	    lineLen = rawLength;
	}
	*cursor++ = UueDigits[lineLen];
	for (i = 0 ; i < lineLen ; i++) {
	    n <<= 8;
	    n |= data[offset++];
	    for (bits += 8; bits > 6 ; bits -= 6) {
		*cursor++ = UueDigits[(n >> (bits - 6)) & 0x3f];
	    }
	}
	if (bits > 0) {
	    n <<= 8;
	    *cursor++ = UueDigits[(n >> (bits + 2)) & 0x3f];
	    bits = 0;
	}
	for (j = 0 ; j < wrapcharlen ; ++j) {
	    *cursor++ = wrapchar[j];
	}
    }

    /*
     * Fix the length of the output bytearray.
     */

    Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(resultObj, cursor - start);
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tcl_Obj *resultObj = NULL;
    unsigned char *data, *datastart, *dataend;
    unsigned char *begin, *cursor;
    int i, index, size, count = 0, strict = 0, lineLen;
    unsigned char c;
    enum { OPT_STRICT };
    static const char *const optStrings[] = { "-strict", NULL };

    if (objc < 2 || objc > 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?options? data");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    for (i = 1; i < objc - 1; ++i) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optStrings, "option",
		TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	switch (index) {
	case OPT_STRICT:
	    strict = 1;
	    break;
	}
    }

    TclNewObj(resultObj);
    datastart = data = (unsigned char *)
	    TclGetStringFromObj(objv[objc - 1], &count);
    dataend = data + count;
    size = ((count + 3) & ~3) * 3 / 4;
    begin = cursor = Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(resultObj, size);
    lineLen = -1;

    /*
     * The decoding loop. First, we get the length of line (strictly, the
................................................................................
	    lineLen = (c - 32) & 0x3f;
	}

	/*
	 * Now we read a four-character grouping.
	 */

	for (i = 0 ; i < 4 ; i++) {
	    if (data < dataend) {
		d[i] = c = *data++;
		if (c < 32 || c > 96) {
		    if (strict) {
			if (!TclIsSpaceProc(c)) {
			    goto badUu;
			} else if (c == '\n') {
................................................................................
    enum { OPT_STRICT };
    static const char *const optStrings[] = { "-strict", NULL };

    if (objc < 2 || objc > 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?options? data");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    for (i = 1; i < objc - 1; ++i) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optStrings, "option",
		TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	switch (index) {
	case OPT_STRICT:
	    strict = 1;
	    break;
	}
    }

    TclNewObj(resultObj);
    datastart = data = (unsigned char *)
	    TclGetStringFromObj(objv[objc - 1], &count);
    dataend = data + count;
    size = ((count + 3) & ~3) * 3 / 4;
    begin = cursor = Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(resultObj, size);
    while (data < dataend) {
	unsigned long value = 0;

	/*
................................................................................

	    if (data < dataend) {
		c = *data++;
	    } else if (i > 1) {
		c = '=';
	    } else {
		if (strict && i <= 1) {
		    /*
		     * Single resp. unfulfilled char (each 4th next single
		     * char) is rather bad64 error case in strict mode.
		     */

		    goto bad64;
		}
		cut += 3;
		break;
	    }

	    /*
................................................................................
	     * because they're only valid as the last character or two of the
	     * final block of input. Unless strict mode is enabled, skip any
	     * input whitespace characters.
	     */

	    if (cut) {
		if (c == '=' && i > 1) {
		    value <<= 6;
		    cut++;
		} else if (!strict && TclIsSpaceProc(c)) {
		    i--;
		} else {
		    goto bad64;
		}
	    } else if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') {
		value = (value << 6) | ((c - 'A') & 0x3f);
	    } else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') {
		value = (value << 6) | ((c - 'a' + 26) & 0x3f);
	    } else if (c >= '0' && c <= '9') {
		value = (value << 6) | ((c - '0' + 52) & 0x3f);
	    } else if (c == '+') {
		value = (value << 6) | 0x3e;
	    } else if (c == '/') {
		value = (value << 6) | 0x3f;
	    } else if (c == '=' && (!strict || i > 1)) {
		/*
		 * "=" and "a=" is rather bad64 error case in strict mode.

		 */

		value <<= 6;
		if (i) {
		    cut++;
		}
	    } else if (strict || !TclIsSpaceProc(c)) {
		goto bad64;
	    } else {
		i--;
	    }
	}
	*cursor++ = UCHAR((value >> 16) & 0xff);
................................................................................
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

    size_t refCount;		/* Number of mem_headers referencing this
				 * tag. */
    char string[1];		/* Actual size of string will be as large as
				 * needed for actual tag. This must be the
				 * last field in the structure. */
} MemTag;

#define TAG_SIZE(bytesInString) ((TclOffset(MemTag, string) + 1) + bytesInString)

static MemTag *curTagPtr = NULL;/* Tag to use in all future mem_headers (set
				 * by "memory tag" command). */

/*
 * One of the following structures is allocated just before each dynamically
 * allocated chunk of memory, both to record information about the chunk and

    size_t refCount;		/* Number of mem_headers referencing this
				 * tag. */
    char string[1];		/* Actual size of string will be as large as
				 * needed for actual tag. This must be the
				 * last field in the structure. */
} MemTag;

#define TAG_SIZE(bytesInString) ((offsetof(MemTag, string) + 1) + bytesInString)

static MemTag *curTagPtr = NULL;/* Tag to use in all future mem_headers (set
				 * by "memory tag" command). */

/*
 * One of the following structures is allocated just before each dynamically
 * allocated chunk of memory, both to record information about the chunk and

 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tclInt.h"
#ifdef _WIN32
#   include "tclWinInt.h"
#endif
#include <locale.h>

/*
 * The state structure used by [foreach]. Note that the actual structure has
 * all its working arrays appended afterwards so they can be allocated and
 * freed in a single step.
 */

................................................................................
	{"rootname",	PathRootNameCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"separator",	FilesystemSeparatorCmd,	TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"size",	FileAttrSizeCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"split",	PathSplitCmd,		TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"stat",	FileAttrStatCmd,	TclCompileBasic2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"system",	PathFilesystemCmd,	TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"tail",	PathTailCmd,		TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},

	{"tempfile",	TclFileTemporaryCmd,	TclCompileBasic0To2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"type",	FileAttrTypeCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"volumes",	FilesystemVolumesCmd,	TclCompileBasic0ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"writable",	FileAttrIsWritableCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0}
    };
    return TclMakeEnsemble(interp, "file", initMap);
................................................................................
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (GetStatBuf(interp, objv[1], Tcl_FSStat, &buf) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
#if defined(_WIN32)
    /* We use a value of 0 to indicate the access time not available */
    if (buf.st_atime == 0) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                             "could not get access time for file \"%s\"",
                             TclGetString(objv[1])));
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
#endif

................................................................................
	Tcl_WideInt newTime;

	if (TclGetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &newTime) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	tval.actime = newTime;
	tval.modtime = buf.st_mtime;

	if (Tcl_FSUtime(objv[1], &tval) != 0) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "could not set access time for file \"%s\": %s",
		    TclGetString(objv[1]), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
................................................................................
	 */

	if (GetStatBuf(interp, objv[1], Tcl_FSStat, &buf) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj((long) buf.st_atime));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FileAttrModifyTimeCmd --
................................................................................
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (GetStatBuf(interp, objv[1], Tcl_FSStat, &buf) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
#if defined(_WIN32)
    /* We use a value of 0 to indicate the modification time not available */
    if (buf.st_mtime == 0) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                             "could not get modification time for file \"%s\"",
                             TclGetString(objv[1])));
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
#endif
    if (objc == 3) {
................................................................................

	Tcl_WideInt newTime;

	if (TclGetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &newTime) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	tval.actime = buf.st_atime;
	tval.modtime = newTime;

	if (Tcl_FSUtime(objv[1], &tval) != 0) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "could not set modification time for file \"%s\": %s",
		    TclGetString(objv[1]), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	    return TCL_ERROR;
................................................................................
	 */

	if (GetStatBuf(interp, objv[1], Tcl_FSStat, &buf) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj((long) buf.st_mtime));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FileAttrLinkStatCmd --
................................................................................
    STORE_ARY("size",	Tcl_NewWideIntObj((Tcl_WideInt)statPtr->st_size));
#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS
    STORE_ARY("blocks",	Tcl_NewWideIntObj((Tcl_WideInt)statPtr->st_blocks));
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLKSIZE
    STORE_ARY("blksize", Tcl_NewWideIntObj((long)statPtr->st_blksize));
#endif
    STORE_ARY("atime",	Tcl_NewWideIntObj((long)statPtr->st_atime));
    STORE_ARY("mtime",	Tcl_NewWideIntObj((long)statPtr->st_mtime));
    STORE_ARY("ctime",	Tcl_NewWideIntObj((long)statPtr->st_ctime));
    mode = (unsigned short) statPtr->st_mode;
    STORE_ARY("mode",	Tcl_NewWideIntObj(mode));
    STORE_ARY("type",	Tcl_NewStringObj(GetTypeFromMode(mode), -1));
#undef STORE_ARY

    return TCL_OK;
}

 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tclInt.h"
#ifdef _WIN32
#   include "tclWinInt.h"
#endif


/*
 * The state structure used by [foreach]. Note that the actual structure has
 * all its working arrays appended afterwards so they can be allocated and
 * freed in a single step.
 */

................................................................................
	{"rootname",	PathRootNameCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"separator",	FilesystemSeparatorCmd,	TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"size",	FileAttrSizeCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"split",	PathSplitCmd,		TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"stat",	FileAttrStatCmd,	TclCompileBasic2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"system",	PathFilesystemCmd,	TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"tail",	PathTailCmd,		TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"tempdir",	TclFileTempDirCmd,	TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"tempfile",	TclFileTemporaryCmd,	TclCompileBasic0To2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"type",	FileAttrTypeCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"volumes",	FilesystemVolumesCmd,	TclCompileBasic0ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"writable",	FileAttrIsWritableCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0}
    };
    return TclMakeEnsemble(interp, "file", initMap);
................................................................................
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (GetStatBuf(interp, objv[1], Tcl_FSStat, &buf) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
#if defined(_WIN32)
    /* We use a value of 0 to indicate the access time not available */
    if (Tcl_GetAccessTimeFromStat(&buf) == 0) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                             "could not get access time for file \"%s\"",
                             TclGetString(objv[1])));
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
#endif

................................................................................
	Tcl_WideInt newTime;

	if (TclGetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &newTime) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	tval.actime = newTime;
	tval.modtime = Tcl_GetModificationTimeFromStat(&buf);

	if (Tcl_FSUtime(objv[1], &tval) != 0) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "could not set access time for file \"%s\": %s",
		    TclGetString(objv[1]), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
................................................................................
	 */

	if (GetStatBuf(interp, objv[1], Tcl_FSStat, &buf) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(Tcl_GetAccessTimeFromStat(&buf)));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FileAttrModifyTimeCmd --
................................................................................
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (GetStatBuf(interp, objv[1], Tcl_FSStat, &buf) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
#if defined(_WIN32)
    /* We use a value of 0 to indicate the modification time not available */
    if (Tcl_GetModificationTimeFromStat(&buf) == 0) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                             "could not get modification time for file \"%s\"",
                             TclGetString(objv[1])));
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
#endif
    if (objc == 3) {
................................................................................

	Tcl_WideInt newTime;

	if (TclGetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &newTime) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	tval.actime = Tcl_GetAccessTimeFromStat(&buf);
	tval.modtime = newTime;

	if (Tcl_FSUtime(objv[1], &tval) != 0) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "could not set modification time for file \"%s\": %s",
		    TclGetString(objv[1]), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	    return TCL_ERROR;
................................................................................
	 */

	if (GetStatBuf(interp, objv[1], Tcl_FSStat, &buf) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(Tcl_GetModificationTimeFromStat(&buf)));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FileAttrLinkStatCmd --
................................................................................
    STORE_ARY("size",	Tcl_NewWideIntObj((Tcl_WideInt)statPtr->st_size));
#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS
    STORE_ARY("blocks",	Tcl_NewWideIntObj((Tcl_WideInt)statPtr->st_blocks));
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLKSIZE
    STORE_ARY("blksize", Tcl_NewWideIntObj((long)statPtr->st_blksize));
#endif
    STORE_ARY("atime",	Tcl_NewWideIntObj(Tcl_GetAccessTimeFromStat(statPtr)));
    STORE_ARY("mtime",	Tcl_NewWideIntObj(Tcl_GetModificationTimeFromStat(statPtr)));
    STORE_ARY("ctime",	Tcl_NewWideIntObj(Tcl_GetChangeTimeFromStat(statPtr)));
    mode = (unsigned short) statPtr->st_mode;
    STORE_ARY("mode",	Tcl_NewWideIntObj(mode));
    STORE_ARY("type",	Tcl_NewStringObj(GetTypeFromMode(mode), -1));
#undef STORE_ARY

    return TCL_OK;
}

	 * namespace.
	 */

#ifdef INFO_PROCS_SEARCH_GLOBAL_NS
	/*
	 * If "info procs" worked like "info commands", returning the commands
	 * also seen in the global namespace, then you would include this
	 * code. As this could break backwards compatibilty with 8.0-8.2, we
	 * decided not to "fix" it in 8.3, leaving the behavior slightly
	 * different.
	 */

	if ((nsPtr != globalNsPtr) && !specificNsInPattern) {
	    entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&globalNsPtr->cmdTable, &search);
	    while (entryPtr != NULL) {

	 * namespace.
	 */

#ifdef INFO_PROCS_SEARCH_GLOBAL_NS
	/*
	 * If "info procs" worked like "info commands", returning the commands
	 * also seen in the global namespace, then you would include this
	 * code. As this could break backwards compatibility with 8.0-8.2, we
	 * decided not to "fix" it in 8.3, leaving the behavior slightly
	 * different.
	 */

	if ((nsPtr != globalNsPtr) && !specificNsInPattern) {
	    entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&globalNsPtr->cmdTable, &search);
	    while (entryPtr != NULL) {

{
    static double measureOverhead = 0;
				/* global measure-overhead */
    double overhead = -1;	/* given measure-overhead */
    register Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    register int result, i;
    Tcl_Obj *calibrate = NULL, *direct = NULL;
    Tcl_WideUInt count = 0;	/* Holds repetition count */
    Tcl_WideInt maxms = WIDE_MIN;
				/* Maximal running time (in milliseconds) */
    Tcl_WideUInt maxcnt = WIDE_MAX;
				/* Maximal count of iterations. */
    Tcl_WideUInt threshold = 1;	/* Current threshold for check time (faster
				 * repeat count without time check) */
    Tcl_WideUInt maxIterTm = 1;	/* Max time of some iteration as max
				 * threshold, additionally avoiding divide to
				 * zero (i.e., never < 1) */
    unsigned short factor = 50;	/* Factor (4..50) limiting threshold to avoid
				 * growth of execution time. */
    register Tcl_WideInt start, middle, stop;
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_CLICKS
    Tcl_Time now;
................................................................................
	    /*
	     * Evaluate a single iteration.
	     */

	    count++;
	    if (!direct) {		/* precompiled */
		rootPtr = TOP_CB(interp);






		result = TclNRExecuteByteCode(interp, codePtr);
		result = TclNRRunCallbacks(interp, result, rootPtr);
	    } else {			/* eval */
		result = TclEvalObjEx(interp, objPtr, 0, NULL, 0);
	    }
	    if (result != TCL_OK) {
		/*
		 * Allow break from measurement cycle (used for conditional
		 * stop).

		 */

		if (result != TCL_BREAK) {

		    goto done;
		}


		/*
		 * Force stop immediately.
		 */

		threshold = 1;
		maxcnt = 0;

		result = TCL_OK;



	    }

	    /*
	     * Don't check time up to threshold.
	     */

	    if (--threshold > 0) {
................................................................................
		threshold = maxcnt - count;
	    }
	}
    }

    {
	Tcl_Obj *objarr[8], **objs = objarr;
	Tcl_WideInt val;
	int digits;


	middle -= start;		/* execution time in microsecs */



#ifdef TCL_WIDE_CLICKS
	/*
	 * convert execution time in wide clicks to microsecs.
	 */

	middle *= TclpWideClickInMicrosec();
#endif /* TCL_WIDE_CLICKS */

	if (!count) {		/* no iterations - avoid divide by zero */
	    objs[0] = objs[2] = objs[4] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(0);
	    goto retRes;
	}

................................................................................
	     */

	    if (overhead > 0) {
		/*
		 * Estimate the time of overhead (microsecs).
		 */

		Tcl_WideUInt curOverhead = overhead * count;

		if (middle > (Tcl_WideInt) curOverhead) {
		    middle -= curOverhead;
		} else {
		    middle = 0;
		}
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Calibration: obtaining new measurement overhead.
	     */

	    if (measureOverhead > ((double) middle) / count) {
		measureOverhead = ((double) middle) / count;
	    }
	    objs[0] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(measureOverhead);
	    TclNewLiteralStringObj(objs[1], "\xC2\xB5s/#-overhead"); /* mics */
	    objs += 2;
	}

	val = middle / count;		/* microsecs per iteration */
	if (val >= 1000000) {
	    objs[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(val);
	} else {
	    if (val < 10) {
		digits = 6;
	    } else if (val < 100) {
		digits = 4;
................................................................................
	    } else if (val < 1000) {
		digits = 3;
	    } else if (val < 10000) {
		digits = 2;
	    } else {
		digits = 1;
	    }
	    objs[0] = Tcl_ObjPrintf("%.*f", digits, ((double) middle)/count);
	}

	objs[2] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(count); /* iterations */

	/*
	 * Calculate speed as rate (count) per sec
	 */

	if (!middle) {
	    middle++;			/* Avoid divide by zero. */
	}
	if (count < (WIDE_MAX / 1000000)) {
	    val = (count * 1000000) / middle;
	    if (val < 100000) {
		if (val < 100) {
		    digits = 3;
		} else if (val < 1000) {
		    digits = 2;
		} else {
		    digits = 1;
		}
		objs[4] = Tcl_ObjPrintf("%.*f",
			digits, ((double) (count * 1000000)) / middle);
	    } else {
		objs[4] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(val);
	    }
	} else {
	    objs[4] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj((count / middle) * 1000000);
	}

    retRes:
	/*
	 * Estimated net execution time (in millisecs).
	 */

	if (!calibrate) {
	    if (middle >= 1) {
		objs[6] = Tcl_ObjPrintf("%.3f", (double)middle / 1000);
	    } else {
		objs[6] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(0);
	    }
	    TclNewLiteralStringObj(objs[7], "nett-ms");
	}

	/*
	 * Construct the result as a list because many programs have always
	 * parsed as such (extracting the first element, typically).
	 */

{
    static double measureOverhead = 0;
				/* global measure-overhead */
    double overhead = -1;	/* given measure-overhead */
    register Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    register int result, i;
    Tcl_Obj *calibrate = NULL, *direct = NULL;
    TclWideMUInt count = 0;	/* Holds repetition count */
    Tcl_WideInt maxms = WIDE_MIN;
				/* Maximal running time (in milliseconds) */
    TclWideMUInt maxcnt = WIDE_MAX;
				/* Maximal count of iterations. */
    TclWideMUInt threshold = 1;	/* Current threshold for check time (faster
				 * repeat count without time check) */
    TclWideMUInt maxIterTm = 1;	/* Max time of some iteration as max
				 * threshold, additionally avoiding divide to
				 * zero (i.e., never < 1) */
    unsigned short factor = 50;	/* Factor (4..50) limiting threshold to avoid
				 * growth of execution time. */
    register Tcl_WideInt start, middle, stop;
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_CLICKS
    Tcl_Time now;
................................................................................
	    /*
	     * Evaluate a single iteration.
	     */

	    count++;
	    if (!direct) {		/* precompiled */
		rootPtr = TOP_CB(interp);
		/*
		 * Use loop optimized TEBC call (TCL_EVAL_DISCARD_RESULT): it's a part of
		 * iteration, this way evaluation will be more similar to a cycle (also
		 * avoids extra overhead to set result to interp, etc.)
		 */
		((Interp *)interp)->evalFlags |= TCL_EVAL_DISCARD_RESULT;
		result = TclNRExecuteByteCode(interp, codePtr);
		result = TclNRRunCallbacks(interp, result, rootPtr);
	    } else {			/* eval */
		result = TclEvalObjEx(interp, objPtr, 0, NULL, 0);
	    }

	    /*
	     * Allow break and continue from measurement cycle (used for

	     * conditional stop and flow control of iterations).
	     */

	    switch (result) {
		case TCL_OK:
		    break;


		case TCL_BREAK:
		    /*
		     * Force stop immediately.
		     */

		    threshold = 1;
		    maxcnt = 0;
		case TCL_CONTINUE:
		    result = TCL_OK;
		    break;
		default:
		    goto done;
	    }

	    /*
	     * Don't check time up to threshold.
	     */

	    if (--threshold > 0) {
................................................................................
		threshold = maxcnt - count;
	    }
	}
    }

    {
	Tcl_Obj *objarr[8], **objs = objarr;
	TclWideMUInt usec, val;
	int digits;

	/*
	 * Absolute execution time in microseconds or in wide clicks.
	 */
	usec = (TclWideMUInt)(middle - start);

#ifdef TCL_WIDE_CLICKS
	/*
	 * convert execution time (in wide clicks) to microsecs.
	 */

	usec *= TclpWideClickInMicrosec();
#endif /* TCL_WIDE_CLICKS */

	if (!count) {		/* no iterations - avoid divide by zero */
	    objs[0] = objs[2] = objs[4] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(0);
	    goto retRes;
	}

................................................................................
	     */

	    if (overhead > 0) {
		/*
		 * Estimate the time of overhead (microsecs).
		 */

		TclWideMUInt curOverhead = overhead * count;

		if (usec > curOverhead) {
		    usec -= curOverhead;
		} else {
		    usec = 0;
		}
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Calibration: obtaining new measurement overhead.
	     */

	    if (measureOverhead > ((double) usec) / count) {
		measureOverhead = ((double) usec) / count;
	    }
	    objs[0] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(measureOverhead);
	    TclNewLiteralStringObj(objs[1], "\xC2\xB5s/#-overhead"); /* mics */
	    objs += 2;
	}

	val = usec / count;		/* microsecs per iteration */
	if (val >= 1000000) {
	    objs[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(val);
	} else {
	    if (val < 10) {
		digits = 6;
	    } else if (val < 100) {
		digits = 4;
................................................................................
	    } else if (val < 1000) {
		digits = 3;
	    } else if (val < 10000) {
		digits = 2;
	    } else {
		digits = 1;
	    }
	    objs[0] = Tcl_ObjPrintf("%.*f", digits, ((double) usec)/count);
	}

	objs[2] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(count); /* iterations */

	/*
	 * Calculate speed as rate (count) per sec
	 */

	if (!usec) {
	    usec++;			/* Avoid divide by zero. */
	}
	if (count < (WIDE_MAX / 1000000)) {
	    val = (count * 1000000) / usec;
	    if (val < 100000) {
		if (val < 100) {
		    digits = 3;
		} else if (val < 1000) {
		    digits = 2;
		} else {
		    digits = 1;
		}
		objs[4] = Tcl_ObjPrintf("%.*f",
			digits, ((double) (count * 1000000)) / usec);
	    } else {
		objs[4] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(val);
	    }
	} else {
	    objs[4] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj((count / usec) * 1000000);
	}

    retRes:
	/*
	 * Estimated net execution time (in millisecs).
	 */

	if (!calibrate) {
	    if (usec >= 1) {
		objs[6] = Tcl_ObjPrintf("%.3f", (double)usec / 1000);
	    } else {
		objs[6] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(0);
	    }
	    TclNewLiteralStringObj(objs[7], "net-ms");
	}

	/*
	 * Construct the result as a list because many programs have always
	 * parsed as such (extracting the first element, typically).
	 */

    Command *cmdPtr,		/* Points to defintion of command being
				 * compiled. */
    CompileEnv *envPtr)		/* Holds resulting instructions. */
{
    DefineLineInformation;	/* TIP #280 */
    Tcl_Token *tokenPtr = parsePtr->tokenPtr;
    Tcl_Obj **objv, *formatObj, *tmpObj;
    char *bytes, *start;
    int i, j, len;

    /*
     * Don't handle any guaranteed-error cases.
     */

    if (parsePtr->numWords < 2) {
................................................................................
				 * being built. */
    for (bytes = start ; *bytes ; bytes++) {
	if (*bytes == '%') {
	    Tcl_AppendToObj(tmpObj, start, bytes - start);
	    if (*++bytes == '%') {
		Tcl_AppendToObj(tmpObj, "%", 1);
	    } else {
		char *b = TclGetStringFromObj(tmpObj, &len);

		/*
		 * If there is a non-empty literal from the format string,
		 * push it and reset.
		 */

		if (len > 0) {

    Command *cmdPtr,		/* Points to defintion of command being
				 * compiled. */
    CompileEnv *envPtr)		/* Holds resulting instructions. */
{
    DefineLineInformation;	/* TIP #280 */
    Tcl_Token *tokenPtr = parsePtr->tokenPtr;
    Tcl_Obj **objv, *formatObj, *tmpObj;
    const char *bytes, *start;
    int i, j, len;

    /*
     * Don't handle any guaranteed-error cases.
     */

    if (parsePtr->numWords < 2) {
................................................................................
				 * being built. */
    for (bytes = start ; *bytes ; bytes++) {
	if (*bytes == '%') {
	    Tcl_AppendToObj(tmpObj, start, bytes - start);
	    if (*++bytes == '%') {
		Tcl_AppendToObj(tmpObj, "%", 1);
	    } else {
		const char *b = TclGetStringFromObj(tmpObj, &len);

		/*
		 * If there is a non-empty literal from the format string,
		 * push it and reset.
		 */

		if (len > 0) {

    Command *cmdPtr,		/* Points to defintion of command being
				 * compiled. */
    CompileEnv *envPtr)
{
    DefineLineInformation;	/* TIP #280 */
    Tcl_Token *tokenPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    char *bytes;

    /*
     * We require one compile-time known argument for the case we can compile.
     */

    if (parsePtr->numWords == 1) {
	return TclCompileBasic0ArgCmd(interp, parsePtr, cmdPtr, envPtr);

    Command *cmdPtr,		/* Points to defintion of command being
				 * compiled. */
    CompileEnv *envPtr)
{
    DefineLineInformation;	/* TIP #280 */
    Tcl_Token *tokenPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    const char *bytes;

    /*
     * We require one compile-time known argument for the case we can compile.
     */

    if (parsePtr->numWords == 1) {
	return TclCompileBasic0ArgCmd(interp, parsePtr, cmdPtr, envPtr);

    Command *cmdPtr,		/* Points to defintion of command being
				 * compiled. */
    CompileEnv *envPtr)		/* Holds resulting instructions. */
{
    DefineLineInformation;	/* TIP #280 */
    Tcl_Token *mapTokenPtr, *stringTokenPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *mapObj, **objv;
    char *bytes;
    int len;

    /*
     * We only handle the case:
     *
     *    string map {foo bar} $thing
     *
................................................................................
    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr,
    Command *cmdPtr,		/* Points to defintion of command being
				 * compiled. */
    CompileEnv *envPtr)
{
    return CompileComparisonOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, INST_STR_EQ, envPtr);
}












































 
int
TclCompileMinusOpCmd(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr,
    Command *cmdPtr,		/* Points to defintion of command being
				 * compiled. */

    Command *cmdPtr,		/* Points to defintion of command being
				 * compiled. */
    CompileEnv *envPtr)		/* Holds resulting instructions. */
{
    DefineLineInformation;	/* TIP #280 */
    Tcl_Token *mapTokenPtr, *stringTokenPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *mapObj, **objv;
    const char *bytes;
    int len;

    /*
     * We only handle the case:
     *
     *    string map {foo bar} $thing
     *
................................................................................
    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr,
    Command *cmdPtr,		/* Points to defintion of command being
				 * compiled. */
    CompileEnv *envPtr)
{
    return CompileComparisonOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, INST_STR_EQ, envPtr);
}

int
TclCompileStrLtOpCmd(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr,
    Command *cmdPtr,		/* Points to defintion of command being
				 * compiled. */
    CompileEnv *envPtr)
{
    return CompileComparisonOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, INST_STR_LT, envPtr);
}

int
TclCompileStrLeOpCmd(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr,
    Command *cmdPtr,		/* Points to defintion of command being
				 * compiled. */
    CompileEnv *envPtr)
{
    return CompileComparisonOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, INST_STR_LE, envPtr);
}

int
TclCompileStrGtOpCmd(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr,
    Command *cmdPtr,		/* Points to defintion of command being
				 * compiled. */
    CompileEnv *envPtr)
{
    return CompileComparisonOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, INST_STR_GT, envPtr);
}

int
TclCompileStrGeOpCmd(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr,
    Command *cmdPtr,		/* Points to defintion of command being
				 * compiled. */
    CompileEnv *envPtr)
{
    return CompileComparisonOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, INST_STR_GE, envPtr);
}
 
int
TclCompileMinusOpCmd(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr,
    Command *cmdPtr,		/* Points to defintion of command being
				 * compiled. */

				 * for us. In the end though, a close paren is
				 * not really a binary operator, and some
				 * special coding in ParseExpr() make sure we
				 * never put an actual CLOSE_PAREN node in the
				 * parse tree. The sub-expression between
				 * parens becomes the single argument of the
				 * matching OPEN_PAREN unary operator. */




#define END		(BINARY | 28)
				/* This lexeme represents the end of the
				 * string being parsed. Treating it as a
				 * binary operator follows the same logic as
				 * the CLOSE_PAREN lexeme and END pairs with
				 * START, in the same way that CLOSE_PAREN
				 * pairs with OPEN_PAREN. */

................................................................................
    PREC_OR,		/* OR */
    PREC_EQUAL,		/* STREQ */
    PREC_EQUAL,		/* STRNEQ */
    PREC_EXPON,		/* EXPON */
    PREC_EQUAL,		/* IN_LIST */
    PREC_EQUAL,		/* NOT_IN_LIST */
    PREC_CLOSE_PAREN,	/* CLOSE_PAREN */




    PREC_END,		/* END */
    /* Expansion room for more binary operators */
    0,  0,  0,
    0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
    0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
    0,
    /* Unary operator lexemes */
    PREC_UNARY,		/* UNARY_PLUS */
    PREC_UNARY,		/* UNARY_MINUS */
    PREC_UNARY,		/* FUNCTION */
    PREC_START,		/* START */
    PREC_OPEN_PAREN,	/* OPEN_PAREN */
    PREC_UNARY,		/* NOT*/
................................................................................
    0,			/* OR */
    INST_STR_EQ,	/* STREQ */
    INST_STR_NEQ,	/* STRNEQ */
    INST_EXPON,		/* EXPON */
    INST_LIST_IN,	/* IN_LIST */
    INST_LIST_NOT_IN,	/* NOT_IN_LIST */
    0,			/* CLOSE_PAREN */




    0,			/* END */
    /* Expansion room for more binary operators */
    0,  0,  0,
    0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
    0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
    0,
    /* Unary operator lexemes */
    INST_UPLUS,		/* UNARY_PLUS */
    INST_UMINUS,	/* UNARY_MINUS */
    0,			/* FUNCTION */
    0,			/* START */
    0,			/* OPEN_PAREN */
    INST_LNOT,		/* NOT*/
................................................................................
		*lexemePtr = STRNEQ;
		return 2;
	    case 'i':
		*lexemePtr = NOT_IN_LIST;
		return 2;
	    }
	}





























    }

    literal = Tcl_NewObj();
    if (TclParseNumber(NULL, literal, NULL, start, numBytes, &end,
	    TCL_PARSE_NO_WHITESPACE) == TCL_OK) {
	if (end < start + numBytes && !TclIsBareword(*end)) {

................................................................................
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclSortingOpCmd --
 *	Implements the commands:
 *		<, <=, >, >=, ==, eq
 *	in the ::tcl::mathop namespace. These commands are defined for
 *	arbitrary number of arguments by computing the AND of the base
 *	operator applied to all neighbor argument pairs.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl return code and result left in interp.
 *

				 * for us. In the end though, a close paren is
				 * not really a binary operator, and some
				 * special coding in ParseExpr() make sure we
				 * never put an actual CLOSE_PAREN node in the
				 * parse tree. The sub-expression between
				 * parens becomes the single argument of the
				 * matching OPEN_PAREN unary operator. */
#define STR_LT		(BINARY | 28)
#define STR_GT		(BINARY | 29)
#define STR_LEQ		(BINARY | 30)
#define STR_GEQ		(BINARY | 31)
#define END		(BINARY | 32)
				/* This lexeme represents the end of the
				 * string being parsed. Treating it as a
				 * binary operator follows the same logic as
				 * the CLOSE_PAREN lexeme and END pairs with
				 * START, in the same way that CLOSE_PAREN
				 * pairs with OPEN_PAREN. */

................................................................................
    PREC_OR,		/* OR */
    PREC_EQUAL,		/* STREQ */
    PREC_EQUAL,		/* STRNEQ */
    PREC_EXPON,		/* EXPON */
    PREC_EQUAL,		/* IN_LIST */
    PREC_EQUAL,		/* NOT_IN_LIST */
    PREC_CLOSE_PAREN,	/* CLOSE_PAREN */
    PREC_COMPARE,	/* STR_LT */
    PREC_COMPARE,	/* STR_GT */
    PREC_COMPARE,	/* STR_LEQ */
    PREC_COMPARE,	/* STR_GEQ */
    PREC_END,		/* END */
    /* Expansion room for more binary operators */

    0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
    0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,

    /* Unary operator lexemes */
    PREC_UNARY,		/* UNARY_PLUS */
    PREC_UNARY,		/* UNARY_MINUS */
    PREC_UNARY,		/* FUNCTION */
    PREC_START,		/* START */
    PREC_OPEN_PAREN,	/* OPEN_PAREN */
    PREC_UNARY,		/* NOT*/
................................................................................
    0,			/* OR */
    INST_STR_EQ,	/* STREQ */
    INST_STR_NEQ,	/* STRNEQ */
    INST_EXPON,		/* EXPON */
    INST_LIST_IN,	/* IN_LIST */
    INST_LIST_NOT_IN,	/* NOT_IN_LIST */
    0,			/* CLOSE_PAREN */
    INST_STR_LT,	/* STR_LT */
    INST_STR_GT,	/* STR_GT */
    INST_STR_LE,	/* STR_LEQ */
    INST_STR_GE,	/* STR_GEQ */
    0,			/* END */
    /* Expansion room for more binary operators */

    0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
    0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,

    /* Unary operator lexemes */
    INST_UPLUS,		/* UNARY_PLUS */
    INST_UMINUS,	/* UNARY_MINUS */
    0,			/* FUNCTION */
    0,			/* START */
    0,			/* OPEN_PAREN */
    INST_LNOT,		/* NOT*/
................................................................................
		*lexemePtr = STRNEQ;
		return 2;
	    case 'i':
		*lexemePtr = NOT_IN_LIST;
		return 2;
	    }
	}
	break;

    case 'l':
	if ((numBytes > 1)
		&& ((numBytes == 2) || start[2] & 0x80 || !isalpha(UCHAR(start[2])))) {
	    switch (start[1]) {
	    case 't':
		*lexemePtr = STR_LT;
		return 2;
	    case 'e':
		*lexemePtr = STR_LEQ;
		return 2;
	    }
	}
	break;

    case 'g':
	if ((numBytes > 1)
		&& ((numBytes == 2) || start[2] & 0x80 || !isalpha(UCHAR(start[2])))) {
	    switch (start[1]) {
	    case 't':
		*lexemePtr = STR_GT;
		return 2;
	    case 'e':
		*lexemePtr = STR_GEQ;
		return 2;
	    }
	}
	break;
    }

    literal = Tcl_NewObj();
    if (TclParseNumber(NULL, literal, NULL, start, numBytes, &end,
	    TCL_PARSE_NO_WHITESPACE) == TCL_OK) {
	if (end < start + numBytes && !TclIsBareword(*end)) {

................................................................................
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclSortingOpCmd --
 *	Implements the commands:
 *		<, <=, >, >=, ==, eq, lt, le, gt, ge
 *	in the ::tcl::mathop namespace. These commands are defined for
 *	arbitrary number of arguments by computing the AND of the base
 *	operator applied to all neighbor argument pairs.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl return code and result left in interp.
 *

	/* The top word is the default, the next op4 words (min 1) are a key
	 * path into the dictionary just below the keys on the stack, and all
	 * those values are replaced by the value read out of that key-path
	 * (like [dict get]) except if there is no such key, when instead the
	 * default is pushed instead.
	 * Stack:  ... dict key1 ... keyN default => ... value */










    {NULL, 0, 0, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}}
};
 
/*
 * Prototypes for procedures defined later in this file:
 */

................................................................................

    /*
     * Create a new variable if appropriate.
     */

    if (create || (name == NULL)) {
	localVar = procPtr->numCompiledLocals;
	localPtr = ckalloc(TclOffset(CompiledLocal, name) + nameBytes + 1);
	if (procPtr->firstLocalPtr == NULL) {
	    procPtr->firstLocalPtr = procPtr->lastLocalPtr = localPtr;
	} else {
	    procPtr->lastLocalPtr->nextPtr = localPtr;
	    procPtr->lastLocalPtr = localPtr;
	}
	localPtr->nextPtr = NULL;

	/* The top word is the default, the next op4 words (min 1) are a key
	 * path into the dictionary just below the keys on the stack, and all
	 * those values are replaced by the value read out of that key-path
	 * (like [dict get]) except if there is no such key, when instead the
	 * default is pushed instead.
	 * Stack:  ... dict key1 ... keyN default => ... value */

    {"strlt",		  1,   -1,         0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* String Less:			push (stknext < stktop) */
    {"strgt",		  1,   -1,         0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* String Greater:		push (stknext > stktop) */
    {"strle",		  1,   -1,         0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* String Less or equal:	push (stknext <= stktop) */
    {"strge",		  1,   -1,         0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* String Greater or equal:	push (stknext >= stktop) */

    {NULL, 0, 0, 0, {OPERAND_NONE}}
};
 
/*
 * Prototypes for procedures defined later in this file:
 */

................................................................................

    /*
     * Create a new variable if appropriate.
     */

    if (create || (name == NULL)) {
	localVar = procPtr->numCompiledLocals;
	localPtr = ckalloc(offsetof(CompiledLocal, name) + nameBytes + 1);
	if (procPtr->firstLocalPtr == NULL) {
	    procPtr->firstLocalPtr = procPtr->lastLocalPtr = localPtr;
	} else {
	    procPtr->lastLocalPtr->nextPtr = localPtr;
	    procPtr->lastLocalPtr = localPtr;
	}
	localPtr->nextPtr = NULL;

#define ByteCodeGetIntRep(objPtr, typePtr, codePtr)			\
    do {								\
	const Tcl_ObjIntRep *irPtr;					\
	irPtr = TclFetchIntRep((objPtr), (typePtr));			\
	(codePtr) = irPtr ? irPtr->twoPtrValue.ptr1 : NULL;		\
    } while (0)
 
/*
 * Opcodes for the Tcl bytecode instructions. These must correspond to the
 * entries in the table of instruction descriptions, tclInstructionTable, in
 * tclCompile.c. Also, the order and number of the expression opcodes (e.g.,
 * INST_LOR) must match the entries in the array operatorStrings in
................................................................................
#define INST_LAPPEND_LIST_ARRAY_STK	187
#define INST_LAPPEND_LIST_STK		188

#define INST_CLOCK_READ			189

#define INST_DICT_GET_DEF		190







/* The last opcode */
#define LAST_INST_OPCODE		190
 
/*
 * Table describing the Tcl bytecode instructions: their name (for displaying
 * code), total number of code bytes required (including operand bytes), and a
 * description of the type of each operand. These operand types include signed
 * and unsigned integers of length one and four bytes. The unsigned integers
 * are used for indexes or for, e.g., the count of objects to push in a "push"
................................................................................
			    const char *script, const char *command,
			    int length, const unsigned char *pc,
			    Tcl_Obj **tosPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj	*TclGetInnerContext(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    const unsigned char *pc, Tcl_Obj **tosPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj	*TclNewInstNameObj(unsigned char inst);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclPushProcCallFrame(ClientData clientData,
			    register Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int isLambda);

 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------
 * Macros and flag values used by Tcl bytecode compilation and execution
 * modules inside the Tcl core but not used outside.
................................................................................
 * CompileEnv. The ANSI C "prototype" for this macro is:
 *
 * void	TclEmitPush(int objIndex, CompileEnv *envPtr);
 */

#define TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr) \
    do {							 \
	register int _objIndexCopy = (objIndex);			 \
	if (_objIndexCopy <= 255) {				 \
	    TclEmitInstInt1(INST_PUSH1, _objIndexCopy, (envPtr)); \
	} else {						 \
	    TclEmitInstInt4(INST_PUSH4, _objIndexCopy, (envPtr)); \
	}							 \
    } while (0)

#define ByteCodeGetIntRep(objPtr, typePtr, codePtr)			\
    do {								\
	const Tcl_ObjIntRep *irPtr;					\
	irPtr = TclFetchIntRep((objPtr), (typePtr));			\
	(codePtr) = irPtr ? (ByteCode*)irPtr->twoPtrValue.ptr1 : NULL;		\
    } while (0)
 
/*
 * Opcodes for the Tcl bytecode instructions. These must correspond to the
 * entries in the table of instruction descriptions, tclInstructionTable, in
 * tclCompile.c. Also, the order and number of the expression opcodes (e.g.,
 * INST_LOR) must match the entries in the array operatorStrings in
................................................................................
#define INST_LAPPEND_LIST_ARRAY_STK	187
#define INST_LAPPEND_LIST_STK		188

#define INST_CLOCK_READ			189

#define INST_DICT_GET_DEF		190

/* TIP 461 */
#define INST_STR_LT			191
#define INST_STR_GT			192
#define INST_STR_LE			193
#define INST_STR_GE			194

/* The last opcode */
#define LAST_INST_OPCODE		194
 
/*
 * Table describing the Tcl bytecode instructions: their name (for displaying
 * code), total number of code bytes required (including operand bytes), and a
 * description of the type of each operand. These operand types include signed
 * and unsigned integers of length one and four bytes. The unsigned integers
 * are used for indexes or for, e.g., the count of objects to push in a "push"
................................................................................
			    const char *script, const char *command,
			    int length, const unsigned char *pc,
			    Tcl_Obj **tosPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj	*TclGetInnerContext(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    const unsigned char *pc, Tcl_Obj **tosPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj	*TclNewInstNameObj(unsigned char inst);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclPushProcCallFrame(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int isLambda);

 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------
 * Macros and flag values used by Tcl bytecode compilation and execution
 * modules inside the Tcl core but not used outside.
................................................................................
 * CompileEnv. The ANSI C "prototype" for this macro is:
 *
 * void	TclEmitPush(int objIndex, CompileEnv *envPtr);
 */

#define TclEmitPush(objIndex, envPtr) \
    do {							 \
	int _objIndexCopy = (objIndex);			 \
	if (_objIndexCopy <= 255) {				 \
	    TclEmitInstInt1(INST_PUSH1, _objIndexCopy, (envPtr)); \
	} else {						 \
	    TclEmitInstInt4(INST_PUSH4, _objIndexCopy, (envPtr)); \
	}							 \
    } while (0)

 * Copyright (c) 2007-2008 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

typedef struct Tcl_Obj Tcl_Obj;
typedef const char* TclDTraceStr;
 
/*
 * Tcl DTrace probes
 */

provider tcl {
    /***************************** proc probes *****************************/
................................................................................
    /*
     *	tcl*:::proc-entry probe
     *	    triggered immediately before proc bytecode execution
     *		arg0: proc name				(string)
     *		arg1: number of arguments		(int)
     *		arg2: array of proc argument objects	(Tcl_Obj**)
     */
    probe proc__entry(TclDTraceStr name, int objc, struct Tcl_Obj **objv);
    /*
     *	tcl*:::proc-return probe
     *	    triggered immediately after proc bytecode execution
     *		arg0: proc name				(string)
     *		arg1: return code			(int)
     */
    probe proc__return(TclDTraceStr name, int code);
    /*
     *	tcl*:::proc-result probe
     *	    triggered after proc-return probe and result processing
     *		arg0: proc name				(string)
     *		arg1: return code			(int)
     *		arg2: proc result			(string)
     *		arg3: proc result object		(Tcl_Obj*)
     */
    probe proc__result(TclDTraceStr name, int code, TclDTraceStr result,
	    struct Tcl_Obj *resultobj);
    /*
     *	tcl*:::proc-args probe
     *	    triggered before proc-entry probe, gives access to string
     *	    representation of proc arguments
     *		arg0: proc name				(string)
     *		arg1-arg9: proc arguments or NULL	(strings)
     */
    probe proc__args(TclDTraceStr name, TclDTraceStr arg1, TclDTraceStr arg2,
	    TclDTraceStr arg3, TclDTraceStr arg4, TclDTraceStr arg5,
	    TclDTraceStr arg6, TclDTraceStr arg7, TclDTraceStr arg8,
	    TclDTraceStr arg9);
    /*
     *	tcl*:::proc-info probe
     *	    triggered before proc-entry probe, gives access to TIP 280
     *	    information for the proc invocation (i.e. [info frame 0])
     *		arg0: TIP 280 cmd			(string)
     *		arg1: TIP 280 type			(string)
     *		arg2: TIP 280 proc			(string)
     *		arg3: TIP 280 file			(string)
     *		arg4: TIP 280 line			(int)
     *		arg5: TIP 280 level			(int)
     *		arg6: TclOO method			(string)
     *		arg7: TclOO class/object		(string)
     */
    probe proc__info(TclDTraceStr cmd, TclDTraceStr type, TclDTraceStr proc,
	    TclDTraceStr file, int line, int level, TclDTraceStr method,
	    TclDTraceStr class);

    /***************************** cmd probes ******************************/
    /*
     *	tcl*:::cmd-entry probe
     *	    triggered immediately before commmand execution
     *		arg0: command name			(string)
     *		arg1: number of arguments		(int)
     *		arg2: array of command argument objects	(Tcl_Obj**)
     */
    probe cmd__entry(TclDTraceStr name, int objc, struct Tcl_Obj **objv);
    /*
     *	tcl*:::cmd-return probe
     *	    triggered immediately after commmand execution
     *		arg0: command name			(string)
     *		arg1: return code			(int)
     */
    probe cmd__return(TclDTraceStr name, int code);
    /*
     *	tcl*:::cmd-result probe
     *	    triggered after cmd-return probe and result processing
     *		arg0: command name			(string)
     *		arg1: return code			(int)
     *		arg2: command result			(string)
     *		arg3: command result object		(Tcl_Obj*)
     */
    probe cmd__result(TclDTraceStr name, int code, TclDTraceStr result,
	    struct Tcl_Obj *resultobj);
    /*
     *	tcl*:::cmd-args probe
     *	    triggered before cmd-entry probe, gives access to string
     *	    representation of command arguments
     *		arg0: command name			(string)
     *		arg1-arg9: command arguments or NULL	(strings)
     */
    probe cmd__args(TclDTraceStr name, TclDTraceStr arg1, TclDTraceStr arg2,
	    TclDTraceStr arg3, TclDTraceStr arg4, TclDTraceStr arg5,
	    TclDTraceStr arg6, TclDTraceStr arg7, TclDTraceStr arg8,
	    TclDTraceStr arg9);
    /*
     *	tcl*:::cmd-info probe
     *	    triggered before cmd-entry probe, gives access to TIP 280
     *	    information for the command invocation (i.e. [info frame 0])
     *		arg0: TIP 280 cmd			(string)
     *		arg1: TIP 280 type			(string)
     *		arg2: TIP 280 proc			(string)
     *		arg3: TIP 280 file			(string)
     *		arg4: TIP 280 line			(int)
     *		arg5: TIP 280 level			(int)
     *		arg6: TclOO method			(string)
     *		arg7: TclOO class/object		(string)
     */
    probe cmd__info(TclDTraceStr cmd, TclDTraceStr type, TclDTraceStr proc,
	    TclDTraceStr file, int line, int level, TclDTraceStr method,
	    TclDTraceStr class);

    /***************************** inst probes *****************************/
    /*
     *	tcl*:::inst-start probe
     *	    triggered immediately before execution of a bytecode
     *		arg0: bytecode name			(string)
     *		arg1: depth of stack			(int)
     *		arg2: top of stack			(Tcl_Obj**)
     */
    probe inst__start(TclDTraceStr name, int depth, struct Tcl_Obj **stack);
    /*
     *	tcl*:::inst-done probe
     *	    triggered immediately after execution of a bytecode
     *		arg0: bytecode name			(string)
     *		arg1: depth of stack			(int)
     *		arg2: top of stack			(Tcl_Obj**)
     */
    probe inst__done(TclDTraceStr name, int depth, struct Tcl_Obj **stack);

    /***************************** obj probes ******************************/
    /*
     *	tcl*:::obj-create probe
     *	    triggered immediately after a new Tcl_Obj has been created
     *		arg0: object created			(Tcl_Obj*)
     */
................................................................................

    /***************************** tcl probes ******************************/
    /*
     *	tcl*:::tcl-probe probe
     *	    triggered when the ::tcl::dtrace command is called
     *		arg0-arg9: command arguments		(strings)
     */
    probe tcl__probe(TclDTraceStr arg0, TclDTraceStr arg1, TclDTraceStr arg2,
	    TclDTraceStr arg3, TclDTraceStr arg4, TclDTraceStr arg5,
	    TclDTraceStr arg6, TclDTraceStr arg7, TclDTraceStr arg8,
	    TclDTraceStr arg9);
};
 
/*
 * Tcl types and constants for use in DTrace scripts
 */

typedef struct Tcl_ObjType {
    char *name;
    void *freeIntRepProc;
    void *dupIntRepProc;
    void *updateStringProc;
    void *setFromAnyProc;
} Tcl_ObjType;

struct Tcl_Obj {
    int refCount;
    char *bytes;
    int length;
    Tcl_ObjType *typePtr;
    union {
	long longValue;
	double doubleValue;
	void *otherValuePtr;
	int64_t wideValue;
	struct {
	    void *ptr1;

 * Copyright (c) 2007-2008 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

typedef struct Tcl_Obj Tcl_Obj;

 
/*
 * Tcl DTrace probes
 */

provider tcl {
    /***************************** proc probes *****************************/
................................................................................
    /*
     *	tcl*:::proc-entry probe
     *	    triggered immediately before proc bytecode execution
     *		arg0: proc name				(string)
     *		arg1: number of arguments		(int)
     *		arg2: array of proc argument objects	(Tcl_Obj**)
     */
    probe proc__entry(const char *name, int objc, struct Tcl_Obj **objv);
    /*
     *	tcl*:::proc-return probe
     *	    triggered immediately after proc bytecode execution
     *		arg0: proc name				(string)
     *		arg1: return code			(int)
     */
    probe proc__return(const char *name, int code);
    /*
     *	tcl*:::proc-result probe
     *	    triggered after proc-return probe and result processing
     *		arg0: proc name				(string)
     *		arg1: return code			(int)
     *		arg2: proc result			(string)
     *		arg3: proc result object		(Tcl_Obj*)
     */
    probe proc__result(const char *name, int code, const char *result,
	    struct Tcl_Obj *resultobj);
    /*
     *	tcl*:::proc-args probe
     *	    triggered before proc-entry probe, gives access to string
     *	    representation of proc arguments
     *		arg0: proc name				(string)
     *		arg1-arg9: proc arguments or NULL	(strings)
     */
    probe proc__args(const char *name, const char *arg1, const char *arg2,
	    const char *arg3, const char *arg4, const char *arg5,
	    const char *arg6, const char *arg7, const char *arg8,
	    const char *arg9);
    /*
     *	tcl*:::proc-info probe
     *	    triggered before proc-entry probe, gives access to TIP 280
     *	    information for the proc invocation (i.e. [info frame 0])
     *		arg0: TIP 280 cmd			(string)
     *		arg1: TIP 280 type			(string)
     *		arg2: TIP 280 proc			(string)
     *		arg3: TIP 280 file			(string)
     *		arg4: TIP 280 line			(int)
     *		arg5: TIP 280 level			(int)
     *		arg6: TclOO method			(string)
     *		arg7: TclOO class/object		(string)
     */
    probe proc__info(const char *cmd, const char *type, const char *proc,
	    const char *file, int line, int level, const char *method,
	    const char *class);

    /***************************** cmd probes ******************************/
    /*
     *	tcl*:::cmd-entry probe
     *	    triggered immediately before commmand execution
     *		arg0: command name			(string)
     *		arg1: number of arguments		(int)
     *		arg2: array of command argument objects	(Tcl_Obj**)
     */
    probe cmd__entry(const char *name, int objc, struct Tcl_Obj **objv);
    /*
     *	tcl*:::cmd-return probe
     *	    triggered immediately after commmand execution
     *		arg0: command name			(string)
     *		arg1: return code			(int)
     */
    probe cmd__return(const char *name, int code);
    /*
     *	tcl*:::cmd-result probe
     *	    triggered after cmd-return probe and result processing
     *		arg0: command name			(string)
     *		arg1: return code			(int)
     *		arg2: command result			(string)
     *		arg3: command result object		(Tcl_Obj*)
     */
    probe cmd__result(const char *name, int code, const char *result,
	    struct Tcl_Obj *resultobj);
    /*
     *	tcl*:::cmd-args probe
     *	    triggered before cmd-entry probe, gives access to string
     *	    representation of command arguments
     *		arg0: command name			(string)
     *		arg1-arg9: command arguments or NULL	(strings)
     */
    probe cmd__args(const char *name, const char *arg1, const char *arg2,
	    const char *arg3, const char *arg4, const char *arg5,
	    const char *arg6, const char *arg7, const char *arg8,
	    const char *arg9);
    /*
     *	tcl*:::cmd-info probe
     *	    triggered before cmd-entry probe, gives access to TIP 280
     *	    information for the command invocation (i.e. [info frame 0])
     *		arg0: TIP 280 cmd			(string)
     *		arg1: TIP 280 type			(string)
     *		arg2: TIP 280 proc			(string)
     *		arg3: TIP 280 file			(string)
     *		arg4: TIP 280 line			(int)
     *		arg5: TIP 280 level			(int)
     *		arg6: TclOO method			(string)
     *		arg7: TclOO class/object		(string)
     */
    probe cmd__info(const char *cmd, const char *type, const char *proc,
	    const char *file, int line, int level, const char *method,
	    const char *class);

    /***************************** inst probes *****************************/
    /*
     *	tcl*:::inst-start probe
     *	    triggered immediately before execution of a bytecode
     *		arg0: bytecode name			(string)
     *		arg1: depth of stack			(int)
     *		arg2: top of stack			(Tcl_Obj**)
     */
    probe inst__start(const char *name, int depth, struct Tcl_Obj **stack);
    /*
     *	tcl*:::inst-done probe
     *	    triggered immediately after execution of a bytecode
     *		arg0: bytecode name			(string)
     *		arg1: depth of stack			(int)
     *		arg2: top of stack			(Tcl_Obj**)
     */
    probe inst__done(const char *name, int depth, struct Tcl_Obj **stack);

    /***************************** obj probes ******************************/
    /*
     *	tcl*:::obj-create probe
     *	    triggered immediately after a new Tcl_Obj has been created
     *		arg0: object created			(Tcl_Obj*)
     */
................................................................................

    /***************************** tcl probes ******************************/
    /*
     *	tcl*:::tcl-probe probe
     *	    triggered when the ::tcl::dtrace command is called
     *		arg0-arg9: command arguments		(strings)
     */
    probe tcl__probe(const char *arg0, const char *arg1, const char *arg2,
	    const char *arg3, const char *arg4, const char *arg5,
	    const char *arg6, const char *arg7, const char *arg8,
	    const char *arg9);
};
 
/*
 * Tcl types and constants for use in DTrace scripts
 */

typedef struct Tcl_ObjType {
    const char *name;
    void *freeIntRepProc;
    void *dupIntRepProc;
    void *updateStringProc;
    void *setFromAnyProc;
} Tcl_ObjType;

struct Tcl_Obj {
    int refCount;
    char *bytes;
    int length;
    const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr;
    union {
	long longValue;
	double doubleValue;
	void *otherValuePtr;
	int64_t wideValue;
	struct {
	    void *ptr1;

 * Bison generates several labels that happen to be unused. MS Visual C++
 * doesn't like that, and complains. Tell it to shut up.
 */

#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning( disable : 4102 )
#endif /* _MSC_VER */












/*
 * yyparse will accept a 'struct DateInfo' as its parameter; that's where the
 * parsed fields will be returned.
 */

typedef struct DateInfo {
................................................................................
    time_t dateMonth;
    time_t dateDay;
    int dateHaveDate;

    time_t dateHour;
    time_t dateMinutes;
    time_t dateSeconds;
    int dateMeridian;
    int dateHaveTime;

    time_t dateTimezone;
    int dateDSTmode;
    int dateHaveZone;

    time_t dateRelMonth;
................................................................................
/*
 * Daylight-savings mode: on, off, or not yet known.
 */

typedef enum _DSTMODE {
    DSTon, DSToff, DSTmaybe
} DSTMODE;

/*
 * Meridian: am, pm, or 24-hour style.
 */

typedef enum _MERIDIAN {
    MERam, MERpm, MER24
} MERIDIAN;




# ifndef YY_NULLPTR
#  if defined __cplusplus && 201103L <= __cplusplus
#   define YY_NULLPTR nullptr
#  else
#   define YY_NULLPTR 0
#  endif
................................................................................
}

static int
LookupWord(
    YYSTYPE* yylvalPtr,
    char *buff)
{
    register char *p;
    register char *q;
    register const TABLE *tp;
    int i, abbrev;

    /*
     * Make it lowercase.
     */

    Tcl_UtfToLower(buff);
................................................................................

static int
TclDatelex(
    YYSTYPE* yylvalPtr,
    YYLTYPE* location,
    DateInfo *info)
{
    register char c;
    register char *p;
    char buff[20];
    int Count;

    location->first_column = yyInput - info->dateStart;
    for ( ; ; ) {
	while (TclIsSpaceProc(UCHAR(*yyInput))) {
	    yyInput++;

 * Bison generates several labels that happen to be unused. MS Visual C++
 * doesn't like that, and complains. Tell it to shut up.
 */

#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning( disable : 4102 )
#endif /* _MSC_VER */

/*
 * Meridian: am, pm, or 24-hour style.
 */

typedef enum _MERIDIAN {
    MERam, MERpm, MER24
} MERIDIAN;




/*
 * yyparse will accept a 'struct DateInfo' as its parameter; that's where the
 * parsed fields will be returned.
 */

typedef struct DateInfo {
................................................................................
    time_t dateMonth;
    time_t dateDay;
    int dateHaveDate;

    time_t dateHour;
    time_t dateMinutes;
    time_t dateSeconds;
    MERIDIAN dateMeridian;
    int dateHaveTime;

    time_t dateTimezone;
    int dateDSTmode;
    int dateHaveZone;

    time_t dateRelMonth;
................................................................................
/*
 * Daylight-savings mode: on, off, or not yet known.
 */

typedef enum _DSTMODE {
    DSTon, DSToff, DSTmaybe
} DSTMODE;












# ifndef YY_NULLPTR
#  if defined __cplusplus && 201103L <= __cplusplus
#   define YY_NULLPTR nullptr
#  else
#   define YY_NULLPTR 0
#  endif
................................................................................
}

static int
LookupWord(
    YYSTYPE* yylvalPtr,
    char *buff)
{
    char *p;
    char *q;
    const TABLE *tp;
    int i, abbrev;

    /*
     * Make it lowercase.
     */

    Tcl_UtfToLower(buff);
................................................................................

static int
TclDatelex(
    YYSTYPE* yylvalPtr,
    YYLTYPE* location,
    DateInfo *info)
{
    char c;
    char *p;
    char buff[20];
    int Count;

    location->first_column = yyInput - info->dateStart;
    for ( ; ; ) {
	while (TclIsSpaceProc(UCHAR(*yyInput))) {
	    yyInput++;

EXTERN void		Tcl_DecrRefCount(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 643 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_IsShared(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 644 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_LinkArray(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *varName, void *addr, int type,
				int size);




typedef struct {
    const struct TclPlatStubs *tclPlatStubs;
    const struct TclIntStubs *tclIntStubs;
    const struct TclIntPlatStubs *tclIntPlatStubs;
} TclStubHooks;

................................................................................
    Tcl_ObjIntRep * (*tcl_FetchIntRep) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr); /* 638 */
    void (*tcl_StoreIntRep) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr, const Tcl_ObjIntRep *irPtr); /* 639 */
    int (*tcl_HasStringRep) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 640 */
    void (*tcl_IncrRefCount) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 641 */
    void (*tcl_DecrRefCount) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 642 */
    int (*tcl_IsShared) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 643 */
    int (*tcl_LinkArray) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, void *addr, int type, int size); /* 644 */

} TclStubs;

extern const TclStubs *tclStubsPtr;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
................................................................................
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_IncrRefCount) /* 641 */
#define Tcl_DecrRefCount \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_DecrRefCount) /* 642 */
#define Tcl_IsShared \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_IsShared) /* 643 */
#define Tcl_LinkArray \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_LinkArray) /* 644 */



#endif /* defined(USE_TCL_STUBS) */

/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

#if defined(USE_TCL_STUBS)
#   undef Tcl_CreateInterp

EXTERN void		Tcl_DecrRefCount(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 643 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_IsShared(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 644 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_LinkArray(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *varName, void *addr, int type,
				int size);
/* 645 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_GetIntForIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int endValue, int *indexPtr);

typedef struct {
    const struct TclPlatStubs *tclPlatStubs;
    const struct TclIntStubs *tclIntStubs;
    const struct TclIntPlatStubs *tclIntPlatStubs;
} TclStubHooks;

................................................................................
    Tcl_ObjIntRep * (*tcl_FetchIntRep) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr); /* 638 */
    void (*tcl_StoreIntRep) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr, const Tcl_ObjIntRep *irPtr); /* 639 */
    int (*tcl_HasStringRep) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 640 */
    void (*tcl_IncrRefCount) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 641 */
    void (*tcl_DecrRefCount) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 642 */
    int (*tcl_IsShared) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 643 */
    int (*tcl_LinkArray) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, void *addr, int type, int size); /* 644 */
    int (*tcl_GetIntForIndex) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int endValue, int *indexPtr); /* 645 */
} TclStubs;

extern const TclStubs *tclStubsPtr;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
................................................................................
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_IncrRefCount) /* 641 */
#define Tcl_DecrRefCount \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_DecrRefCount) /* 642 */
#define Tcl_IsShared \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_IsShared) /* 643 */
#define Tcl_LinkArray \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_LinkArray) /* 644 */
#define Tcl_GetIntForIndex \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_GetIntForIndex) /* 645 */

#endif /* defined(USE_TCL_STUBS) */

/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

#if defined(USE_TCL_STUBS)
#   undef Tcl_CreateInterp

    char *dst;

    InstNameGetIntRep(objPtr, inst);

    if (inst > LAST_INST_OPCODE) {
	dst = Tcl_InitStringRep(objPtr, NULL, TCL_INTEGER_SPACE + 5);
	TclOOM(dst, TCL_INTEGER_SPACE + 5);
        sprintf(dst, "inst_%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "d", inst);
	(void) Tcl_InitStringRep(objPtr, NULL, strlen(dst));
    } else {
	const char *s = tclInstructionTable[inst].name;
	unsigned int len = strlen(s);
	dst = Tcl_InitStringRep(objPtr, s, len);
	TclOOM(dst, len);
    }

    char *dst;

    InstNameGetIntRep(objPtr, inst);

    if (inst > LAST_INST_OPCODE) {
	dst = Tcl_InitStringRep(objPtr, NULL, TCL_INTEGER_SPACE + 5);
	TclOOM(dst, TCL_INTEGER_SPACE + 5);
        sprintf(dst, "inst_%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u", inst);
	(void) Tcl_InitStringRep(objPtr, NULL, strlen(dst));
    } else {
	const char *s = tclInstructionTable[inst].name;
	unsigned int len = strlen(s);
	dst = Tcl_InitStringRep(objPtr, s, len);
	TclOOM(dst, len);
    }

			    int *srcReadPtr, int *dstWrotePtr,
			    int *dstCharsPtr);
static int		TableToUtfProc(ClientData clientData, const char *src,
			    int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr,
			    char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr,
			    int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr);
static size_t		unilen(const char *src);
static int		UniCharToUtfProc(ClientData clientData,





			    const char *src, int srcLen, int flags,
			    Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr, char *dst, int dstLen,
			    int *srcReadPtr, int *dstWrotePtr,
			    int *dstCharsPtr);
static int		UtfToUniCharProc(ClientData clientData,
			    const char *src, int srcLen, int flags,
			    Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr, char *dst, int dstLen,
			    int *srcReadPtr, int *dstWrotePtr,
			    int *dstCharsPtr);
static int		UtfToUtfProc(ClientData clientData,
			    const char *src, int srcLen, int flags,
			    Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr, char *dst, int dstLen,
................................................................................
void
TclInitEncodingSubsystem(void)
{
    Tcl_EncodingType type;
    TableEncodingData *dataPtr;
    unsigned size;
    unsigned short i;





    if (encodingsInitialized) {
	return;
    }


    Tcl_MutexLock(&encodingMutex);
    Tcl_InitHashTable(&encodingTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&encodingMutex);

    /*
     * Create a few initial encodings. Note that the UTF-8 to UTF-8
     * translation is not a no-op, because it will turn a stream of improperly
................................................................................
    type.toUtfProc	= UtfExtToUtfIntProc;
    type.fromUtfProc	= UtfIntToUtfExtProc;
    type.freeProc	= NULL;
    type.nullSize	= 1;
    type.clientData	= NULL;
    Tcl_CreateEncoding(&type);











    type.encodingName   = "unicode";



    type.toUtfProc	= UniCharToUtfProc;
    type.fromUtfProc    = UtfToUniCharProc;
    type.freeProc	= NULL;
    type.nullSize	= 2;

    type.clientData	= NULL;
    Tcl_CreateEncoding(&type);












    /*
     * Need the iso8859-1 encoding in order to process binary data, so force
     * it to always be embedded. Note that this encoding *must* be a proper
     * table encoding or some of the escape encodings crash! Hence the ugly
     * code to duplicate the structure of a table encoding here.
     */
................................................................................

	result = encodingPtr->toUtfProc(encodingPtr->clientData, src, srcLen,
		flags, statePtr, dst, dstLen, srcReadPtr, dstWrotePtr,
		dstCharsPtr);
	if (*dstCharsPtr <= maxChars) {
	    break;
	}
	dstLen = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(dst, maxChars) - 1 - dst + TCL_UTF_MAX;
	flags = savedFlags;
	*statePtr = savedState;
    } while (1);
    if (!noTerminate) {
	/* ...and then append it */

	dst[*dstWrotePtr] = '\0';
................................................................................
    *dstCharsPtr = numChars;
    return result;
}
 
/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * UniCharToUtfProc --
 *
 *	Convert from Unicode to UTF-8.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns TCL_OK if conversion was successful.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
UniCharToUtfProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Not used. */
    const char *src,		/* Source string in Unicode. */
    int srcLen,			/* Source string length in bytes. */
    int flags,			/* Conversion control flags. */
    Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr,/* Place for conversion routine to store state
				 * information used during a piecewise
				 * conversion. Contents of statePtr are
				 * initialized and/or reset by conversion
................................................................................

    for (numChars = 0; src < srcEnd && numChars <= charLimit; numChars++) {
	if (dst > dstEnd) {
	    result = TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE;
	    break;
	}






	/*
	 * Special case for 1-byte utf chars for speed. Make sure we work with
	 * unsigned short-size data.
	 */

	ch = *(unsigned short *)src;
	if (ch && ch < 0x80) {
	    *dst++ = (ch & 0xFF);
	} else {
	    dst += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, dst);
	}
	src += sizeof(unsigned short);
    }
................................................................................
    *dstCharsPtr = numChars;
    return result;
}
 
/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * UtfToUniCharProc --
 *
 *	Convert from UTF-8 to Unicode.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns TCL_OK if conversion was successful.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
UtfToUniCharProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* TableEncodingData that specifies
				 * encoding. */
    const char *src,		/* Source string in UTF-8. */
    int srcLen,			/* Source string length in bytes. */
    int flags,			/* Conversion control flags. */
    Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr,/* Place for conversion routine to store state
				 * information used during a piecewise
				 * conversion. Contents of statePtr are
				 * initialized and/or reset by conversion
................................................................................
	src += TclUtfToUniChar(src, chPtr);

	/*
	 * Need to handle this in a way that won't cause misalignment by
	 * casting dst to a Tcl_UniChar. [Bug 1122671]
	 */

#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
	if (*chPtr <= 0xFFFF) {
	    *dst++ = (*chPtr >> 8);
	    *dst++ = (*chPtr & 0xFF);
	} else {
	    *dst++ = ((*chPtr & 0x3) >> 8) | 0xDC;
	    *dst++ = (*chPtr & 0xFF);
	    *dst++ = (((*chPtr - 0x10000) >> 18) & 0x3) | 0xD8;

	    *dst++ = (((*chPtr - 0x10000) >> 10) & 0xFF);
	}
#else
	*dst++ = (*chPtr >> 8);
	*dst++ = (*chPtr & 0xFF);
#endif
#else
#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
	if (*chPtr <= 0xFFFF) {
	    *dst++ = (*chPtr & 0xFF);
	    *dst++ = (*chPtr >> 8);
	} else {
	    *dst++ = (((*chPtr - 0x10000) >> 10) & 0xFF);
	    *dst++ = (((*chPtr - 0x10000) >> 18) & 0x3) | 0xD8;
	    *dst++ = (*chPtr & 0xFF);

	    *dst++ = ((*chPtr & 0x3) >> 8) | 0xDC;
	}
#else
	*dst++ = (*chPtr & 0xFF);
	*dst++ = (*chPtr >> 8);
#endif























































#endif

    }



















































    *srcReadPtr = src - srcStart;
    *dstWrotePtr = dst - dstStart;
    *dstCharsPtr = numChars;
    return result;
}
 
/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TableToUtfProc --
 *
 *	Convert from the encoding specified by the TableEncodingData into
 *	UTF-8.

			    int *srcReadPtr, int *dstWrotePtr,
			    int *dstCharsPtr);
static int		TableToUtfProc(ClientData clientData, const char *src,
			    int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr,
			    char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr,
			    int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr);
static size_t		unilen(const char *src);
static int		Utf16ToUtfProc(ClientData clientData,
			    const char *src, int srcLen, int flags,
			    Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr, char *dst, int dstLen,
			    int *srcReadPtr, int *dstWrotePtr,
			    int *dstCharsPtr);
static int		UtfToUtf16Proc(ClientData clientData,
			    const char *src, int srcLen, int flags,
			    Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr, char *dst, int dstLen,
			    int *srcReadPtr, int *dstWrotePtr,
			    int *dstCharsPtr);
static int		UtfToUcs2Proc(ClientData clientData,
			    const char *src, int srcLen, int flags,
			    Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr, char *dst, int dstLen,
			    int *srcReadPtr, int *dstWrotePtr,
			    int *dstCharsPtr);
static int		UtfToUtfProc(ClientData clientData,
			    const char *src, int srcLen, int flags,
			    Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr, char *dst, int dstLen,
................................................................................
void
TclInitEncodingSubsystem(void)
{
    Tcl_EncodingType type;
    TableEncodingData *dataPtr;
    unsigned size;
    unsigned short i;
    union {
        char c;
        short s;
    } isLe;

    if (encodingsInitialized) {
	return;
    }

    isLe.s = 1;
    Tcl_MutexLock(&encodingMutex);
    Tcl_InitHashTable(&encodingTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&encodingMutex);

    /*
     * Create a few initial encodings. Note that the UTF-8 to UTF-8
     * translation is not a no-op, because it will turn a stream of improperly
................................................................................
    type.toUtfProc	= UtfExtToUtfIntProc;
    type.fromUtfProc	= UtfIntToUtfExtProc;
    type.freeProc	= NULL;
    type.nullSize	= 1;
    type.clientData	= NULL;
    Tcl_CreateEncoding(&type);

    type.toUtfProc	= Utf16ToUtfProc;
    type.fromUtfProc    = UtfToUcs2Proc;
    type.freeProc	= NULL;
    type.nullSize	= 2;
    type.encodingName   = "ucs-2le";
    type.clientData	= INT2PTR(1);
    Tcl_CreateEncoding(&type);
    type.encodingName   = "ucs-2be";
    type.clientData	= INT2PTR(0);
    Tcl_CreateEncoding(&type);
    type.encodingName   = "ucs-2";
    type.clientData	= INT2PTR(isLe.c);
    Tcl_CreateEncoding(&type);

    type.toUtfProc	= Utf16ToUtfProc;
    type.fromUtfProc    = UtfToUtf16Proc;
    type.freeProc	= NULL;
    type.nullSize	= 2;
    type.encodingName   = "utf-16le";
    type.clientData	= INT2PTR(1);;
    Tcl_CreateEncoding(&type);
    type.encodingName   = "utf-16be";
    type.clientData	= INT2PTR(0);
    Tcl_CreateEncoding(&type);
    type.encodingName   = "utf-16";
    type.clientData	= INT2PTR(isLe.c);;
    Tcl_CreateEncoding(&type);

#ifndef TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
    type.encodingName   = "unicode";
    Tcl_CreateEncoding(&type);
#endif

    /*
     * Need the iso8859-1 encoding in order to process binary data, so force
     * it to always be embedded. Note that this encoding *must* be a proper
     * table encoding or some of the escape encodings crash! Hence the ugly
     * code to duplicate the structure of a table encoding here.
     */
................................................................................

	result = encodingPtr->toUtfProc(encodingPtr->clientData, src, srcLen,
		flags, statePtr, dst, dstLen, srcReadPtr, dstWrotePtr,
		dstCharsPtr);
	if (*dstCharsPtr <= maxChars) {
	    break;
	}
	dstLen = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(dst, maxChars) - dst + (TCL_UTF_MAX - 1);
	flags = savedFlags;
	*statePtr = savedState;
    } while (1);
    if (!noTerminate) {
	/* ...and then append it */

	dst[*dstWrotePtr] = '\0';
................................................................................
    *dstCharsPtr = numChars;
    return result;
}
 
/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Utf16ToUtfProc --
 *
 *	Convert from UTF-16 to UTF-8.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns TCL_OK if conversion was successful.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
Utf16ToUtfProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* != NULL means LE, == NUL means BE */
    const char *src,		/* Source string in Unicode. */
    int srcLen,			/* Source string length in bytes. */
    int flags,			/* Conversion control flags. */
    Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr,/* Place for conversion routine to store state
				 * information used during a piecewise
				 * conversion. Contents of statePtr are
				 * initialized and/or reset by conversion
................................................................................

    for (numChars = 0; src < srcEnd && numChars <= charLimit; numChars++) {
	if (dst > dstEnd) {
	    result = TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE;
	    break;
	}

	if (clientData) {
	    ch = (src[1] & 0xFF) << 8 | (src[0] & 0xFF);
	} else {
	    ch = (src[0] & 0xFF) << 8 | (src[1] & 0xFF);
	}
	/*
	 * Special case for 1-byte utf chars for speed. Make sure we work with
	 * unsigned short-size data.
	 */


	if (ch && ch < 0x80) {
	    *dst++ = (ch & 0xFF);
	} else {
	    dst += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, dst);
	}
	src += sizeof(unsigned short);
    }
................................................................................
    *dstCharsPtr = numChars;
    return result;
}
 
/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * UtfToUtf16Proc --
 *
 *	Convert from UTF-8 to UTF-16.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns TCL_OK if conversion was successful.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
UtfToUtf16Proc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* != NULL means LE, == NUL means BE */

    const char *src,		/* Source string in UTF-8. */
    int srcLen,			/* Source string length in bytes. */
    int flags,			/* Conversion control flags. */
    Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr,/* Place for conversion routine to store state
				 * information used during a piecewise
				 * conversion. Contents of statePtr are
				 * initialized and/or reset by conversion
................................................................................
	src += TclUtfToUniChar(src, chPtr);

	/*
	 * Need to handle this in a way that won't cause misalignment by
	 * casting dst to a Tcl_UniChar. [Bug 1122671]
	 */

	if (clientData) {
#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
	    if (*chPtr <= 0xFFFF) {
		*dst++ = (*chPtr & 0xFF);
		*dst++ = (*chPtr >> 8);
	    } else {
		*dst++ = (((*chPtr - 0x10000) >> 10) & 0xFF);

		*dst++ = (((*chPtr - 0x10000) >> 18) & 0x3) | 0xD8;
		*dst++ = (*chPtr & 0xFF);
		*dst++ = ((*chPtr & 0x3) >> 8) | 0xDC;
	    }
#else
	    *dst++ = (*chPtr & 0xFF);
	    *dst++ = (*chPtr >> 8);
#endif
	} else {
#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
	    if (*chPtr <= 0xFFFF) {
		*dst++ = (*chPtr >> 8);
		*dst++ = (*chPtr & 0xFF);
	    } else {
		*dst++ = ((*chPtr & 0x3) >> 8) | 0xDC;

		*dst++ = (*chPtr & 0xFF);
		*dst++ = (((*chPtr - 0x10000) >> 18) & 0x3) | 0xD8;
		*dst++ = (((*chPtr - 0x10000) >> 10) & 0xFF);
	    }
#else
	    *dst++ = (*chPtr >> 8);
	    *dst++ = (*chPtr & 0xFF);
#endif
	}
    }
    *srcReadPtr = src - srcStart;
    *dstWrotePtr = dst - dstStart;
    *dstCharsPtr = numChars;
    return result;
}
 
/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * UtfToUcs2Proc --
 *
 *	Convert from UTF-8 to UCS-2.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns TCL_OK if conversion was successful.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
UtfToUcs2Proc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* != NULL means LE, == NUL means BE */
    const char *src,		/* Source string in UTF-8. */
    int srcLen,			/* Source string length in bytes. */
    int flags,			/* Conversion control flags. */
    Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr,/* Place for conversion routine to store state
				 * information used during a piecewise
				 * conversion. Contents of statePtr are
				 * initialized and/or reset by conversion
				 * routine under control of flags argument. */
    char *dst,			/* Output buffer in which converted string is
				 * stored. */
    int dstLen,			/* The maximum length of output buffer in
				 * bytes. */
    int *srcReadPtr,		/* Filled with the number of bytes from the
				 * source string that were converted. This may
				 * be less than the original source length if
				 * there was a problem converting some source
				 * characters. */
    int *dstWrotePtr,		/* Filled with the number of bytes that were
				 * stored in the output buffer as a result of
				 * the conversion. */
    int *dstCharsPtr)		/* Filled with the number of characters that
				 * correspond to the bytes stored in the
				 * output buffer. */
{
    const char *srcStart, *srcEnd, *srcClose, *dstStart, *dstEnd;
    int result, numChars;
#if TCL_UTF_MAX <= 4
    int len;
#endif
    Tcl_UniChar ch = 0;

    srcStart = src;
    srcEnd = src + srcLen;
    srcClose = srcEnd;
    if ((flags & TCL_ENCODING_END) == 0) {
	srcClose -= TCL_UTF_MAX;
    }

    dstStart = dst;
    dstEnd   = dst + dstLen - sizeof(Tcl_UniChar);

    result = TCL_OK;
    for (numChars = 0; src < srcEnd; numChars++) {
	if ((src > srcClose) && (!Tcl_UtfCharComplete(src, srcEnd - src))) {
	    /*
	     * If there is more string to follow, this will ensure that the
	     * last UTF-8 character in the source buffer hasn't been cut off.
	     */

	    result = TCL_CONVERT_MULTIBYTE;
	    break;
	}
	if (dst > dstEnd) {
	    result = TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE;
	    break;
	}
#if TCL_UTF_MAX <= 4
	src += (len = TclUtfToUniChar(src, &ch));
	if ((ch >= 0xD800) && (len < 3)) {
	    src += TclUtfToUniChar(src, &ch);
	    ch = 0xFFFD;
	}
#else
	src += TclUtfToUniChar(src, &ch);
	if (ch > 0xFFFF) {
	    ch = 0xFFFD;
	}
#endif

	/*
	 * Need to handle this in a way that won't cause misalignment by
	 * casting dst to a Tcl_UniChar. [Bug 1122671]
	 */

	if (clientData) {
	    *dst++ = (ch & 0xFF);
	    *dst++ = (ch >> 8);
	} else {
	    *dst++ = (ch >> 8);
	    *dst++ = (ch & 0xFF);
	}
    }
    *srcReadPtr = src - srcStart;
    *dstWrotePtr = dst - dstStart;
    *dstCharsPtr = numChars;
    return result;
}

/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TableToUtfProc --
 *
 *	Convert from the encoding specified by the TableEncodingData into
 *	UTF-8.

    ClearTable(ensemblePtr);
    Tcl_InitHashTable(hash, TCL_STRING_KEYS);

    if (subList) {
        int subc;
        Tcl_Obj **subv, *target, *cmdObj, *cmdPrefixObj;
        char *name;

        /*
         * There is a list of exactly what subcommands go in the table.
         * Must determine the target for each.
         */

        Tcl_ListObjGetElements(NULL, subList, &subc, &subv);
................................................................................
        Tcl_DictSearch dictSearch;
        Tcl_Obj *keyObj, *valueObj;
        int done;

        Tcl_DictObjFirst(NULL, ensemblePtr->subcommandDict, &dictSearch,
                &keyObj, &valueObj, &done);
        while (!done) {
            char *name = TclGetString(keyObj);

            hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(hash, name, &isNew);
            Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, valueObj);
            Tcl_IncrRefCount(valueObj);
            Tcl_DictObjNext(&dictSearch, &keyObj, &valueObj, &done);
        }
    } else {
................................................................................
		     * substituted part of the command (as a list) as their
		     * content!
		     */

		    if (isNew) {
			Tcl_Obj *cmdObj, *cmdPrefixObj;





			cmdObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(nsCmdName, -1);
			cmdPrefixObj = Tcl_NewListObj(1, &cmdObj);
			Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, cmdPrefixObj);
			Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdPrefixObj);
		    }
		    break;
		}
	    }
................................................................................
    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr,
    Tcl_Obj *replacements,
    Command *cmdPtr,
    CompileEnv *envPtr)		/* Holds resulting instructions. */
{
    Tcl_Token *tokPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, **words;
    char *bytes;
    int i, numWords, cmdLit, extraLiteralFlags = LITERAL_CMD_NAME;
    DefineLineInformation;

    /*
     * Push the words of the command. Take care; the command words may be
     * scripts that have backslashes in them, and [info frame 0] can see the
     * difference. Hence the call to TclContinuationsEnterDerived...

    ClearTable(ensemblePtr);
    Tcl_InitHashTable(hash, TCL_STRING_KEYS);

    if (subList) {
        int subc;
        Tcl_Obj **subv, *target, *cmdObj, *cmdPrefixObj;
        const char *name;

        /*
         * There is a list of exactly what subcommands go in the table.
         * Must determine the target for each.
         */

        Tcl_ListObjGetElements(NULL, subList, &subc, &subv);
................................................................................
        Tcl_DictSearch dictSearch;
        Tcl_Obj *keyObj, *valueObj;
        int done;

        Tcl_DictObjFirst(NULL, ensemblePtr->subcommandDict, &dictSearch,
                &keyObj, &valueObj, &done);
        while (!done) {
            const char *name = TclGetString(keyObj);

            hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(hash, name, &isNew);
            Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, valueObj);
            Tcl_IncrRefCount(valueObj);
            Tcl_DictObjNext(&dictSearch, &keyObj, &valueObj, &done);
        }
    } else {
................................................................................
		     * substituted part of the command (as a list) as their
		     * content!
		     */

		    if (isNew) {
			Tcl_Obj *cmdObj, *cmdPrefixObj;

			TclNewObj(cmdObj);
			Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(cmdObj,
				ensemblePtr->nsPtr->fullName,
				(ensemblePtr->nsPtr->parentPtr ? "::" : ""),
				nsCmdName, NULL);
			cmdPrefixObj = Tcl_NewListObj(1, &cmdObj);
			Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, cmdPrefixObj);
			Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdPrefixObj);
		    }
		    break;
		}
	    }
................................................................................
    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr,
    Tcl_Obj *replacements,
    Command *cmdPtr,
    CompileEnv *envPtr)		/* Holds resulting instructions. */
{
    Tcl_Token *tokPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, **words;
    const char *bytes;
    int i, numWords, cmdLit, extraLiteralFlags = LITERAL_CMD_NAME;
    DefineLineInformation;

    /*
     * Push the words of the command. Take care; the command words may be
     * scripts that have backslashes in them, and [info frame 0] can see the
     * difference. Hence the call to TclContinuationsEnterDerived...

{
    TCL_NORETURN1 Tcl_ExitProc *currentAppExitPtr;

    Tcl_MutexLock(&exitMutex);
    currentAppExitPtr = appExitPtr;
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&exitMutex);

    if (currentAppExitPtr) {
	/*
	 * Warning: this code SHOULD NOT return, as there is code that depends
	 * on Tcl_Exit never returning. In fact, we will Tcl_Panic if anyone
	 * returns, so critical is this dependcy.



	 */



	currentAppExitPtr(INT2PTR(status));
	Tcl_Panic("AppExitProc returned unexpectedly");
    } else {



	if (TclFullFinalizationRequested()) {

	    /*
	     * Thorough finalization for Valgrind et al.
	     */

................................................................................
	     * Now finalize the calling thread only (others are not safely
	     * reachable).  Among other things, this triggers a flush of the
	     * Tcl_Channels that may have data enqueued.
	     */

	    FinalizeThread(/* quick */ 1);
	}


	TclpExit(status);
	Tcl_Panic("OS exit failed!");
    }
}
 
/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_InitSubsystems --
 *

{
    TCL_NORETURN1 Tcl_ExitProc *currentAppExitPtr;

    Tcl_MutexLock(&exitMutex);
    currentAppExitPtr = appExitPtr;
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&exitMutex);


    /*
     * Warning: this function SHOULD NOT return, as there is code that depends
     * on Tcl_Exit never returning. In fact, we will Tcl_Panic if anyone
     * returns, so critical is this dependcy.
     *
     * If subsystems are not (yet) initialized, proper Tcl-finalization is
     * impossible, so fallback to system exit, see bug-[f8a33ce3db5d8cc2].
     */

    if (currentAppExitPtr) {

	currentAppExitPtr(INT2PTR(status));



    } else if (subsystemsInitialized) {

	if (TclFullFinalizationRequested()) {

	    /*
	     * Thorough finalization for Valgrind et al.
	     */

................................................................................
	     * Now finalize the calling thread only (others are not safely
	     * reachable).  Among other things, this triggers a flush of the
	     * Tcl_Channels that may have data enqueued.
	     */

	    FinalizeThread(/* quick */ 1);
	}
    }

    TclpExit(status);
    Tcl_Panic("OS exit failed!");

}
 
/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_InitSubsystems --
 *

#endif

/*
 * These are used by evalstats to monitor object usage in Tcl.
 */

#ifdef TCL_COMPILE_STATS
long		tclObjsAlloced = 0;
long		tclObjsFreed = 0;
long		tclObjsShared[TCL_MAX_SHARED_OBJ_STATS] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
#endif /* TCL_COMPILE_STATS */

/*
 * Support pre-8.5 bytecodes unless specifically requested otherwise.
 */

#ifndef TCL_SUPPORT_84_BYTECODE
................................................................................
    } while (0)
 
/*
 * These variable-access macros have to coincide with those in tclVar.c
 */

#define VarHashGetValue(hPtr) \
    ((Var *) ((char *)hPtr - TclOffset(VarInHash, entry)))

static inline Var *
VarHashCreateVar(
    TclVarHashTable *tablePtr,
    Tcl_Obj *key,
    int *newPtr)
{
................................................................................
    TclResetRewriteEnsemble(interp, 1);

    /*
     * Push the callback for bytecode execution
     */

    TclNRAddCallback(interp, TEBCresume, TD, /* pc */ NULL,
	    /* cleanup */ INT2PTR(0), NULL);







    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
TEBCresume(
    ClientData data[],
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
................................................................................
     * used too frequently
     */

    TEBCdata *TD = data[0];
#define auxObjList	(TD->auxObjList)
#define catchTop	(TD->catchTop)
#define codePtr		(TD->codePtr)


    /*
     * Globals: variables that store state, must remain valid at all times.
     */

    Tcl_Obj **tosPtr;		/* Cached pointer to top of evaluation
				 * stack. */
................................................................................
	result = TCL_RETURN;
	cleanup = opnd;
	goto processExceptionReturn;
    }

    case INST_DONE:
	if (tosPtr > initTosPtr) {








	    /*
	     * Set the interpreter's object result to point to the topmost
	     * object from the stack, and check for a possible [catch]. The
	     * stackTop's level and refCount will be handled by "processCatch"
	     * or "abnormalReturn".
	     */

................................................................................
	}
	if (arrayPtr && TclIsVarInHash(arrayPtr)) {
	    VarHashRefCount(arrayPtr)--;
	}

	{
	    int createdNewObj = 0;


	    if (!objResultPtr) {
		objResultPtr = valuePtr;
	    } else if (TclListObjLength(interp, objResultPtr, &len)!=TCL_OK) {
		TRACE_ERROR(interp);
		goto gotError;
	    } else {
		if (Tcl_IsShared(objResultPtr)) {
		    objResultPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(objResultPtr);
		    createdNewObj = 1;


		}
		if (Tcl_ListObjReplace(interp, objResultPtr, len,0, objc,objv)
			!= TCL_OK) {



		    goto errorInLappendListPtr;
		}
	    }
	    DECACHE_STACK_INFO();

	    objResultPtr = TclPtrSetVarIdx(interp, varPtr, arrayPtr, part1Ptr,
		    part2Ptr, objResultPtr, TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG, opnd);

	    CACHE_STACK_INFO();
	    if (!objResultPtr) {
	    errorInLappendListPtr:
		if (createdNewObj) {
		    TclDecrRefCount(objResultPtr);
		}
		TRACE_ERROR(interp);
		goto gotError;
	    }
	}
	TRACE_APPEND(("%.30s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
	NEXT_INST_V(pcAdjustment, cleanup, 1);
    }
................................................................................
     * -----------------------------------------------------------------
     *	   Start of string-related instructions.
     */

    case INST_STR_EQ:
    case INST_STR_NEQ:		/* String (in)equality check */
    case INST_STR_CMP:		/* String compare. */




    stringCompare:
	value2Ptr = OBJ_AT_TOS;
	valuePtr = OBJ_UNDER_TOS;

	{
	    int checkEq = ((*pc == INST_EQ) || (*pc == INST_NEQ)
		    || (*pc == INST_STR_EQ) || (*pc == INST_STR_NEQ));
................................................................................
		match = (match == 0);
		break;
	    case INST_STR_NEQ:
	    case INST_NEQ:
		match = (match != 0);
		break;
	    case INST_LT:

		match = (match < 0);
		break;
	    case INST_GT:

		match = (match > 0);
		break;
	    case INST_LE:

		match = (match <= 0);
		break;
	    case INST_GE:

		match = (match >= 0);
		break;
	    }
	}

	TRACE(("\"%.20s\" \"%.20s\" => %d\n", O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr),
		(match < 0 ? -1 : match > 0 ? 1 : 0)));
................................................................................
		    }
		    valIndex++;
		}
		TclDecrRefCount(listPtr);
		listTmpIndex++;
	    }
	}
	TRACE_APPEND(("%d lists, iter %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "d, %s loop\n",
		numLists, iterNum, (continueLoop? "continue" : "exit")));

	/*
	 * Run-time peep-hole optimisation: the compiler ALWAYS follows
	 * INST_FOREACH_STEP4 with an INST_JUMP_FALSE. We just skip that
	 * instruction and jump direct from here.
	 */
................................................................................
	NEXT_INST_F(0, 0, 0);	/* Restart the execution loop at pc. */

	/*
	 * end of infinite loop dispatching on instructions.
	 */

	/*
	 * Abnormal return code. Restore the stack to state it had when
	 * starting to execute the ByteCode. Panic if the stack is below the
	 * initial level.
	 */

    abnormalReturn:
	TCL_DTRACE_INST_LAST();

................................................................................

	Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big1);

	mp_init(&bigResult);
	if (opcode == INST_LSHIFT) {
	    mp_mul_2d(&big1, shift, &bigResult);
	} else {
	    mp_tc_div_2d(&big1, shift, &bigResult);
	}
	mp_clear(&big1);
	BIG_RESULT(&bigResult);
    }

    case INST_BITOR:
    case INST_BITXOR:
................................................................................
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big1);
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);

	    mp_init(&bigResult);

	    switch (opcode) {
	    case INST_BITAND:
		mp_tc_and(&big1, &big2, &bigResult);
		break;

	    case INST_BITOR:
		mp_tc_or(&big1, &big2, &bigResult);
		break;

	    case INST_BITXOR:
		mp_tc_xor(&big1, &big2, &bigResult);
		break;
	    }

	    mp_clear(&big1);
	    mp_clear(&big2);
	    BIG_RESULT(&bigResult);
	}
................................................................................
		|| (Tcl_WideUInt)w2 >= (1<<28)) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "exponent too large", -1));
	    return GENERAL_ARITHMETIC_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big1);
	mp_init(&bigResult);
	mp_expt_d_ex(&big1, w2, &bigResult, 1);
	mp_clear(&big1);
	BIG_RESULT(&bigResult);
    }

    case INST_ADD:
    case INST_SUB:
    case INST_MULT:
................................................................................
				 * stackLowerBound and stackUpperBound
				 * (inclusive). */
    int checkStack)		/* 0 if the stack depth check should be
				 * skipped. */
{
    int stackUpperBound = codePtr->maxStackDepth;
				/* Greatest legal value for stackTop. */
    unsigned relativePc = (unsigned) (pc - codePtr->codeStart);
    unsigned long codeStart = (unsigned long) codePtr->codeStart;
    unsigned long codeEnd = (unsigned long)
	    (codePtr->codeStart + codePtr->numCodeBytes);
    unsigned char opCode = *pc;

    if (((unsigned long) pc < codeStart) || ((unsigned long) pc > codeEnd)) {
	fprintf(stderr, "\nBad instruction pc 0x%p in TclNRExecuteByteCode\n",
		pc);
	Tcl_Panic("TclNRExecuteByteCode execution failure: bad pc");
    }
    if ((unsigned) opCode > LAST_INST_OPCODE) {
	fprintf(stderr, "\nBad opcode %d at pc %u in TclNRExecuteByteCode\n",
		(unsigned) opCode, relativePc);
	Tcl_Panic("TclNRExecuteByteCode execution failure: bad opcode");
    }
    if (checkStack &&
	    ((stackTop < 0) || (stackTop > stackUpperBound))) {
	int numChars;
	const char *cmd = GetSrcInfoForPc(pc, codePtr, &numChars, NULL, NULL);

	fprintf(stderr, "\nBad stack top %d at pc %u in TclNRExecuteByteCode (min 0, max %i)",
		stackTop, relativePc, stackUpperBound);
	if (cmd != NULL) {
	    Tcl_Obj *message;

	    TclNewLiteralStringObj(message, "\n executing ");
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(message);
	    Tcl_AppendLimitedToObj(message, cmd, numChars, 100, NULL);
................................................................................
    LiteralTable *globalTablePtr = &iPtr->literalTable;
    ByteCodeStats *statsPtr = &iPtr->stats;
    double totalCodeBytes, currentCodeBytes;
    double totalLiteralBytes, currentLiteralBytes;
    double objBytesIfUnshared, strBytesIfUnshared, sharingBytesSaved;
    double strBytesSharedMultX, strBytesSharedOnce;
    double numInstructions, currentHeaderBytes;
    long numCurrentByteCodes, numByteCodeLits;
    long refCountSum, literalMgmtBytes, sum;
    int numSharedMultX, numSharedOnce;
    int decadeHigh, minSizeDecade, maxSizeDecade, length, i;
    char *litTableStats;
    LiteralEntry *entryPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;

#define Percent(a,b) ((a) * 100.0 / (b))

    objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
................................................................................

    /*
     * Summary statistics, total and current source and ByteCode sizes.
     */

    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "\n----------------------------------------------------------------\n");
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr,
	    "Compilation and execution statistics for interpreter %#lx\n",
	    (long int)iPtr);

    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "\nNumber ByteCodes executed\t%ld\n",
	    statsPtr->numExecutions);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "Number ByteCodes compiled\t%ld\n",
	    statsPtr->numCompilations);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Mean executions/compile\t%.1f\n",
	    statsPtr->numExecutions / (float)statsPtr->numCompilations);

    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "\nInstructions executed\t\t%.0f\n",
	    numInstructions);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Mean inst/compile\t\t%.0f\n",
	    numInstructions / statsPtr->numCompilations);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Mean inst/execution\t\t%.0f\n",
	    numInstructions / statsPtr->numExecutions);

    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "\nTotal ByteCodes\t\t\t%ld\n",
	    statsPtr->numCompilations);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Source bytes\t\t\t%.6g\n",
	    statsPtr->totalSrcBytes);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Code bytes\t\t\t%.6g\n",
	    totalCodeBytes);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "    ByteCode bytes\t\t%.6g\n",
	    statsPtr->totalByteCodeBytes);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "    Literal bytes\t\t%.6g\n",
	    totalLiteralBytes);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "      table %lu + bkts %lu + entries %lu + objects %lu + strings %.6g\n",
	    (unsigned long) sizeof(LiteralTable),
	    (unsigned long) (iPtr->literalTable.numBuckets * sizeof(LiteralEntry *)),
	    (unsigned long) (statsPtr->numLiteralsCreated * sizeof(LiteralEntry)),
	    (unsigned long) (statsPtr->numLiteralsCreated * sizeof(Tcl_Obj)),
	    statsPtr->totalLitStringBytes);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Mean code/compile\t\t%.1f\n",
	    totalCodeBytes / statsPtr->numCompilations);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Mean code/source\t\t%.1f\n",
	    totalCodeBytes / statsPtr->totalSrcBytes);

    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "\nCurrent (active) ByteCodes\t%ld\n",
	    numCurrentByteCodes);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Source bytes\t\t\t%.6g\n",
	    statsPtr->currentSrcBytes);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Code bytes\t\t\t%.6g\n",
	    currentCodeBytes);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "    ByteCode bytes\t\t%.6g\n",
	    statsPtr->currentByteCodeBytes);
................................................................................
     *
     * This gives the refcount of each obj as Tcl_IsShared was called for it.
     * Shared objects must be duplicated before they can be modified.
     */

    numSharedMultX = 0;
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "\nTcl_IsShared object check (all objects):\n");
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Object had refcount <=1 (not shared)\t%ld\n",
	    tclObjsShared[1]);
    for (i = 2;  i < TCL_MAX_SHARED_OBJ_STATS;  i++) {
	Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  refcount ==%d\t\t%ld\n",
		i, tclObjsShared[i]);
	numSharedMultX += tclObjsShared[i];
    }
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  refcount >=%d\t\t%ld\n",
	    i, tclObjsShared[0]);
    numSharedMultX += tclObjsShared[0];
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Total shared objects\t\t\t%d\n",
	    numSharedMultX);

    /*
     * Literal table statistics.
     */

    numByteCodeLits = 0;
................................................................................
		strBytesSharedOnce += (length+1);
	    }
	}
    }
    sharingBytesSaved = (objBytesIfUnshared + strBytesIfUnshared)
	    - currentLiteralBytes;

    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "\nTotal objects (all interps)\t%ld\n",
	    tclObjsAlloced);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "Current objects\t\t\t%ld\n",
	    (tclObjsAlloced - tclObjsFreed));
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "Total literal objects\t\t%ld\n",
	    statsPtr->numLiteralsCreated);

    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "\nCurrent literal objects\t\t%d (%0.1f%% of current objects)\n",
	    globalTablePtr->numEntries,
	    Percent(globalTablePtr->numEntries, tclObjsAlloced-tclObjsFreed));
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  ByteCode literals\t\t%ld (%0.1f%% of current literals)\n",
	    numByteCodeLits,
	    Percent(numByteCodeLits, globalTablePtr->numEntries));
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Literals reused > 1x\t\t%d\n",
	    numSharedMultX);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Mean reference count\t\t%.2f\n",
	    ((double) refCountSum) / globalTablePtr->numEntries);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Mean len, str reused >1x \t%.2f\n",
	    (numSharedMultX ? strBytesSharedMultX/numSharedMultX : 0.0));
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Mean len, str used 1x\t\t%.2f\n",
	    (numSharedOnce ? strBytesSharedOnce/numSharedOnce : 0.0));
................................................................................
	    statsPtr->currentLitStringBytes);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "    Bytes if no sharing\t\t%.6g = objects %.6g + strings %.6g\n",
	    (objBytesIfUnshared + strBytesIfUnshared),
	    objBytesIfUnshared, strBytesIfUnshared);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  String sharing savings \t%.6g = unshared %.6g - shared %.6g\n",
	    (strBytesIfUnshared - statsPtr->currentLitStringBytes),
	    strBytesIfUnshared, statsPtr->currentLitStringBytes);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Literal mgmt overhead\t\t%ld (%0.1f%% of bytes with sharing)\n",
	    literalMgmtBytes,
	    Percent(literalMgmtBytes, currentLiteralBytes));
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "    table %lu + buckets %lu + entries %lu\n",
	    (unsigned long) sizeof(LiteralTable),
	    (unsigned long) (iPtr->literalTable.numBuckets * sizeof(LiteralEntry *)),
	    (unsigned long) (iPtr->literalTable.numEntries * sizeof(LiteralEntry)));

................................................................................
    /*
     * Detailed literal statistics.
     */

    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "\nLiteral string sizes:\n");
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "\t Up to length\t\tPercentage\n");
    maxSizeDecade = 0;
    for (i = 31;  i >= 0;  i--) {

	if (statsPtr->literalCount[i] > 0) {
	    maxSizeDecade = i;
	    break;
	}
    }
    sum = 0;
    for (i = 0;  i <= maxSizeDecade;  i++) {
................................................................................

    /*
     * Instruction counts.
     */

    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "\nInstruction counts:\n");
    for (i = 0;  i <= LAST_INST_OPCODE;  i++) {
	Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "%20s %8ld ",
		tclInstructionTable[i].name, statsPtr->instructionCount[i]);
	if (statsPtr->instructionCount[i]) {
	    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "%6.1f%%\n",
		    Percent(statsPtr->instructionCount[i], numInstructions));
	} else {
	    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "0\n");
	}

#endif

/*
 * These are used by evalstats to monitor object usage in Tcl.
 */

#ifdef TCL_COMPILE_STATS
size_t		tclObjsAlloced = 0;
size_t		tclObjsFreed = 0;
size_t		tclObjsShared[TCL_MAX_SHARED_OBJ_STATS] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
#endif /* TCL_COMPILE_STATS */

/*
 * Support pre-8.5 bytecodes unless specifically requested otherwise.
 */

#ifndef TCL_SUPPORT_84_BYTECODE
................................................................................
    } while (0)
 
/*
 * These variable-access macros have to coincide with those in tclVar.c
 */

#define VarHashGetValue(hPtr) \
    ((Var *) ((char *)hPtr - offsetof(VarInHash, entry)))

static inline Var *
VarHashCreateVar(
    TclVarHashTable *tablePtr,
    Tcl_Obj *key,
    int *newPtr)
{
................................................................................
    TclResetRewriteEnsemble(interp, 1);

    /*
     * Push the callback for bytecode execution
     */

    TclNRAddCallback(interp, TEBCresume, TD, /* pc */ NULL,
	    /* cleanup */ INT2PTR(0), INT2PTR(iPtr->evalFlags));

    /*
     * Reset discard result flag - because it is applicable for this call only,
     * and should not affect all the nested invocations may return result.
     */
    iPtr->evalFlags &= ~TCL_EVAL_DISCARD_RESULT;

    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
TEBCresume(
    ClientData data[],
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
................................................................................
     * used too frequently
     */

    TEBCdata *TD = data[0];
#define auxObjList	(TD->auxObjList)
#define catchTop	(TD->catchTop)
#define codePtr		(TD->codePtr)
#define curEvalFlags	PTR2INT(data[3])  /* calling iPtr->evalFlags */

    /*
     * Globals: variables that store state, must remain valid at all times.
     */

    Tcl_Obj **tosPtr;		/* Cached pointer to top of evaluation
				 * stack. */
................................................................................
	result = TCL_RETURN;
	cleanup = opnd;
	goto processExceptionReturn;
    }

    case INST_DONE:
	if (tosPtr > initTosPtr) {

	    if ((curEvalFlags & TCL_EVAL_DISCARD_RESULT) && (result == TCL_OK)) {
		/* simulate pop & fast done (like it does continue in loop) */
		TRACE_WITH_OBJ(("=> discarding "), OBJ_AT_TOS);
		objPtr = POP_OBJECT();
		TclDecrRefCount(objPtr);
		goto abnormalReturn;
	    }
	    /*
	     * Set the interpreter's object result to point to the topmost
	     * object from the stack, and check for a possible [catch]. The
	     * stackTop's level and refCount will be handled by "processCatch"
	     * or "abnormalReturn".
	     */

................................................................................
	}
	if (arrayPtr && TclIsVarInHash(arrayPtr)) {
	    VarHashRefCount(arrayPtr)--;
	}

	{
	    int createdNewObj = 0;
	    Tcl_Obj *valueToAssign;

	    if (!objResultPtr) {
		valueToAssign = valuePtr;
	    } else if (TclListObjLength(interp, objResultPtr, &len)!=TCL_OK) {
		TRACE_ERROR(interp);
		goto gotError;
	    } else {
		if (Tcl_IsShared(objResultPtr)) {
		    valueToAssign = Tcl_DuplicateObj(objResultPtr);
		    createdNewObj = 1;
		} else {
		    valueToAssign = objResultPtr;
		}
		if (Tcl_ListObjReplace(interp, valueToAssign, len, 0,
			objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
		    if (createdNewObj) {
			TclDecrRefCount(valueToAssign);
		    }
		    goto errorInLappendListPtr;
		}
	    }
	    DECACHE_STACK_INFO();
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(valueToAssign);
	    objResultPtr = TclPtrSetVarIdx(interp, varPtr, arrayPtr, part1Ptr,
		    part2Ptr, valueToAssign, TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG, opnd);
	    TclDecrRefCount(valueToAssign);
	    CACHE_STACK_INFO();
	    if (!objResultPtr) {
	    errorInLappendListPtr:



		TRACE_ERROR(interp);
		goto gotError;
	    }
	}
	TRACE_APPEND(("%.30s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
	NEXT_INST_V(pcAdjustment, cleanup, 1);
    }
................................................................................
     * -----------------------------------------------------------------
     *	   Start of string-related instructions.
     */

    case INST_STR_EQ:
    case INST_STR_NEQ:		/* String (in)equality check */
    case INST_STR_CMP:		/* String compare. */
    case INST_STR_LT:
    case INST_STR_GT:
    case INST_STR_LE:
    case INST_STR_GE:
    stringCompare:
	value2Ptr = OBJ_AT_TOS;
	valuePtr = OBJ_UNDER_TOS;

	{
	    int checkEq = ((*pc == INST_EQ) || (*pc == INST_NEQ)
		    || (*pc == INST_STR_EQ) || (*pc == INST_STR_NEQ));
................................................................................
		match = (match == 0);
		break;
	    case INST_STR_NEQ:
	    case INST_NEQ:
		match = (match != 0);
		break;
	    case INST_LT:
	    case INST_STR_LT:
		match = (match < 0);
		break;
	    case INST_GT:
	    case INST_STR_GT:
		match = (match > 0);
		break;
	    case INST_LE:
	    case INST_STR_LE:
		match = (match <= 0);
		break;
	    case INST_GE:
	    case INST_STR_GE:
		match = (match >= 0);
		break;
	    }
	}

	TRACE(("\"%.20s\" \"%.20s\" => %d\n", O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr),
		(match < 0 ? -1 : match > 0 ? 1 : 0)));
................................................................................
		    }
		    valIndex++;
		}
		TclDecrRefCount(listPtr);
		listTmpIndex++;
	    }
	}
	TRACE_APPEND(("%d lists, iter %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u, %s loop\n",
		numLists, iterNum, (continueLoop? "continue" : "exit")));

	/*
	 * Run-time peep-hole optimisation: the compiler ALWAYS follows
	 * INST_FOREACH_STEP4 with an INST_JUMP_FALSE. We just skip that
	 * instruction and jump direct from here.
	 */
................................................................................
	NEXT_INST_F(0, 0, 0);	/* Restart the execution loop at pc. */

	/*
	 * end of infinite loop dispatching on instructions.
	 */

	/*
	 * Done or abnormal return code. Restore the stack to state it had when
	 * starting to execute the ByteCode. Panic if the stack is below the
	 * initial level.
	 */

    abnormalReturn:
	TCL_DTRACE_INST_LAST();

................................................................................

	Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big1);

	mp_init(&bigResult);
	if (opcode == INST_LSHIFT) {
	    mp_mul_2d(&big1, shift, &bigResult);
	} else {
	    mp_signed_rsh(&big1, shift, &bigResult);
	}
	mp_clear(&big1);
	BIG_RESULT(&bigResult);
    }

    case INST_BITOR:
    case INST_BITXOR:
................................................................................
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big1);
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);

	    mp_init(&bigResult);

	    switch (opcode) {
	    case INST_BITAND:
		mp_and(&big1, &big2, &bigResult);
		break;

	    case INST_BITOR:
		mp_or(&big1, &big2, &bigResult);
		break;

	    case INST_BITXOR:
		mp_xor(&big1, &big2, &bigResult);
		break;
	    }

	    mp_clear(&big1);
	    mp_clear(&big2);
	    BIG_RESULT(&bigResult);
	}
................................................................................
		|| (Tcl_WideUInt)w2 >= (1<<28)) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "exponent too large", -1));
	    return GENERAL_ARITHMETIC_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big1);
	mp_init(&bigResult);
	mp_expt_d(&big1, (mp_digit)w2, &bigResult);
	mp_clear(&big1);
	BIG_RESULT(&bigResult);
    }

    case INST_ADD:
    case INST_SUB:
    case INST_MULT:
................................................................................
				 * stackLowerBound and stackUpperBound
				 * (inclusive). */
    int checkStack)		/* 0 if the stack depth check should be
				 * skipped. */
{
    int stackUpperBound = codePtr->maxStackDepth;
				/* Greatest legal value for stackTop. */
    size_t relativePc = (size_t) (pc - codePtr->codeStart);
    size_t codeStart = (size_t) codePtr->codeStart;
    size_t codeEnd = (size_t)
	    (codePtr->codeStart + codePtr->numCodeBytes);
    unsigned char opCode = *pc;

    if (((size_t) pc < codeStart) || ((size_t) pc > codeEnd)) {
	fprintf(stderr, "\nBad instruction pc 0x%p in TclNRExecuteByteCode\n",
		pc);
	Tcl_Panic("TclNRExecuteByteCode execution failure: bad pc");
    }
    if ((unsigned) opCode > LAST_INST_OPCODE) {
	fprintf(stderr, "\nBad opcode %d at pc %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u in TclNRExecuteByteCode\n",
		(unsigned) opCode, relativePc);
	Tcl_Panic("TclNRExecuteByteCode execution failure: bad opcode");
    }
    if (checkStack &&
	    ((stackTop < 0) || (stackTop > stackUpperBound))) {
	int numChars;
	const char *cmd = GetSrcInfoForPc(pc, codePtr, &numChars, NULL, NULL);

	fprintf(stderr, "\nBad stack top %d at pc %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u in TclNRExecuteByteCode (min 0, max %i)",
		stackTop, relativePc, stackUpperBound);
	if (cmd != NULL) {
	    Tcl_Obj *message;

	    TclNewLiteralStringObj(message, "\n executing ");
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(message);
	    Tcl_AppendLimitedToObj(message, cmd, numChars, 100, NULL);
................................................................................
    LiteralTable *globalTablePtr = &iPtr->literalTable;
    ByteCodeStats *statsPtr = &iPtr->stats;
    double totalCodeBytes, currentCodeBytes;
    double totalLiteralBytes, currentLiteralBytes;
    double objBytesIfUnshared, strBytesIfUnshared, sharingBytesSaved;
    double strBytesSharedMultX, strBytesSharedOnce;
    double numInstructions, currentHeaderBytes;
    size_t numCurrentByteCodes, numByteCodeLits;
    size_t refCountSum, literalMgmtBytes, sum;
    size_t numSharedMultX, numSharedOnce, minSizeDecade, maxSizeDecade, i;
    int decadeHigh, length;
    char *litTableStats;
    LiteralEntry *entryPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;

#define Percent(a,b) ((a) * 100.0 / (b))

    objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
................................................................................

    /*
     * Summary statistics, total and current source and ByteCode sizes.
     */

    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "\n----------------------------------------------------------------\n");
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr,
	    "Compilation and execution statistics for interpreter %#" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x\n",
	    (size_t)iPtr);

    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "\nNumber ByteCodes executed\t%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n",
	    statsPtr->numExecutions);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "Number ByteCodes compiled\t%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n",
	    statsPtr->numCompilations);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Mean executions/compile\t%.1f\n",
	    statsPtr->numExecutions / (float)statsPtr->numCompilations);

    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "\nInstructions executed\t\t%.0f\n",
	    numInstructions);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Mean inst/compile\t\t%.0f\n",
	    numInstructions / statsPtr->numCompilations);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Mean inst/execution\t\t%.0f\n",
	    numInstructions / statsPtr->numExecutions);

    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "\nTotal ByteCodes\t\t\t%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n",
	    statsPtr->numCompilations);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Source bytes\t\t\t%.6g\n",
	    statsPtr->totalSrcBytes);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Code bytes\t\t\t%.6g\n",
	    totalCodeBytes);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "    ByteCode bytes\t\t%.6g\n",
	    statsPtr->totalByteCodeBytes);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "    Literal bytes\t\t%.6g\n",
	    totalLiteralBytes);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "      table %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u + bkts %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u + entries %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u + objects %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u + strings %.6g\n",
	    sizeof(LiteralTable),
	    iPtr->literalTable.numBuckets * sizeof(LiteralEntry *),
	    statsPtr->numLiteralsCreated * sizeof(LiteralEntry),
	    statsPtr->numLiteralsCreated * sizeof(Tcl_Obj),
	    statsPtr->totalLitStringBytes);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Mean code/compile\t\t%.1f\n",
	    totalCodeBytes / statsPtr->numCompilations);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Mean code/source\t\t%.1f\n",
	    totalCodeBytes / statsPtr->totalSrcBytes);

    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "\nCurrent (active) ByteCodes\t%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n",
	    numCurrentByteCodes);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Source bytes\t\t\t%.6g\n",
	    statsPtr->currentSrcBytes);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Code bytes\t\t\t%.6g\n",
	    currentCodeBytes);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "    ByteCode bytes\t\t%.6g\n",
	    statsPtr->currentByteCodeBytes);
................................................................................
     *
     * This gives the refcount of each obj as Tcl_IsShared was called for it.
     * Shared objects must be duplicated before they can be modified.
     */

    numSharedMultX = 0;
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "\nTcl_IsShared object check (all objects):\n");
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Object had refcount <=1 (not shared)\t%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n",
	    tclObjsShared[1]);
    for (i = 2;  i < TCL_MAX_SHARED_OBJ_STATS;  i++) {
	Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  refcount ==%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\t\t%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n",
		i, tclObjsShared[i]);
	numSharedMultX += tclObjsShared[i];
    }
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  refcount >=%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\t\t%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n",
	    i, tclObjsShared[0]);
    numSharedMultX += tclObjsShared[0];
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Total shared objects\t\t\t%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n",
	    numSharedMultX);

    /*
     * Literal table statistics.
     */

    numByteCodeLits = 0;
................................................................................
		strBytesSharedOnce += (length+1);
	    }
	}
    }
    sharingBytesSaved = (objBytesIfUnshared + strBytesIfUnshared)
	    - currentLiteralBytes;

    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "\nTotal objects (all interps)\t%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n",
	    tclObjsAlloced);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "Current objects\t\t\t%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n",
	    (tclObjsAlloced - tclObjsFreed));
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "Total literal objects\t\t%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n",
	    statsPtr->numLiteralsCreated);

    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "\nCurrent literal objects\t\t%d (%0.1f%% of current objects)\n",
	    globalTablePtr->numEntries,
	    Percent(globalTablePtr->numEntries, tclObjsAlloced-tclObjsFreed));
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  ByteCode literals\t\t%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u (%0.1f%% of current literals)\n",
	    numByteCodeLits,
	    Percent(numByteCodeLits, globalTablePtr->numEntries));
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Literals reused > 1x\t\t%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n",
	    numSharedMultX);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Mean reference count\t\t%.2f\n",
	    ((double) refCountSum) / globalTablePtr->numEntries);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Mean len, str reused >1x \t%.2f\n",
	    (numSharedMultX ? strBytesSharedMultX/numSharedMultX : 0.0));
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Mean len, str used 1x\t\t%.2f\n",
	    (numSharedOnce ? strBytesSharedOnce/numSharedOnce : 0.0));
................................................................................
	    statsPtr->currentLitStringBytes);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "    Bytes if no sharing\t\t%.6g = objects %.6g + strings %.6g\n",
	    (objBytesIfUnshared + strBytesIfUnshared),
	    objBytesIfUnshared, strBytesIfUnshared);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  String sharing savings \t%.6g = unshared %.6g - shared %.6g\n",
	    (strBytesIfUnshared - statsPtr->currentLitStringBytes),
	    strBytesIfUnshared, statsPtr->currentLitStringBytes);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "  Literal mgmt overhead\t\t%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u (%0.1f%% of bytes with sharing)\n",
	    literalMgmtBytes,
	    Percent(literalMgmtBytes, currentLiteralBytes));
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "    table %lu + buckets %lu + entries %lu\n",
	    (unsigned long) sizeof(LiteralTable),
	    (unsigned long) (iPtr->literalTable.numBuckets * sizeof(LiteralEntry *)),
	    (unsigned long) (iPtr->literalTable.numEntries * sizeof(LiteralEntry)));

................................................................................
    /*
     * Detailed literal statistics.
     */

    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "\nLiteral string sizes:\n");
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "\t Up to length\t\tPercentage\n");
    maxSizeDecade = 0;
    i = 32;
    while (i-- > 0) {
	if (statsPtr->literalCount[i] > 0) {
	    maxSizeDecade = i;
	    break;
	}
    }
    sum = 0;
    for (i = 0;  i <= maxSizeDecade;  i++) {
................................................................................

    /*
     * Instruction counts.
     */

    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "\nInstruction counts:\n");
    for (i = 0;  i <= LAST_INST_OPCODE;  i++) {
	Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "%20s %8" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u ",
		tclInstructionTable[i].name, statsPtr->instructionCount[i]);
	if (statsPtr->instructionCount[i]) {
	    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "%6.1f%%\n",
		    Percent(statsPtr->instructionCount[i], numInstructions));
	} else {
	    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "0\n");
	}

    Tcl_DecrRefCount(contents);
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclFileTemporaryCmd
 *
 *	This function implements the "tempfile" subcommand of the "file"
 *	command.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a standard Tcl result.
 *
................................................................................
	    Tcl_UnregisterChannel(interp, chan);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_GetChannelName(chan), -1));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*

















































































































































 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

    Tcl_DecrRefCount(contents);
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclFileTemporaryCmd --
 *
 *	This function implements the "tempfile" subcommand of the "file"
 *	command.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a standard Tcl result.
 *
................................................................................
	    Tcl_UnregisterChannel(interp, chan);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_GetChannelName(chan), -1));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclFileTempDirCmd --
 *
 *	This function implements the "tempdir" subcommand of the "file"
 *	command.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Creates a temporary directory.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclFileTempDirCmd(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tcl_Obj *dirNameObj;	/* Object that will contain the directory
				 * name. */
    Tcl_Obj *baseDirObj = NULL, *nameBaseObj = NULL;
				/* Pieces of template. Each piece is NULL if
				 * it is omitted. The platform temporary file
				 * engine might ignore some pieces. */

    if (objc < 1 || objc > 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?template?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (objc > 1) {
	int length;
	Tcl_Obj *templateObj = objv[1];
	const char *string = TclGetStringFromObj(templateObj, &length);
	const int onWindows = (tclPlatform == TCL_PLATFORM_WINDOWS);

	/*
	 * Treat an empty string as if it wasn't there.
	 */

	if (length == 0) {
	    goto makeTemporary;
	}

	/*
	 * The template only gives a directory if there is a directory
	 * separator in it, and only gives a base name if there's at least one
	 * character after the last directory separator.
	 */

	if (strchr(string, '/') == NULL
		&& (!onWindows || strchr(string, '\\') == NULL)) {
	    /*
	     * No directory separator, so just assume we have a file name.
	     * This is a bit wrong on Windows where we could have problems
	     * with disk name prefixes... but those are much less common in
	     * naked form so we just pass through and let the OS figure it out
	     * instead.
	     */

	    nameBaseObj = templateObj;
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(nameBaseObj);
	} else if (string[length-1] != '/'
		&& (!onWindows || string[length-1] != '\\')) {
	    /*
	     * If the template has a non-terminal directory separator, split
	     * into dirname and tail.
	     */

	    baseDirObj = TclPathPart(interp, templateObj, TCL_PATH_DIRNAME);
	    nameBaseObj = TclPathPart(interp, templateObj, TCL_PATH_TAIL);
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Otherwise, there must be a terminal directory separator, so
	     * just the directory is given.
	     */

	    baseDirObj = templateObj;
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(baseDirObj);
	}

	/*
	 * Only allow creation of temporary directories in the native
	 * filesystem since they are frequently used for integration with
	 * external tools or system libraries.
	 */

	if (baseDirObj != NULL && Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(baseDirObj)
		!= &tclNativeFilesystem) {
	    TclDecrRefCount(baseDirObj);
	    baseDirObj = NULL;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Convert empty parts of the template into unspecified parts.
     */

    if (baseDirObj && !TclGetString(baseDirObj)[0]) {
	TclDecrRefCount(baseDirObj);
	baseDirObj = NULL;
    }
    if (nameBaseObj && !TclGetString(nameBaseObj)[0]) {
	TclDecrRefCount(nameBaseObj);
	nameBaseObj = NULL;
    }

    /*
     * Create and open the temporary file.
     */

  makeTemporary:
    dirNameObj = TclpCreateTemporaryDirectory(baseDirObj, nameBaseObj);

    /*
     * If we created pieces of template, get rid of them now.
     */

    if (baseDirObj) {
	TclDecrRefCount(baseDirObj);
    }
    if (nameBaseObj) {
	TclDecrRefCount(nameBaseObj);
    }

    /*
     * Deal with results.
     */

    if (dirNameObj == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"can't create temporary directory: %s",
		Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, dirNameObj);
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

 * doesn't like that, and complains. Tell it to shut up.
 */

#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning( disable : 4102 )
#endif /* _MSC_VER */









/*
 * yyparse will accept a 'struct DateInfo' as its parameter; that's where the
 * parsed fields will be returned.
 */

typedef struct DateInfo {

................................................................................
    time_t dateMonth;
    time_t dateDay;
    int dateHaveDate;

    time_t dateHour;
    time_t dateMinutes;
    time_t dateSeconds;
    int dateMeridian;
    int dateHaveTime;

    time_t dateTimezone;
    int dateDSTmode;
    int dateHaveZone;

    time_t dateRelMonth;
................................................................................
 * Daylight-savings mode: on, off, or not yet known.
 */

typedef enum _DSTMODE {
    DSTon, DSToff, DSTmaybe
} DSTMODE;

/*
 * Meridian: am, pm, or 24-hour style.
 */

typedef enum _MERIDIAN {
    MERam, MERpm, MER24
} MERIDIAN;

%}

%union {
    time_t Number;
    enum _MERIDIAN Meridian;
}

................................................................................
}

static int
LookupWord(
    YYSTYPE* yylvalPtr,
    char *buff)
{
    register char *p;
    register char *q;
    register const TABLE *tp;
    int i, abbrev;

    /*
     * Make it lowercase.
     */

    Tcl_UtfToLower(buff);
................................................................................

static int
TclDatelex(
    YYSTYPE* yylvalPtr,
    YYLTYPE* location,
    DateInfo *info)
{
    register char c;
    register char *p;
    char buff[20];
    int Count;

    location->first_column = yyInput - info->dateStart;
    for ( ; ; ) {
	while (TclIsSpaceProc(UCHAR(*yyInput))) {
	    yyInput++;

 * doesn't like that, and complains. Tell it to shut up.
 */

#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning( disable : 4102 )
#endif /* _MSC_VER */

/*
 * Meridian: am, pm, or 24-hour style.
 */

typedef enum _MERIDIAN {
    MERam, MERpm, MER24
} MERIDIAN;

/*
 * yyparse will accept a 'struct DateInfo' as its parameter; that's where the
 * parsed fields will be returned.
 */

typedef struct DateInfo {

................................................................................
    time_t dateMonth;
    time_t dateDay;
    int dateHaveDate;

    time_t dateHour;
    time_t dateMinutes;
    time_t dateSeconds;
    MERIDIAN dateMeridian;
    int dateHaveTime;

    time_t dateTimezone;
    int dateDSTmode;
    int dateHaveZone;

    time_t dateRelMonth;
................................................................................
 * Daylight-savings mode: on, off, or not yet known.
 */

typedef enum _DSTMODE {
    DSTon, DSToff, DSTmaybe
} DSTMODE;









%}

%union {
    time_t Number;
    enum _MERIDIAN Meridian;
}

................................................................................
}

static int
LookupWord(
    YYSTYPE* yylvalPtr,
    char *buff)
{
    char *p;
    char *q;
    const TABLE *tp;
    int i, abbrev;

    /*
     * Make it lowercase.
     */

    Tcl_UtfToLower(buff);
................................................................................

static int
TclDatelex(
    YYSTYPE* yylvalPtr,
    YYLTYPE* location,
    DateInfo *info)
{
    char c;
    char *p;
    char buff[20];
    int Count;

    location->first_column = yyInput - info->dateStart;
    for ( ; ; ) {
	while (TclIsSpaceProc(UCHAR(*yyInput))) {
	    yyInput++;

	Tcl_CompareHashKeysProc *compareKeysProc = typePtr->compareKeysProc;

	for (hPtr = tablePtr->buckets[index]; hPtr != NULL;
		hPtr = hPtr->nextPtr) {
	    if (hash != PTR2UINT(hPtr->hash)) {
		continue;
	    }


	    if (((void *) key == hPtr) || compareKeysProc((void *) key, hPtr)) {

		if (newPtr) {
		    *newPtr = 0;
		}
		return hPtr;
	    }
	}
    } else {
................................................................................
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    unsigned int size, allocsize;

    allocsize = size = strlen(string) + 1;
    if (size < sizeof(hPtr->key)) {
	allocsize = sizeof(hPtr->key);
    }
    hPtr = ckalloc(TclOffset(Tcl_HashEntry, key) + allocsize);

    memcpy(hPtr->key.string, string, size);
    hPtr->clientData = 0;
    return hPtr;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------

	Tcl_CompareHashKeysProc *compareKeysProc = typePtr->compareKeysProc;

	for (hPtr = tablePtr->buckets[index]; hPtr != NULL;
		hPtr = hPtr->nextPtr) {
	    if (hash != PTR2UINT(hPtr->hash)) {
		continue;
	    }
	    /* if keys pointers or values are equal */
	    if ((key == hPtr->key.oneWordValue)
		|| compareKeysProc((void *) key, hPtr)
	    ) {
		if (newPtr) {
		    *newPtr = 0;
		}
		return hPtr;
	    }
	}
    } else {
................................................................................
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    unsigned int size, allocsize;

    allocsize = size = strlen(string) + 1;
    if (size < sizeof(hPtr->key)) {
	allocsize = sizeof(hPtr->key);
    }
    hPtr = ckalloc(offsetof(Tcl_HashEntry, key) + allocsize);
    memset(hPtr, 0, sizeof(Tcl_HashEntry) + allocsize - sizeof(hPtr->key));
    memcpy(hPtr->key.string, string, size);
    hPtr->clientData = 0;
    return hPtr;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------

    				/* Next buffer in chain. */
    char buf[1];		/* Placeholder for real buffer. The real
				 * buffer occuppies this space + bufSize-1
				 * bytes. This must be the last field in the
				 * structure. */
} ChannelBuffer;

#define CHANNELBUFFER_HEADER_SIZE	TclOffset(ChannelBuffer, buf)

/*
 * How much extra space to allocate in buffer to hold bytes from previous
 * buffer (when converting to UTF-8) or to hold bytes that will go to next
 * buffer (when converting from UTF-8).
 */

    				/* Next buffer in chain. */
    char buf[1];		/* Placeholder for real buffer. The real
				 * buffer occuppies this space + bufSize-1
				 * bytes. This must be the last field in the
				 * structure. */
} ChannelBuffer;

#define CHANNELBUFFER_HEADER_SIZE	offsetof(ChannelBuffer, buf)

/*
 * How much extra space to allocate in buffer to hold bytes from previous
 * buffer (when converting to UTF-8) or to hold bytes that will go to next
 * buffer (when converting from UTF-8).
 */

	oldStyleBuf->st_ino	= (ino_t) buf.st_ino;
	oldStyleBuf->st_dev	= buf.st_dev;
	oldStyleBuf->st_rdev	= buf.st_rdev;
	oldStyleBuf->st_nlink	= buf.st_nlink;
	oldStyleBuf->st_uid	= buf.st_uid;
	oldStyleBuf->st_gid	= buf.st_gid;
	oldStyleBuf->st_size	= (off_t) buf.st_size;
	oldStyleBuf->st_atime	= buf.st_atime;
	oldStyleBuf->st_mtime	= buf.st_mtime;
	oldStyleBuf->st_ctime	= buf.st_ctime;
#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLKSIZE
	oldStyleBuf->st_blksize	= buf.st_blksize;
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS
#ifdef HAVE_BLKCNT_T
	oldStyleBuf->st_blocks	= (blkcnt_t) buf.st_blocks;
#else
................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* The path to normalize in place. */
    int startAt)		/* Start at this char-offset. */
{
    FilesystemRecord *fsRecPtr, *firstFsRecPtr;

    int i;
    int isVfsPath = 0;
    char *path;

    /*
     * Paths starting with a UNC prefix whose final character is a colon
     * are reserved for VFS use.  These names can not conflict with real
     * UNC paths per https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg465305.aspx
     * and rfc3986's definition of reg-name.
     *
................................................................................
    Tcl_Close(interp, out);

    /*
     * Set modification date of copied file.
     */

    if (Tcl_FSLstat(source, &sourceStatBuf) == 0) {
	tval.actime = sourceStatBuf.st_atime;
	tval.modtime = sourceStatBuf.st_mtime;
	Tcl_FSUtime(target, &tval);
    }

  done:
    return result;
}
 

	oldStyleBuf->st_ino	= (ino_t) buf.st_ino;
	oldStyleBuf->st_dev	= buf.st_dev;
	oldStyleBuf->st_rdev	= buf.st_rdev;
	oldStyleBuf->st_nlink	= buf.st_nlink;
	oldStyleBuf->st_uid	= buf.st_uid;
	oldStyleBuf->st_gid	= buf.st_gid;
	oldStyleBuf->st_size	= (off_t) buf.st_size;
	oldStyleBuf->st_atime	= Tcl_GetAccessTimeFromStat(&buf);
	oldStyleBuf->st_mtime	= Tcl_GetModificationTimeFromStat(&buf);
	oldStyleBuf->st_ctime	= Tcl_GetChangeTimeFromStat(&buf);
#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLKSIZE
	oldStyleBuf->st_blksize	= buf.st_blksize;
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS
#ifdef HAVE_BLKCNT_T
	oldStyleBuf->st_blocks	= (blkcnt_t) buf.st_blocks;
#else
................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* The path to normalize in place. */
    int startAt)		/* Start at this char-offset. */
{
    FilesystemRecord *fsRecPtr, *firstFsRecPtr;

    int i;
    int isVfsPath = 0;
    const char *path;

    /*
     * Paths starting with a UNC prefix whose final character is a colon
     * are reserved for VFS use.  These names can not conflict with real
     * UNC paths per https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg465305.aspx
     * and rfc3986's definition of reg-name.
     *
................................................................................
    Tcl_Close(interp, out);

    /*
     * Set modification date of copied file.
     */

    if (Tcl_FSLstat(source, &sourceStatBuf) == 0) {
	tval.actime = Tcl_GetAccessTimeFromStat(&sourceStatBuf);
	tval.modtime = Tcl_GetModificationTimeFromStat(&sourceStatBuf);
	Tcl_FSUtime(target, &tval);
    }

  done:
    return result;
}
 

    int TclGetFrame(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str,
	    CallFrame **framePtrPtr)
}
# Removed in 8.5:
#declare 33 {
#    TclCmdProcType TclGetInterpProc(void)
#}
declare 34 {
    int TclGetIntForIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
	    int endValue, int *indexPtr)
}
# Removed in 8.4b2:
#declare 35 {
#    Tcl_Obj *TclGetIndexedScalar(Tcl_Interp *interp, int localIndex,
#	    int flags)
................................................................................
    int	TclPtrUnsetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Var varPtr, Tcl_Var arrayPtr,
	    Tcl_Obj *part1Ptr, Tcl_Obj *part2Ptr, const int flags)
}
declare 257 {
    void TclStaticPackage(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pkgName,
	    Tcl_PackageInitProc *initProc, Tcl_PackageInitProc *safeInitProc)
}






 
##############################################################################

# Define the platform specific internal Tcl interface. These functions are
# only available on the designated platform.

interface tclIntPlat

    int TclGetFrame(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str,
	    CallFrame **framePtrPtr)
}
# Removed in 8.5:
#declare 33 {
#    TclCmdProcType TclGetInterpProc(void)
#}
declare 34 {deprecated {Use Tcl_GetIntForIndex}} {
    int TclGetIntForIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
	    int endValue, int *indexPtr)
}
# Removed in 8.4b2:
#declare 35 {
#    Tcl_Obj *TclGetIndexedScalar(Tcl_Interp *interp, int localIndex,
#	    int flags)
................................................................................
    int	TclPtrUnsetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Var varPtr, Tcl_Var arrayPtr,
	    Tcl_Obj *part1Ptr, Tcl_Obj *part2Ptr, const int flags)
}
declare 257 {
    void TclStaticPackage(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pkgName,
	    Tcl_PackageInitProc *initProc, Tcl_PackageInitProc *safeInitProc)
}

# TIP 431: temporary directory creation function
declare 258 {
    Tcl_Obj *TclpCreateTemporaryDirectory(Tcl_Obj *dirObj,
	    Tcl_Obj *basenameObj)
}
 
##############################################################################

# Define the platform specific internal Tcl interface. These functions are
# only available on the designated platform.

interface tclIntPlat

#   include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef NO_STRING_H
#include "../compat/string.h"
#else
#include <string.h>
#endif
#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(__STDC__) || defined(__C99__FUNC__) \
     || defined(__cplusplus) || defined(_MSC_VER)
#include <stddef.h>
#else
typedef int ptrdiff_t;
#endif

/*
 * Ensure WORDS_BIGENDIAN is defined correctly:
 * Needs to happen here in addition to configure to work with fat compiles on
 * Darwin (where configure runs only once for multiple architectures).
 */

................................................................................
    void *clientData;	/* Argument to pass to proc. */
    int flags;			/* What events the trace procedure is
				 * interested in: OR-ed combination of
				 * TCL_TRACE_RENAME, TCL_TRACE_DELETE. */
    struct CommandTrace *nextPtr;
				/* Next in list of traces associated with a
				 * particular command. */
    size_t refCount;	/* Used to ensure this structure is not
				 * deleted too early. Keeps track of how many
				 * pieces of code have a pointer to this
				 * structure. */
} CommandTrace;

/*
 * When a command trace is active (i.e. its associated procedure is executing)
................................................................................
			    void *data);

/*
 * This is a convenience macro used to initialize a thread local storage ptr.
 */

#define TCL_TSD_INIT(keyPtr) \
	Tcl_GetThreadData((keyPtr), sizeof(ThreadSpecificData))

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------
 * Data structures related to bytecode compilation and execution. These are
 * used primarily in tclCompile.c, tclExecute.c, and tclBasic.c.
 *----------------------------------------------------------------
 */
................................................................................

typedef struct LiteralEntry {
    struct LiteralEntry *nextPtr;
				/* Points to next entry in this hash bucket or
				 * NULL if end of chain. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;		/* Points to Tcl object that holds the
				 * literal's bytes and length. */
    size_t refCount;		/* If in an interpreter's global literal
				 * table, the number of ByteCode structures
				 * that share the literal object; the literal
				 * entry can be freed when refCount drops to
				 * 0. If in a local literal table, (size_t)-1. */
    Namespace *nsPtr;		/* Namespace in which this literal is used. We
				 * try to avoid sharing literal non-FQ command
				 * names among different namespaces to reduce
				 * shimmering. */
} LiteralEntry;

typedef struct LiteralTable {
    LiteralEntry **buckets;	/* Pointer to bucket array. Each element
				 * points to first entry in bucket's hash
				 * chain, or NULL. */
    LiteralEntry *staticBuckets[TCL_SMALL_HASH_TABLE];
				/* Bucket array used for small tables to avoid
				 * mallocs and frees. */
    int numBuckets;		/* Total number of buckets allocated at
				 * **buckets. */
    int numEntries;		/* Total number of entries present in
				 * table. */
    int rebuildSize;		/* Enlarge table when numEntries gets to be
				 * this large. */
    unsigned int mask;		/* Mask value used in hashing function. */
} LiteralTable;

/*
 * The following structure defines for each Tcl interpreter various
 * statistics-related information about the bytecode compiler and
 * interpreter's operation in that interpreter.
 */

#ifdef TCL_COMPILE_STATS
typedef struct ByteCodeStats {
    long numExecutions;		/* Number of ByteCodes executed. */
    long numCompilations;	/* Number of ByteCodes created. */
    long numByteCodesFreed;	/* Number of ByteCodes destroyed. */
    long instructionCount[256];	/* Number of times each instruction was
				 * executed. */

    double totalSrcBytes;	/* Total source bytes ever compiled. */
    double totalByteCodeBytes;	/* Total bytes for all ByteCodes. */
    double currentSrcBytes;	/* Src bytes for all current ByteCodes. */
    double currentByteCodeBytes;/* Code bytes in all current ByteCodes. */

    long srcCount[32];		/* Source size distribution: # of srcs of
				 * size [2**(n-1)..2**n), n in [0..32). */
    long byteCodeCount[32];	/* ByteCode size distribution. */
    long lifetimeCount[32];	/* ByteCode lifetime distribution (ms). */

    double currentInstBytes;	/* Instruction bytes-current ByteCodes. */
    double currentLitBytes;	/* Current literal bytes. */
    double currentExceptBytes;	/* Current exception table bytes. */
    double currentAuxBytes;	/* Current auxiliary information bytes. */
    double currentCmdMapBytes;	/* Current src<->code map bytes. */

    long numLiteralsCreated;	/* Total literal objects ever compiled. */
    double totalLitStringBytes;	/* Total string bytes in all literals. */
    double currentLitStringBytes;
				/* String bytes in current literals. */
    long literalCount[32];	/* Distribution of literal string sizes. */
} ByteCodeStats;
#endif /* TCL_COMPILE_STATS */

/*
 * Structure used in implementation of those core ensembles which are
 * partially compiled. Used as an array of these, with a terminating field
 * whose 'name' is NULL.
................................................................................
 *			other than these should be turned into errors.
 */

#define TCL_ALLOW_EXCEPTIONS		0x04
#define TCL_EVAL_FILE			0x02
#define TCL_EVAL_SOURCE_IN_FRAME	0x10
#define TCL_EVAL_NORESOLVE		0x20


/*
 * Flag bits for Interp structures:
 *
 * DELETED:		Non-zero means the interpreter has been deleted:
 *			don't process any more commands for it, and destroy
 *			the structure as soon as all nested invocations of
................................................................................

#define TCL_EACH_KEEP_NONE  0	/* Discard iteration result like [foreach] */
#define TCL_EACH_COLLECT    1	/* Collect iteration result like [lmap] */

/*
 * Macros providing a faster path to booleans and integers:
 * Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj, Tcl_GetLongFromObj, Tcl_GetIntFromObj
 * and TclGetIntForIndex.
 *
 * WARNING: these macros eval their args more than once.
 */

#define TclGetBooleanFromObj(interp, objPtr, boolPtr) \
    (((objPtr)->typePtr == &tclIntType)			\
	? (*(boolPtr) = ((objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue!=0), TCL_OK)	\
................................................................................
	    && (objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue <= (Tcl_WideInt)(INT_MAX)) \
	    ? ((*(intPtr) = (int)(objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue), TCL_OK) \
	    : Tcl_GetIntFromObj((interp), (objPtr), (intPtr)))
#define TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objPtr, endValue, idxPtr) \
    (((objPtr)->typePtr == &tclIntType \
	    && (objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue <= (Tcl_WideInt)(INT_MAX)) \
	    ? ((*(idxPtr) = ((objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue >= 0) \
	    ? (int)(objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue : -1), TCL_OK) \
	    : TclGetIntForIndex((interp), (objPtr), (endValue), (idxPtr)))

/*
 * Macro used to save a function call for common uses of
 * Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(). The ANSI C "prototype" is:
 *
 * MODULE_SCOPE int TclGetWideIntFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
 *			Tcl_WideInt *wideIntPtr);
................................................................................
 * The head of the list of free Tcl objects, and the total number of Tcl
 * objects ever allocated and freed.
 */

MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *	tclFreeObjList;

#ifdef TCL_COMPILE_STATS
MODULE_SCOPE long	tclObjsAlloced;
MODULE_SCOPE long	tclObjsFreed;
#define TCL_MAX_SHARED_OBJ_STATS 5
MODULE_SCOPE long	tclObjsShared[TCL_MAX_SHARED_OBJ_STATS];
#endif /* TCL_COMPILE_STATS */

/*
 * Pointer to a heap-allocated string of length zero that the Tcl core uses as
 * the value of an empty string representation for an object. This value is
 * shared by all new objects allocated by Tcl_NewObj.
 */
................................................................................
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclFileAttrsCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclFileCopyCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclFileDeleteCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclFileLinkCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclFileMakeDirsCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclFileReadLinkCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclFileRenameCmd;

MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclFileTemporaryCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclCreateLateExitHandler(Tcl_ExitProc *proc,
			    ClientData clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclDeleteLateExitHandler(Tcl_ExitProc *proc,
			    ClientData clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE char *	TclDStringAppendObj(Tcl_DString *dsPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
................................................................................
			    int size, int codeSize, Tcl_LoadHandle *loadHandle,
			    Tcl_FSUnloadFileProc **unloadProcPtr, int flags);
#endif
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclInitThreadStorage(void);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclFinalizeThreadDataThread(void);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclFinalizeThreadStorage(void);








#ifdef TCL_WIDE_CLICKS
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_WideInt TclpGetWideClicks(void);
MODULE_SCOPE double	TclpWideClicksToNanoseconds(Tcl_WideInt clicks);
MODULE_SCOPE double	TclpWideClickInMicrosec(void);
#else
#   ifdef _WIN32
#	define TCL_WIDE_CLICKS 1
................................................................................
			    struct CompileEnv *envPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclDivOpCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCompileDivOpCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, Command *cmdPtr,
			    struct CompileEnv *envPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclLessOpCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCompileLessOpCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, Command *cmdPtr,
			    struct CompileEnv *envPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclLeqOpCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCompileLeqOpCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, Command *cmdPtr,
			    struct CompileEnv *envPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclGreaterOpCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCompileGreaterOpCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, Command *cmdPtr,
			    struct CompileEnv *envPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclGeqOpCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCompileGeqOpCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, Command *cmdPtr,
			    struct CompileEnv *envPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclEqOpCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCompileEqOpCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, Command *cmdPtr,
			    struct CompileEnv *envPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclStreqOpCmd(ClientData clientData,


			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);


MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCompileStreqOpCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, Command *cmdPtr,






			    struct CompileEnv *envPtr);

MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCompileAssembleCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, Command *cmdPtr,
			    struct CompileEnv *envPtr);

/*
................................................................................

MODULE_SCOPE int	TclIndexEncode(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
			    int before, int after, int *indexPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclIndexDecode(int encoded, int endValue);

/* Constants used in index value encoding routines. */
#define TCL_INDEX_END           (-2)
#define TCL_INDEX_NONE          (-1) /* Index out of range or END+1 */
#define TCL_INDEX_START         (0)

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------
 * Macros used by the Tcl core to create and release Tcl objects.
 * TclNewObj(objPtr) creates a new object denoting an empty string.
 * TclDecrRefCount(objPtr) decrements the object's reference count, and frees
................................................................................

/*
 * DTrace object allocation probe macros.
 */

#ifdef USE_DTRACE
#ifndef _TCLDTRACE_H
typedef const char *TclDTraceStr;
#include "tclDTrace.h"
#endif
#define	TCL_DTRACE_OBJ_CREATE(objPtr)	TCL_OBJ_CREATE(objPtr)
#define	TCL_DTRACE_OBJ_FREE(objPtr)	TCL_OBJ_FREE(objPtr)
#else /* USE_DTRACE */
#define	TCL_DTRACE_OBJ_CREATE(objPtr)	{}
#define	TCL_DTRACE_OBJ_FREE(objPtr)	{}
................................................................................
 *
 * MODULE_SCOPE void	TclUnpackBignum(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, mp_int bignum);
 *----------------------------------------------------------------
 */

#define TclUnpackBignum(objPtr, bignum) \
    do {								\
	register Tcl_Obj *bignumObj = (objPtr);				\
	register int bignumPayload =					\
		PTR2INT(bignumObj->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2);	\
	if (bignumPayload == -1) {					\
	    (bignum) = *((mp_int *) bignumObj->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1); \
	} else {							\
	    (bignum).dp = bignumObj->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;	\
	    (bignum).sign = bignumPayload >> 30;			\
	    (bignum).alloc = (bignumPayload >> 15) & 0x7fff;		\
................................................................................
#	 define TclIsNaN(d)	((d) != (d))
#    else
#	 define TclIsNaN(d)	(isnan(d))
#    endif
#endif

/*
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Macro to use to find the offset of a field in a structure. Computes number
 * of bytes from beginning of structure to a given field.
 */

#ifdef offsetof

#define TclOffset(type, field) ((int) offsetof(type, field))
#else


#define TclOffset(type, field) ((int) ((char *) &((type *) 0)->field))
#endif

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------
 * Inline version of Tcl_GetCurrentNamespace and Tcl_GetGlobalNamespace.
 */

#   include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef NO_STRING_H
#include "../compat/string.h"
#else
#include <string.h>
#endif
#if !defined(STDC_HEADERS) && !defined(__STDC__) && !defined(__C99__FUNC__) \
     && !defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__ICC)
typedef int ptrdiff_t;
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
#include <locale.h>

/*
 * Ensure WORDS_BIGENDIAN is defined correctly:
 * Needs to happen here in addition to configure to work with fat compiles on
 * Darwin (where configure runs only once for multiple architectures).
 */

................................................................................
    void *clientData;	/* Argument to pass to proc. */
    int flags;			/* What events the trace procedure is
				 * interested in: OR-ed combination of
				 * TCL_TRACE_RENAME, TCL_TRACE_DELETE. */
    struct CommandTrace *nextPtr;
				/* Next in list of traces associated with a
				 * particular command. */
    unsigned int refCount; /* Used to ensure this structure is not
				 * deleted too early. Keeps track of how many
				 * pieces of code have a pointer to this
				 * structure. */
} CommandTrace;

/*
 * When a command trace is active (i.e. its associated procedure is executing)
................................................................................
			    void *data);

/*
 * This is a convenience macro used to initialize a thread local storage ptr.
 */

#define TCL_TSD_INIT(keyPtr) \
	(ThreadSpecificData *)Tcl_GetThreadData((keyPtr), sizeof(ThreadSpecificData))

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------
 * Data structures related to bytecode compilation and execution. These are
 * used primarily in tclCompile.c, tclExecute.c, and tclBasic.c.
 *----------------------------------------------------------------
 */
................................................................................

typedef struct LiteralEntry {
    struct LiteralEntry *nextPtr;
				/* Points to next entry in this hash bucket or
				 * NULL if end of chain. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;		/* Points to Tcl object that holds the
				 * literal's bytes and length. */
    unsigned int refCount; /* If in an interpreter's global literal
				 * table, the number of ByteCode structures
				 * that share the literal object; the literal
				 * entry can be freed when refCount drops to
				 * 0. If in a local literal table, (unsigned)-1. */
    Namespace *nsPtr;		/* Namespace in which this literal is used. We
				 * try to avoid sharing literal non-FQ command
				 * names among different namespaces to reduce
				 * shimmering. */
} LiteralEntry;

typedef struct LiteralTable {
    LiteralEntry **buckets;	/* Pointer to bucket array. Each element
				 * points to first entry in bucket's hash
				 * chain, or NULL. */
    LiteralEntry *staticBuckets[TCL_SMALL_HASH_TABLE];
				/* Bucket array used for small tables to avoid
				 * mallocs and frees. */
    unsigned int numBuckets; /* Total number of buckets allocated at
				 * **buckets. */
    unsigned int numEntries; /* Total number of entries present in
				 * table. */
    unsigned int rebuildSize; /* Enlarge table when numEntries gets to be
				 * this large. */
    unsigned int mask;		/* Mask value used in hashing function. */
} LiteralTable;

/*
 * The following structure defines for each Tcl interpreter various
 * statistics-related information about the bytecode compiler and
 * interpreter's operation in that interpreter.
 */

#ifdef TCL_COMPILE_STATS
typedef struct ByteCodeStats {
    size_t numExecutions;		/* Number of ByteCodes executed. */
    size_t numCompilations;	/* Number of ByteCodes created. */
    size_t numByteCodesFreed;	/* Number of ByteCodes destroyed. */
    size_t instructionCount[256];	/* Number of times each instruction was
				 * executed. */

    double totalSrcBytes;	/* Total source bytes ever compiled. */
    double totalByteCodeBytes;	/* Total bytes for all ByteCodes. */
    double currentSrcBytes;	/* Src bytes for all current ByteCodes. */
    double currentByteCodeBytes;/* Code bytes in all current ByteCodes. */

    size_t srcCount[32];		/* Source size distribution: # of srcs of
				 * size [2**(n-1)..2**n), n in [0..32). */
    size_t byteCodeCount[32];	/* ByteCode size distribution. */
    size_t lifetimeCount[32];	/* ByteCode lifetime distribution (ms). */

    double currentInstBytes;	/* Instruction bytes-current ByteCodes. */
    double currentLitBytes;	/* Current literal bytes. */
    double currentExceptBytes;	/* Current exception table bytes. */
    double currentAuxBytes;	/* Current auxiliary information bytes. */
    double currentCmdMapBytes;	/* Current src<->code map bytes. */

    size_t numLiteralsCreated;	/* Total literal objects ever compiled. */
    double totalLitStringBytes;	/* Total string bytes in all literals. */
    double currentLitStringBytes;
				/* String bytes in current literals. */
    size_t literalCount[32];	/* Distribution of literal string sizes. */
} ByteCodeStats;
#endif /* TCL_COMPILE_STATS */

/*
 * Structure used in implementation of those core ensembles which are
 * partially compiled. Used as an array of these, with a terminating field
 * whose 'name' is NULL.
................................................................................
 *			other than these should be turned into errors.
 */

#define TCL_ALLOW_EXCEPTIONS		0x04
#define TCL_EVAL_FILE			0x02
#define TCL_EVAL_SOURCE_IN_FRAME	0x10
#define TCL_EVAL_NORESOLVE		0x20
#define TCL_EVAL_DISCARD_RESULT		0x40

/*
 * Flag bits for Interp structures:
 *
 * DELETED:		Non-zero means the interpreter has been deleted:
 *			don't process any more commands for it, and destroy
 *			the structure as soon as all nested invocations of
................................................................................

#define TCL_EACH_KEEP_NONE  0	/* Discard iteration result like [foreach] */
#define TCL_EACH_COLLECT    1	/* Collect iteration result like [lmap] */

/*
 * Macros providing a faster path to booleans and integers:
 * Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj, Tcl_GetLongFromObj, Tcl_GetIntFromObj
 * and Tcl_GetIntForIndex.
 *
 * WARNING: these macros eval their args more than once.
 */

#define TclGetBooleanFromObj(interp, objPtr, boolPtr) \
    (((objPtr)->typePtr == &tclIntType)			\
	? (*(boolPtr) = ((objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue!=0), TCL_OK)	\
................................................................................
	    && (objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue <= (Tcl_WideInt)(INT_MAX)) \
	    ? ((*(intPtr) = (int)(objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue), TCL_OK) \
	    : Tcl_GetIntFromObj((interp), (objPtr), (intPtr)))
#define TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objPtr, endValue, idxPtr) \
    (((objPtr)->typePtr == &tclIntType \
	    && (objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue <= (Tcl_WideInt)(INT_MAX)) \
	    ? ((*(idxPtr) = ((objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue >= 0) \
	    ? (int)(objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue : TCL_INDEX_NONE), TCL_OK) \
	    : Tcl_GetIntForIndex((interp), (objPtr), (endValue), (idxPtr)))

/*
 * Macro used to save a function call for common uses of
 * Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(). The ANSI C "prototype" is:
 *
 * MODULE_SCOPE int TclGetWideIntFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
 *			Tcl_WideInt *wideIntPtr);
................................................................................
 * The head of the list of free Tcl objects, and the total number of Tcl
 * objects ever allocated and freed.
 */

MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *	tclFreeObjList;

#ifdef TCL_COMPILE_STATS
MODULE_SCOPE size_t	tclObjsAlloced;
MODULE_SCOPE size_t	tclObjsFreed;
#define TCL_MAX_SHARED_OBJ_STATS 5
MODULE_SCOPE size_t	tclObjsShared[TCL_MAX_SHARED_OBJ_STATS];
#endif /* TCL_COMPILE_STATS */

/*
 * Pointer to a heap-allocated string of length zero that the Tcl core uses as
 * the value of an empty string representation for an object. This value is
 * shared by all new objects allocated by Tcl_NewObj.
 */
................................................................................
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclFileAttrsCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclFileCopyCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclFileDeleteCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclFileLinkCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclFileMakeDirsCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclFileReadLinkCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclFileRenameCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclFileTempDirCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclFileTemporaryCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclCreateLateExitHandler(Tcl_ExitProc *proc,
			    ClientData clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclDeleteLateExitHandler(Tcl_ExitProc *proc,
			    ClientData clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE char *	TclDStringAppendObj(Tcl_DString *dsPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
................................................................................
			    int size, int codeSize, Tcl_LoadHandle *loadHandle,
			    Tcl_FSUnloadFileProc **unloadProcPtr, int flags);
#endif
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclInitThreadStorage(void);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclFinalizeThreadDataThread(void);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclFinalizeThreadStorage(void);

/* TclWideMUInt -- wide integer used for measurement calculations: */
#if (!defined(_WIN32) || !defined(_MSC_VER) || (_MSC_VER >= 1400))
#   define TclWideMUInt Tcl_WideUInt
#else
/* older MSVS may not allow conversions between unsigned __int64 and double) */
#   define TclWideMUInt Tcl_WideInt
#endif
#ifdef TCL_WIDE_CLICKS
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_WideInt TclpGetWideClicks(void);
MODULE_SCOPE double	TclpWideClicksToNanoseconds(Tcl_WideInt clicks);
MODULE_SCOPE double	TclpWideClickInMicrosec(void);
#else
#   ifdef _WIN32
#	define TCL_WIDE_CLICKS 1
................................................................................
			    struct CompileEnv *envPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclDivOpCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCompileDivOpCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, Command *cmdPtr,
			    struct CompileEnv *envPtr);



MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCompileLessOpCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, Command *cmdPtr,
			    struct CompileEnv *envPtr);



MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCompileLeqOpCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, Command *cmdPtr,
			    struct CompileEnv *envPtr);



MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCompileGreaterOpCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, Command *cmdPtr,
			    struct CompileEnv *envPtr);



MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCompileGeqOpCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, Command *cmdPtr,
			    struct CompileEnv *envPtr);



MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCompileEqOpCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, Command *cmdPtr,
			    struct CompileEnv *envPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCompileStreqOpCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, Command *cmdPtr,
			    struct CompileEnv *envPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCompileStrLtOpCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,

			    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, Command *cmdPtr,
			    struct CompileEnv *envPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCompileStrLeOpCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, Command *cmdPtr,
			    struct CompileEnv *envPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCompileStrGtOpCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, Command *cmdPtr,
			    struct CompileEnv *envPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCompileStrGeOpCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, Command *cmdPtr,
			    struct CompileEnv *envPtr);

MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCompileAssembleCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, Command *cmdPtr,
			    struct CompileEnv *envPtr);

/*
................................................................................

MODULE_SCOPE int	TclIndexEncode(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
			    int before, int after, int *indexPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclIndexDecode(int encoded, int endValue);

/* Constants used in index value encoding routines. */
#define TCL_INDEX_END           (-2)

#define TCL_INDEX_START         (0)

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------
 * Macros used by the Tcl core to create and release Tcl objects.
 * TclNewObj(objPtr) creates a new object denoting an empty string.
 * TclDecrRefCount(objPtr) decrements the object's reference count, and frees
................................................................................

/*
 * DTrace object allocation probe macros.
 */

#ifdef USE_DTRACE
#ifndef _TCLDTRACE_H

#include "tclDTrace.h"
#endif
#define	TCL_DTRACE_OBJ_CREATE(objPtr)	TCL_OBJ_CREATE(objPtr)
#define	TCL_DTRACE_OBJ_FREE(objPtr)	TCL_OBJ_FREE(objPtr)
#else /* USE_DTRACE */
#define	TCL_DTRACE_OBJ_CREATE(objPtr)	{}
#define	TCL_DTRACE_OBJ_FREE(objPtr)	{}
................................................................................
 *
 * MODULE_SCOPE void	TclUnpackBignum(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, mp_int bignum);
 *----------------------------------------------------------------
 */

#define TclUnpackBignum(objPtr, bignum) \
    do {								\
	Tcl_Obj *bignumObj = (objPtr);				\
	int bignumPayload =					\
		PTR2INT(bignumObj->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2);	\
	if (bignumPayload == -1) {					\
	    (bignum) = *((mp_int *) bignumObj->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1); \
	} else {							\
	    (bignum).dp = bignumObj->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;	\
	    (bignum).sign = bignumPayload >> 30;			\
	    (bignum).alloc = (bignumPayload >> 15) & 0x7fff;		\
................................................................................
#	 define TclIsNaN(d)	((d) != (d))
#    else
#	 define TclIsNaN(d)	(isnan(d))
#    endif
#endif

/*

 * Macro to use to find the offset of a field in astructure.
 * Computes number of bytes from beginning of structure to a given field.
 */


#ifndef TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
#   define TclOffset(type, field) ((int) offsetof(type, field))
#endif
/* Workaround for platforms missing offsetof(), e.g. VC++ 6.0 */
#ifndef offsetof
#   define offsetof(type, field) ((size_t) ((char *) &((type *) 0)->field))
#endif

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------
 * Inline version of Tcl_GetCurrentNamespace and Tcl_GetGlobalNamespace.
 */

#      define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#   else
#      define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
#   endif
#endif

#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9)

/* Those macro's are especially for Itcl 3.4 compatibility */
#   define tclCreateNamespace tcl_CreateNamespace
#   define tclDeleteNamespace tcl_DeleteNamespace
#   define tclAppendExportList tcl_AppendExportList
#   define tclExport tcl_Export
#   define tclImport tcl_Import
#   define tclForgetImport tcl_ForgetImport
................................................................................
/* 31 */
EXTERN const char *	TclGetExtension(const char *name);
/* 32 */
EXTERN int		TclGetFrame(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str,
				CallFrame **framePtrPtr);
/* Slot 33 is reserved */
/* 34 */

EXTERN int		TclGetIntForIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int endValue, int *indexPtr);
/* Slot 35 is reserved */
/* Slot 36 is reserved */
/* 37 */
EXTERN int		TclGetLoadedPackages(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *targetName);
/* 38 */
................................................................................
				Tcl_Var arrayPtr, Tcl_Obj *part1Ptr,
				Tcl_Obj *part2Ptr, const int flags);
/* 257 */
EXTERN void		TclStaticPackage(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *pkgName,
				Tcl_PackageInitProc *initProc,
				Tcl_PackageInitProc *safeInitProc);




typedef struct TclIntStubs {
    int magic;
    void *hooks;

    void (*reserved0)(void);
    void (*reserved1)(void);
................................................................................
    void (*reserved27)(void);
    Tcl_Channel (*tclpGetDefaultStdChannel) (int type); /* 28 */
    void (*reserved29)(void);
    void (*reserved30)(void);
    const char * (*tclGetExtension) (const char *name); /* 31 */
    int (*tclGetFrame) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, CallFrame **framePtrPtr); /* 32 */
    void (*reserved33)(void);
    int (*tclGetIntForIndex) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int endValue, int *indexPtr); /* 34 */
    void (*reserved35)(void);
    void (*reserved36)(void);
    int (*tclGetLoadedPackages) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *targetName); /* 37 */
    int (*tclGetNamespaceForQualName) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *qualName, Namespace *cxtNsPtr, int flags, Namespace **nsPtrPtr, Namespace **altNsPtrPtr, Namespace **actualCxtPtrPtr, const char **simpleNamePtr); /* 38 */
    TclObjCmdProcType (*tclGetObjInterpProc) (void); /* 39 */
    int (*tclGetOpenMode) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, int *seekFlagPtr); /* 40 */
    Tcl_Command (*tclGetOriginalCommand) (Tcl_Command command); /* 41 */
................................................................................
    int (*tclRegisterLiteral) (void *envPtr, const char *bytes, int length, int flags); /* 251 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tclPtrGetVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Var varPtr, Tcl_Var arrayPtr, Tcl_Obj *part1Ptr, Tcl_Obj *part2Ptr, const int flags); /* 252 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tclPtrSetVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Var varPtr, Tcl_Var arrayPtr, Tcl_Obj *part1Ptr, Tcl_Obj *part2Ptr, Tcl_Obj *newValuePtr, const int flags); /* 253 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tclPtrIncrObjVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Var varPtr, Tcl_Var arrayPtr, Tcl_Obj *part1Ptr, Tcl_Obj *part2Ptr, Tcl_Obj *incrPtr, const int flags); /* 254 */
    int (*tclPtrObjMakeUpvar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Var otherPtr, Tcl_Obj *myNamePtr, int myFlags); /* 255 */
    int (*tclPtrUnsetVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Var varPtr, Tcl_Var arrayPtr, Tcl_Obj *part1Ptr, Tcl_Obj *part2Ptr, const int flags); /* 256 */
    void (*tclStaticPackage) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pkgName, Tcl_PackageInitProc *initProc, Tcl_PackageInitProc *safeInitProc); /* 257 */

} TclIntStubs;

extern const TclIntStubs *tclIntStubsPtr;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
................................................................................
	(tclIntStubsPtr->tclPtrIncrObjVar) /* 254 */
#define TclPtrObjMakeUpvar \
	(tclIntStubsPtr->tclPtrObjMakeUpvar) /* 255 */
#define TclPtrUnsetVar \
	(tclIntStubsPtr->tclPtrUnsetVar) /* 256 */
#define TclStaticPackage \
	(tclIntStubsPtr->tclStaticPackage) /* 257 */



#endif /* defined(USE_TCL_STUBS) */

/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
................................................................................
#   undef TclGetStartupScriptFileName
#   undef TclSetStartupScriptFileName
#   undef TclGetStartupScriptPath
#   undef TclSetStartupScriptPath
#   undef TclBackgroundException
#   undef TclSetStartupScript
#   undef TclGetStartupScript

#   undef TclCreateNamespace
#   undef TclDeleteNamespace
#   undef TclAppendExportList
#   undef TclExport
#   undef TclImport
#   undef TclForgetImport
#   undef TclGetCurrentNamespace_

#      define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#   else
#      define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
#   endif
#endif

#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9)
#   define tclGetIntForIndex tcl_GetIntForIndex
/* Those macro's are especially for Itcl 3.4 compatibility */
#   define tclCreateNamespace tcl_CreateNamespace
#   define tclDeleteNamespace tcl_DeleteNamespace
#   define tclAppendExportList tcl_AppendExportList
#   define tclExport tcl_Export
#   define tclImport tcl_Import
#   define tclForgetImport tcl_ForgetImport
................................................................................
/* 31 */
EXTERN const char *	TclGetExtension(const char *name);
/* 32 */
EXTERN int		TclGetFrame(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str,
				CallFrame **framePtrPtr);
/* Slot 33 is reserved */
/* 34 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("Use Tcl_GetIntForIndex")
int			TclGetIntForIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int endValue, int *indexPtr);
/* Slot 35 is reserved */
/* Slot 36 is reserved */
/* 37 */
EXTERN int		TclGetLoadedPackages(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *targetName);
/* 38 */
................................................................................
				Tcl_Var arrayPtr, Tcl_Obj *part1Ptr,
				Tcl_Obj *part2Ptr, const int flags);
/* 257 */
EXTERN void		TclStaticPackage(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *pkgName,
				Tcl_PackageInitProc *initProc,
				Tcl_PackageInitProc *safeInitProc);
/* 258 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	TclpCreateTemporaryDirectory(Tcl_Obj *dirObj,
				Tcl_Obj *basenameObj);

typedef struct TclIntStubs {
    int magic;
    void *hooks;

    void (*reserved0)(void);
    void (*reserved1)(void);
................................................................................
    void (*reserved27)(void);
    Tcl_Channel (*tclpGetDefaultStdChannel) (int type); /* 28 */
    void (*reserved29)(void);
    void (*reserved30)(void);
    const char * (*tclGetExtension) (const char *name); /* 31 */
    int (*tclGetFrame) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, CallFrame **framePtrPtr); /* 32 */
    void (*reserved33)(void);
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("Use Tcl_GetIntForIndex") int (*tclGetIntForIndex) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int endValue, int *indexPtr); /* 34 */
    void (*reserved35)(void);
    void (*reserved36)(void);
    int (*tclGetLoadedPackages) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *targetName); /* 37 */
    int (*tclGetNamespaceForQualName) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *qualName, Namespace *cxtNsPtr, int flags, Namespace **nsPtrPtr, Namespace **altNsPtrPtr, Namespace **actualCxtPtrPtr, const char **simpleNamePtr); /* 38 */
    TclObjCmdProcType (*tclGetObjInterpProc) (void); /* 39 */
    int (*tclGetOpenMode) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, int *seekFlagPtr); /* 40 */
    Tcl_Command (*tclGetOriginalCommand) (Tcl_Command command); /* 41 */
................................................................................
    int (*tclRegisterLiteral) (void *envPtr, const char *bytes, int length, int flags); /* 251 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tclPtrGetVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Var varPtr, Tcl_Var arrayPtr, Tcl_Obj *part1Ptr, Tcl_Obj *part2Ptr, const int flags); /* 252 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tclPtrSetVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Var varPtr, Tcl_Var arrayPtr, Tcl_Obj *part1Ptr, Tcl_Obj *part2Ptr, Tcl_Obj *newValuePtr, const int flags); /* 253 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tclPtrIncrObjVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Var varPtr, Tcl_Var arrayPtr, Tcl_Obj *part1Ptr, Tcl_Obj *part2Ptr, Tcl_Obj *incrPtr, const int flags); /* 254 */
    int (*tclPtrObjMakeUpvar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Var otherPtr, Tcl_Obj *myNamePtr, int myFlags); /* 255 */
    int (*tclPtrUnsetVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Var varPtr, Tcl_Var arrayPtr, Tcl_Obj *part1Ptr, Tcl_Obj *part2Ptr, const int flags); /* 256 */
    void (*tclStaticPackage) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pkgName, Tcl_PackageInitProc *initProc, Tcl_PackageInitProc *safeInitProc); /* 257 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tclpCreateTemporaryDirectory) (Tcl_Obj *dirObj, Tcl_Obj *basenameObj); /* 258 */
} TclIntStubs;

extern const TclIntStubs *tclIntStubsPtr;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
................................................................................
	(tclIntStubsPtr->tclPtrIncrObjVar) /* 254 */
#define TclPtrObjMakeUpvar \
	(tclIntStubsPtr->tclPtrObjMakeUpvar) /* 255 */
#define TclPtrUnsetVar \
	(tclIntStubsPtr->tclPtrUnsetVar) /* 256 */
#define TclStaticPackage \
	(tclIntStubsPtr->tclStaticPackage) /* 257 */
#define TclpCreateTemporaryDirectory \
	(tclIntStubsPtr->tclpCreateTemporaryDirectory) /* 258 */

#endif /* defined(USE_TCL_STUBS) */

/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
................................................................................
#   undef TclGetStartupScriptFileName
#   undef TclSetStartupScriptFileName
#   undef TclGetStartupScriptPath
#   undef TclSetStartupScriptPath
#   undef TclBackgroundException
#   undef TclSetStartupScript
#   undef TclGetStartupScript
#   undef TclGetIntForIndex
#   undef TclCreateNamespace
#   undef TclDeleteNamespace
#   undef TclAppendExportList
#   undef TclExport
#   undef TclImport
#   undef TclForgetImport
#   undef TclGetCurrentNamespace_

TclDeleteLiteralTable(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing shared literals
				 * referenced by the table to delete. */
    LiteralTable *tablePtr)	/* Points to the literal table to delete. */
{
    LiteralEntry *entryPtr, *nextPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    int i;

    /*
     * Release remaining literals in the table. Note that releasing a literal
     * might release other literals, modifying the table, so we restart the
     * search from the bucket chain we last found an entry.
     */

................................................................................
	     * Literals should always have UTF-8 representations... but this
	     * is not guaranteed so we need to be careful anyway.
	     *
	     * https://stackoverflow.com/q/54337750/301832
	     */

	    int objLength;
	    char *objBytes = TclGetStringFromObj(objPtr, &objLength);

	    if ((objLength == length) && ((length == 0)
		    || ((objBytes[0] == bytes[0])
		    && (memcmp(objBytes, bytes, length) == 0)))) {
		/*
		 * A literal was found: return it
		 */
................................................................................
		}
		if (globalPtrPtr) {
		    *globalPtrPtr = globalPtr;
		}
		if (flags & LITERAL_ON_HEAP) {
		    ckfree(bytes);
		}

		globalPtr->refCount++;

		return objPtr;
	    }
	}
    }
    if (!newPtr) {
	if ((flags & LITERAL_ON_HEAP)) {
	    ckfree(bytes);
................................................................................
	RebuildLiteralTable(globalTablePtr);
    }

#ifdef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG
    TclVerifyGlobalLiteralTable(iPtr);
    {
	LiteralEntry *entryPtr;
	int found, i;


	found = 0;
	for (i=0 ; i<globalTablePtr->numBuckets ; i++) {
	    for (entryPtr=globalTablePtr->buckets[i]; entryPtr!=NULL ;
		    entryPtr=entryPtr->nextPtr) {
		if ((entryPtr == globalPtr) && (entryPtr->objPtr == objPtr)) {
		    found = 1;
................................................................................
    CompileEnv *envPtr = ePtr;
    Interp *iPtr = envPtr->iPtr;
    LiteralTable *localTablePtr = &envPtr->localLitTable;
    LiteralEntry *globalPtr, *localPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    unsigned hash;
    unsigned int localHash;
    int objIndex, new;
    Namespace *nsPtr;

    if (length < 0) {
	length = (bytes ? strlen(bytes) : 0);
    }
    hash = HashString(bytes, length);

................................................................................
    }

    /*
     * Is it in the interpreter's global literal table? If not, create it.
     */

    globalPtr = NULL;
    objPtr = TclCreateLiteral(iPtr, bytes, length, hash, &new, nsPtr, flags,
	    &globalPtr);
    objIndex = AddLocalLiteralEntry(envPtr, objPtr, localHash);

#ifdef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG
    if (globalPtr != NULL && globalPtr->refCount < 1) {
	Tcl_Panic("%s: global literal \"%.*s\" had bad refCount %d",
		"TclRegisterLiteral", (length>60? 60 : length), bytes,
		globalPtr->refCount);
    }
    TclVerifyLocalLiteralTable(envPtr);
#endif /*TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG*/
    return objIndex;
................................................................................
    }
    objIndex = envPtr->literalArrayNext;
    envPtr->literalArrayNext++;

    lPtr = &envPtr->literalArrayPtr[objIndex];
    lPtr->objPtr = objPtr;
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
    lPtr->refCount = (size_t)-1;	/* i.e., unused */
    lPtr->nextPtr = NULL;

    if (litPtrPtr) {
	*litPtrPtr = lPtr;
    }

    return objIndex;
................................................................................
	RebuildLiteralTable(localTablePtr);
    }

#ifdef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG
    TclVerifyLocalLiteralTable(envPtr);
    {
	char *bytes;
	int length, found, i;


	found = 0;
	for (i=0 ; i<localTablePtr->numBuckets ; i++) {
	    for (localPtr=localTablePtr->buckets[i] ; localPtr!=NULL ;
		    localPtr=localPtr->nextPtr) {
		if (localPtr->objPtr == objPtr) {
		    found = 1;
................................................................................
{
    /*
     * The current allocated local literal entries are stored between elements
     * 0 and (envPtr->literalArrayNext - 1) [inclusive].
     */

    LiteralTable *localTablePtr = &envPtr->localLitTable;
    int currElems = envPtr->literalArrayNext;
    size_t currBytes = (currElems * sizeof(LiteralEntry));
    LiteralEntry *currArrayPtr = envPtr->literalArrayPtr;
    LiteralEntry *newArrayPtr;
    int i;
    unsigned int newSize = (currBytes <= UINT_MAX / 2) ? 2*currBytes : UINT_MAX;

    if (currBytes == newSize) {
	Tcl_Panic("max size of Tcl literal array (%d literals) exceeded",
		currElems);
    }

    if (envPtr->mallocedLiteralArray) {
	newArrayPtr = ckrealloc(currArrayPtr, newSize);
    } else {
	/*
................................................................................
	if (entryPtr->objPtr == objPtr) {
	    /*
	     * If the literal is no longer being used by any ByteCode, delete
	     * the entry then remove the reference corresponding to the global
	     * literal table entry (decrement the ref count of the object).
	     */

	    if (entryPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
		if (prevPtr == NULL) {
		    globalTablePtr->buckets[index] = entryPtr->nextPtr;
		} else {
		    prevPtr->nextPtr = entryPtr->nextPtr;
		}
		ckfree(entryPtr);
		globalTablePtr->numEntries--;
................................................................................
 */

char *
TclLiteralStats(
    LiteralTable *tablePtr)	/* Table for which to produce stats. */
{
#define NUM_COUNTERS 10
    int count[NUM_COUNTERS], overflow, i, j;


    double average, tmp;
    register LiteralEntry *entryPtr;
    char *result, *p;

    /*
     * Compute a histogram of bucket usage. For each bucket chain i, j is the
     * number of entries in the chain.
................................................................................
     */

    result = ckalloc(NUM_COUNTERS*60 + 300);
    sprintf(result, "%d entries in table, %d buckets\n",
	    tablePtr->numEntries, tablePtr->numBuckets);
    p = result + strlen(result);
    for (i=0 ; i<NUM_COUNTERS ; i++) {
	sprintf(p, "number of buckets with %d entries: %d\n",
		i, count[i]);
	p += strlen(p);
    }
    sprintf(p, "number of buckets with %d or more entries: %d\n",
	    NUM_COUNTERS, overflow);
    p += strlen(p);
    sprintf(p, "average search distance for entry: %.1f", average);
................................................................................
TclVerifyLocalLiteralTable(
    CompileEnv *envPtr)		/* Points to CompileEnv whose literal table is
				 * to be validated. */
{
    register LiteralTable *localTablePtr = &envPtr->localLitTable;
    register LiteralEntry *localPtr;
    char *bytes;
    register int i;
    int length, count;

    count = 0;
    for (i=0 ; i<localTablePtr->numBuckets ; i++) {
	for (localPtr=localTablePtr->buckets[i] ; localPtr!=NULL;
		localPtr=localPtr->nextPtr) {
	    count++;
	    if (localPtr->refCount != -1) {
		bytes = TclGetStringFromObj(localPtr->objPtr, &length);
		Tcl_Panic("%s: local literal \"%.*s\" had bad refCount %d",
			"TclVerifyLocalLiteralTable",
			(length>60? 60 : length), bytes, localPtr->refCount);
	    }
	    if (localPtr->objPtr->bytes == NULL) {
		Tcl_Panic("%s: literal has NULL string rep",
			"TclVerifyLocalLiteralTable");
	    }
	}
    }
    if (count != localTablePtr->numEntries) {
	Tcl_Panic("%s: local literal table had %d entries, should be %d",
		"TclVerifyLocalLiteralTable", count,
		localTablePtr->numEntries);
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
TclVerifyGlobalLiteralTable(
    Interp *iPtr)		/* Points to interpreter whose global literal
				 * table is to be validated. */
{
    register LiteralTable *globalTablePtr = &iPtr->literalTable;
    register LiteralEntry *globalPtr;
    char *bytes;
    register int i;
    int length, count;

    count = 0;
    for (i=0 ; i<globalTablePtr->numBuckets ; i++) {
	for (globalPtr=globalTablePtr->buckets[i] ; globalPtr!=NULL;
		globalPtr=globalPtr->nextPtr) {
	    count++;
	    if (globalPtr->refCount < 1) {
		bytes = TclGetStringFromObj(globalPtr->objPtr, &length);
		Tcl_Panic("%s: global literal \"%.*s\" had bad refCount %d",
			"TclVerifyGlobalLiteralTable",
			(length>60? 60 : length), bytes, globalPtr->refCount);
	    }
	    if (globalPtr->objPtr->bytes == NULL) {
		Tcl_Panic("%s: literal has NULL string rep",
			"TclVerifyGlobalLiteralTable");
	    }
	}
    }
    if (count != globalTablePtr->numEntries) {
	Tcl_Panic("%s: global literal table had %d entries, should be %d",
		"TclVerifyGlobalLiteralTable", count,
		globalTablePtr->numEntries);
    }
}
#endif /*TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG*/
 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

TclDeleteLiteralTable(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing shared literals
				 * referenced by the table to delete. */
    LiteralTable *tablePtr)	/* Points to the literal table to delete. */
{
    LiteralEntry *entryPtr, *nextPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    size_t i;

    /*
     * Release remaining literals in the table. Note that releasing a literal
     * might release other literals, modifying the table, so we restart the
     * search from the bucket chain we last found an entry.
     */

................................................................................
	     * Literals should always have UTF-8 representations... but this
	     * is not guaranteed so we need to be careful anyway.
	     *
	     * https://stackoverflow.com/q/54337750/301832
	     */

	    int objLength;
	    const char *objBytes = TclGetStringFromObj(objPtr, &objLength);

	    if ((objLength == length) && ((length == 0)
		    || ((objBytes[0] == bytes[0])
		    && (memcmp(objBytes, bytes, length) == 0)))) {
		/*
		 * A literal was found: return it
		 */
................................................................................
		}
		if (globalPtrPtr) {
		    *globalPtrPtr = globalPtr;
		}
		if (flags & LITERAL_ON_HEAP) {
		    ckfree(bytes);
		}
		if (globalPtr->refCount != (unsigned) -1) {
		    globalPtr->refCount++;
		}
		return objPtr;
	    }
	}
    }
    if (!newPtr) {
	if ((flags & LITERAL_ON_HEAP)) {
	    ckfree(bytes);
................................................................................
	RebuildLiteralTable(globalTablePtr);
    }

#ifdef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG
    TclVerifyGlobalLiteralTable(iPtr);
    {
	LiteralEntry *entryPtr;
	int found;
	size_t i;

	found = 0;
	for (i=0 ; i<globalTablePtr->numBuckets ; i++) {
	    for (entryPtr=globalTablePtr->buckets[i]; entryPtr!=NULL ;
		    entryPtr=entryPtr->nextPtr) {
		if ((entryPtr == globalPtr) && (entryPtr->objPtr == objPtr)) {
		    found = 1;
................................................................................
    CompileEnv *envPtr = ePtr;
    Interp *iPtr = envPtr->iPtr;
    LiteralTable *localTablePtr = &envPtr->localLitTable;
    LiteralEntry *globalPtr, *localPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    unsigned hash;
    unsigned int localHash;
    int objIndex, isNew;
    Namespace *nsPtr;

    if (length < 0) {
	length = (bytes ? strlen(bytes) : 0);
    }
    hash = HashString(bytes, length);

................................................................................
    }

    /*
     * Is it in the interpreter's global literal table? If not, create it.
     */

    globalPtr = NULL;
    objPtr = TclCreateLiteral(iPtr, bytes, length, hash, &isNew, nsPtr, flags,
	    &globalPtr);
    objIndex = AddLocalLiteralEntry(envPtr, objPtr, localHash);

#ifdef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG
    if (globalPtr != NULL && globalPtr->refCount + 1 < 2) {
	Tcl_Panic("%s: global literal \"%.*s\" had bad refCount %d",
		"TclRegisterLiteral", (length>60? 60 : length), bytes,
		globalPtr->refCount);
    }
    TclVerifyLocalLiteralTable(envPtr);
#endif /*TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG*/
    return objIndex;
................................................................................
    }
    objIndex = envPtr->literalArrayNext;
    envPtr->literalArrayNext++;

    lPtr = &envPtr->literalArrayPtr[objIndex];
    lPtr->objPtr = objPtr;
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
    lPtr->refCount = (unsigned) -1;	/* i.e., unused */
    lPtr->nextPtr = NULL;

    if (litPtrPtr) {
	*litPtrPtr = lPtr;
    }

    return objIndex;
................................................................................
	RebuildLiteralTable(localTablePtr);
    }

#ifdef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG
    TclVerifyLocalLiteralTable(envPtr);
    {
	char *bytes;
	int length, found;
	size_t i;

	found = 0;
	for (i=0 ; i<localTablePtr->numBuckets ; i++) {
	    for (localPtr=localTablePtr->buckets[i] ; localPtr!=NULL ;
		    localPtr=localPtr->nextPtr) {
		if (localPtr->objPtr == objPtr) {
		    found = 1;
................................................................................
{
    /*
     * The current allocated local literal entries are stored between elements
     * 0 and (envPtr->literalArrayNext - 1) [inclusive].
     */

    LiteralTable *localTablePtr = &envPtr->localLitTable;
    size_t currElems = envPtr->literalArrayNext;
    size_t currBytes = (currElems * sizeof(LiteralEntry));
    LiteralEntry *currArrayPtr = envPtr->literalArrayPtr;
    LiteralEntry *newArrayPtr;
    size_t i;
    size_t newSize = (currBytes <= UINT_MAX / 2) ? 2*currBytes : UINT_MAX;

    if (currBytes == newSize) {
	Tcl_Panic("max size of Tcl literal array (%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u literals) exceeded",
		currElems);
    }

    if (envPtr->mallocedLiteralArray) {
	newArrayPtr = ckrealloc(currArrayPtr, newSize);
    } else {
	/*
................................................................................
	if (entryPtr->objPtr == objPtr) {
	    /*
	     * If the literal is no longer being used by any ByteCode, delete
	     * the entry then remove the reference corresponding to the global
	     * literal table entry (decrement the ref count of the object).
	     */

	    if ((entryPtr->refCount != (unsigned)-1) && (entryPtr->refCount-- <= 1)) {
		if (prevPtr == NULL) {
		    globalTablePtr->buckets[index] = entryPtr->nextPtr;
		} else {
		    prevPtr->nextPtr = entryPtr->nextPtr;
		}
		ckfree(entryPtr);
		globalTablePtr->numEntries--;
................................................................................
 */

char *
TclLiteralStats(
    LiteralTable *tablePtr)	/* Table for which to produce stats. */
{
#define NUM_COUNTERS 10
    size_t count[NUM_COUNTERS];
    int overflow;
    size_t i, j;
    double average, tmp;
    register LiteralEntry *entryPtr;
    char *result, *p;

    /*
     * Compute a histogram of bucket usage. For each bucket chain i, j is the
     * number of entries in the chain.
................................................................................
     */

    result = ckalloc(NUM_COUNTERS*60 + 300);
    sprintf(result, "%d entries in table, %d buckets\n",
	    tablePtr->numEntries, tablePtr->numBuckets);
    p = result + strlen(result);
    for (i=0 ; i<NUM_COUNTERS ; i++) {
	sprintf(p, "number of buckets with %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u entries: %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n",
		i, count[i]);
	p += strlen(p);
    }
    sprintf(p, "number of buckets with %d or more entries: %d\n",
	    NUM_COUNTERS, overflow);
    p += strlen(p);
    sprintf(p, "average search distance for entry: %.1f", average);
................................................................................
TclVerifyLocalLiteralTable(
    CompileEnv *envPtr)		/* Points to CompileEnv whose literal table is
				 * to be validated. */
{
    register LiteralTable *localTablePtr = &envPtr->localLitTable;
    register LiteralEntry *localPtr;
    char *bytes;
    size_t i, count;
    int length;

    count = 0;
    for (i=0 ; i<localTablePtr->numBuckets ; i++) {
	for (localPtr=localTablePtr->buckets[i] ; localPtr!=NULL;
		localPtr=localPtr->nextPtr) {
	    count++;
	    if (localPtr->refCount != (unsigned)-1) {
		bytes = TclGetStringFromObj(localPtr->objPtr, &length);
		Tcl_Panic("%s: local literal \"%.*s\" had bad refCount %u",
			"TclVerifyLocalLiteralTable",
			(length>60? 60 : length), bytes, localPtr->refCount);
	    }
	    if (localPtr->objPtr->bytes == NULL) {
		Tcl_Panic("%s: literal has NULL string rep",
			"TclVerifyLocalLiteralTable");
	    }
	}
    }
    if (count != localTablePtr->numEntries) {
	Tcl_Panic("%s: local literal table had %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u entries, should be %u",
		"TclVerifyLocalLiteralTable", count,
		localTablePtr->numEntries);
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
TclVerifyGlobalLiteralTable(
    Interp *iPtr)		/* Points to interpreter whose global literal
				 * table is to be validated. */
{
    register LiteralTable *globalTablePtr = &iPtr->literalTable;
    register LiteralEntry *globalPtr;
    char *bytes;
    size_t i, count;
    int length;

    count = 0;
    for (i=0 ; i<globalTablePtr->numBuckets ; i++) {
	for (globalPtr=globalTablePtr->buckets[i] ; globalPtr!=NULL;
		globalPtr=globalPtr->nextPtr) {
	    count++;
	    if (globalPtr->refCount + 1 < 2) {
		bytes = TclGetStringFromObj(globalPtr->objPtr, &length);
		Tcl_Panic("%s: global literal \"%.*s\" had bad refCount %d",
			"TclVerifyGlobalLiteralTable",
			(length>60? 60 : length), bytes, globalPtr->refCount);
	    }
	    if (globalPtr->objPtr->bytes == NULL) {
		Tcl_Panic("%s: literal has NULL string rep",
			"TclVerifyGlobalLiteralTable");
	    }
	}
    }
    if (count != globalTablePtr->numEntries) {
	Tcl_Panic("%s: global literal table had %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u entries, should be %u",
		"TclVerifyGlobalLiteralTable", count,
		globalTablePtr->numEntries);
    }
}
#endif /*TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG*/
 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)
{
    Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr;
    Object *oPtr;
    int result, private;

    oPtr = (Object *) TclOOGetDefineCmdContext(interp);
    if (oPtr == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TclOOObjectName(interp, oPtr));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    private = IsPrivateDefine(interp);

    /*
     * Make the oo::objdefine namespace the current namespace and evaluate the
     * command(s).
     */

    nsPtr = TclOOGetDefineContextNamespace(interp, oPtr, 0);
    if (InitDefineContext(interp, nsPtr, oPtr, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (private) {
	((Interp *) interp)->varFramePtr->isProcCallFrame = PRIVATE_FRAME;
    }

    AddRef(oPtr);
    if (objc == 2) {
	Tcl_Obj *objNameObj = TclOOObjectName(interp, oPtr);

    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)
{
    Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr;
    Object *oPtr;
    int result, isPrivate;

    oPtr = (Object *) TclOOGetDefineCmdContext(interp);
    if (oPtr == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TclOOObjectName(interp, oPtr));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    isPrivate = IsPrivateDefine(interp);

    /*
     * Make the oo::objdefine namespace the current namespace and evaluate the
     * command(s).
     */

    nsPtr = TclOOGetDefineContextNamespace(interp, oPtr, 0);
    if (InitDefineContext(interp, nsPtr, oPtr, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (isPrivate) {
	((Interp *) interp)->varFramePtr->isProcCallFrame = PRIVATE_FRAME;
    }

    AddRef(oPtr);
    if (objc == 2) {
	Tcl_Obj *objNameObj = TclOOObjectName(interp, oPtr);

    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Object *oPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
    int i, private = 0;

    if (objc != 2 && objc != 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "objName ?-private?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (strcmp("-private", Tcl_GetString(objv[2])) != 0) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	private = 1;
    }
    oPtr = (Object *) Tcl_GetObjectFromObj(interp, objv[1]);
    if (oPtr == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    if (private) {
	PrivateVariableMapping *privatePtr;

	FOREACH_STRUCT(privatePtr, oPtr->privateVariables) {
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, privatePtr->variableObj);
	}
    } else {
	Tcl_Obj *variableObj;
................................................................................
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Class *clsPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
    int i, private = 0;

    if (objc != 2 && objc != 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "className ?-private?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (strcmp("-private", Tcl_GetString(objv[2])) != 0) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	private = 1;
    }
    clsPtr = GetClassFromObj(interp, objv[1]);
    if (clsPtr == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    if (private) {
	PrivateVariableMapping *privatePtr;

	FOREACH_STRUCT(privatePtr, clsPtr->privateVariables) {
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, privatePtr->variableObj);
	}
    } else {
	Tcl_Obj *variableObj;

    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Object *oPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
    int i, isPrivate = 0;

    if (objc != 2 && objc != 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "objName ?-private?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (strcmp("-private", Tcl_GetString(objv[2])) != 0) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	isPrivate = 1;
    }
    oPtr = (Object *) Tcl_GetObjectFromObj(interp, objv[1]);
    if (oPtr == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    if (isPrivate) {
	PrivateVariableMapping *privatePtr;

	FOREACH_STRUCT(privatePtr, oPtr->privateVariables) {
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, privatePtr->variableObj);
	}
    } else {
	Tcl_Obj *variableObj;
................................................................................
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Class *clsPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
    int i, isPrivate = 0;

    if (objc != 2 && objc != 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "className ?-private?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (strcmp("-private", Tcl_GetString(objv[2])) != 0) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	isPrivate = 1;
    }
    clsPtr = GetClassFromObj(interp, objv[1]);
    if (clsPtr == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    if (isPrivate) {
	PrivateVariableMapping *privatePtr;

	FOREACH_STRUCT(privatePtr, clsPtr->privateVariables) {
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, privatePtr->variableObj);
	}
    } else {
	Tcl_Obj *variableObj;

 * Convenience macro for duplicating a list. Needs no external declaration,
 * but all arguments are used multiple times and so must have no side effects.
 */

#undef DUPLICATE /* prevent possible conflict with definition in WINAPI nb30.h */
#define DUPLICATE(target,source,type) \
    do { \
	register unsigned len = sizeof(type) * ((target).num=(source).num);\
	if (len != 0) { \
	    memcpy(((target).list=(type*)ckalloc(len)), (source).list, len); \
	} else { \
	    (target).list = NULL; \
	} \
    } while(0)

 * Convenience macro for duplicating a list. Needs no external declaration,
 * but all arguments are used multiple times and so must have no side effects.
 */

#undef DUPLICATE /* prevent possible conflict with definition in WINAPI nb30.h */
#define DUPLICATE(target,source,type) \
    do { \
	unsigned len = sizeof(type) * ((target).num=(source).num);\
	if (len != 0) { \
	    memcpy(((target).list=(type*)ckalloc(len)), (source).list, len); \
	} else { \
	    (target).list = NULL; \
	} \
    } while(0)

/*
 * Helper macros (derived from things private to tclVar.c)
 */

#define TclVarTable(contextNs) \
    ((Tcl_HashTable *) (&((Namespace *) (contextNs))->varTable))
#define TclVarHashGetValue(hPtr) \
    ((Tcl_Var) ((char *)hPtr - TclOffset(VarInHash, entry)))
 
/*
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_NewInstanceMethod --
 *
 *	Attach a method to an object instance.

/*
 * Helper macros (derived from things private to tclVar.c)
 */

#define TclVarTable(contextNs) \
    ((Tcl_HashTable *) (&((Namespace *) (contextNs))->varTable))
#define TclVarHashGetValue(hPtr) \
    ((Tcl_Var) ((char *)hPtr - offsetof(VarInHash, entry)))
 
/*
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_NewInstanceMethod --
 *
 *	Attach a method to an object instance.

    const char *src,		/* Points to the backslash character of a a
				 * backslash sequence. */
    int numBytes,		/* Max number of bytes to scan. */
    int *readPtr,		/* NULL, or points to storage where the number
				 * of bytes scanned should be written. */
    char *dst)			/* NULL, or points to buffer where the UTF-8
				 * encoding of the backslash sequence is to be
				 * written. At most TCL_UTF_MAX bytes will be
				 * written there. */
{
    register const char *p = src+1;
    Tcl_UniChar unichar = 0;
    int result;
    int count;
    char buf[4] = "";

    const char *src,		/* Points to the backslash character of a a
				 * backslash sequence. */
    int numBytes,		/* Max number of bytes to scan. */
    int *readPtr,		/* NULL, or points to storage where the number
				 * of bytes scanned should be written. */
    char *dst)			/* NULL, or points to buffer where the UTF-8
				 * encoding of the backslash sequence is to be
				 * written. At most 4 bytes will be written there. */

{
    register const char *p = src+1;
    Tcl_UniChar unichar = 0;
    int result;
    int count;
    char buf[4] = "";

SetFsPathFromAny(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr)		/* The object to convert. */
{
    int len;
    FsPath *fsPathPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *transPtr;
    char *name;

    if (TclHasIntRep(pathPtr, &fsPathType)) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * First step is to translate the filename. This is similar to

SetFsPathFromAny(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr)		/* The object to convert. */
{
    int len;
    FsPath *fsPathPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *transPtr;
    const char *name;

    if (TclHasIntRep(pathPtr, &fsPathType)) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * First step is to translate the filename. This is similar to

{
    PkgFiles *pkgFiles = (PkgFiles *)
	    Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "tclPkgFiles", NULL);

    if (pkgFiles && pkgFiles->names) {
	const char *name = pkgFiles->names->name;
	Tcl_HashTable *table = &pkgFiles->table;
	int new;
	Tcl_HashEntry *entry = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(table, name, &new);
	Tcl_Obj *list;

	if (new) {
	    list = Tcl_NewObj();
	    Tcl_SetHashValue(entry, list);
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(list);
	} else {
	    list = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
	}
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, list, Tcl_NewStringObj(fileName, -1));

{
    PkgFiles *pkgFiles = (PkgFiles *)
	    Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "tclPkgFiles", NULL);

    if (pkgFiles && pkgFiles->names) {
	const char *name = pkgFiles->names->name;
	Tcl_HashTable *table = &pkgFiles->table;
	int isNew;
	Tcl_HashEntry *entry = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(table, name, &isNew);
	Tcl_Obj *list;

	if (isNew) {
	    list = Tcl_NewObj();
	    Tcl_SetHashValue(entry, list);
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(list);
	} else {
	    list = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
	}
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, list, Tcl_NewStringObj(fileName, -1));

int
Tcl_ProcObjCmd(
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    Proc *procPtr;
    const char *procName;
    const char *simpleName, *procArgs, *procBody;
    Namespace *nsPtr, *altNsPtr, *cxtNsPtr;
    Tcl_Command cmd;

    if (objc != 4) {
................................................................................
    const char *procName,	/* Unqualified name of this proc. */
    Tcl_Obj *argsPtr,		/* Description of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *bodyPtr,		/* Command body. */
    Proc **procPtrPtr)		/* Returns: pointer to proc data. */
{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;

    register Proc *procPtr = NULL;
    int i, result, numArgs;
    register CompiledLocal *localPtr = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj **argArray;
    int precompiled = 0;

    ProcGetIntRep(bodyPtr, procPtr);
    if (procPtr != NULL) {
	/*
	 * Because the body is a TclProProcBody, the actual body is already
................................................................................
	    localPtr = localPtr->nextPtr;
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Allocate an entry in the runtime procedure frame's array of
	     * local variables for the argument.
	     */

	    localPtr = ckalloc(TclOffset(CompiledLocal, name) + fieldValues[0]->length +1);
	    if (procPtr->firstLocalPtr == NULL) {
		procPtr->firstLocalPtr = procPtr->lastLocalPtr = localPtr;
	    } else {
		procPtr->lastLocalPtr->nextPtr = localPtr;
		procPtr->lastLocalPtr = localPtr;
	    }
	    localPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
................................................................................
int
TclObjGetFrame(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter in which to find frame. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr,		/* Object describing frame. */
    CallFrame **framePtrPtr)	/* Store pointer to frame here (or NULL if
				 * global frame indicated). */
{
    register Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    int curLevel, level, result;
    const Tcl_ObjIntRep *irPtr;
    const char *name = NULL;
    Tcl_WideInt w;

    /*
     * Parse object to figure out which level number to go to.
................................................................................
TclNRUplevelObjCmd(
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{

    register Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    CmdFrame *invoker = NULL;
    int word = 0;
    int result;
    CallFrame *savedVarFramePtr, *framePtr;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;

    if (objc < 2) {
................................................................................
 
static int
ProcWrongNumArgs(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int skip)
{
    CallFrame *framePtr = ((Interp *)interp)->varFramePtr;
    register Proc *procPtr = framePtr->procPtr;
    int localCt = procPtr->numCompiledLocals, numArgs, i;
    Tcl_Obj **desiredObjs;
    const char *final = NULL;

    /*
     * Build up desired argument list for Tcl_WrongNumArgs
     */
................................................................................
#else
	desiredObjs[0] = Tcl_NewListObj(1, framePtr->objv + skip - 1);
#endif /* AVOID_HACKS_FOR_ITCL */
    }
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(desiredObjs[0]);

    if (localCt > 0) {
	register Var *defPtr = (Var *) (&framePtr->localCachePtr->varName0 + localCt);

	for (i=1 ; i<=numArgs ; i++, defPtr++) {
	    Tcl_Obj *argObj;
	    Tcl_Obj *namePtr = localName(framePtr, i-1);

	    if (defPtr->value.objPtr != NULL) {
		TclNewObj(argObj);
................................................................................
	/*
	 * Now invoke the resolvers to determine the exact variables that
	 * should be used.
	 */

	resVarInfo = localPtr->resolveInfo;
	if (resVarInfo && resVarInfo->fetchProc) {
	    register Var *resolvedVarPtr = (Var *)
		    resVarInfo->fetchProc(interp, resVarInfo);

	    if (resolvedVarPtr) {
		if (TclIsVarInHash(resolvedVarPtr)) {
		    VarHashRefCount(resolvedVarPtr)++;
		}
		varPtr->flags = VAR_LINK;
................................................................................
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    LocalCache *localCachePtr)
{
    int i;
    Tcl_Obj **namePtrPtr = &localCachePtr->varName0;

    for (i = 0; i < localCachePtr->numVars; i++, namePtrPtr++) {
	register Tcl_Obj *objPtr = *namePtrPtr;

	if (objPtr) {
	    /* TclReleaseLiteral calls Tcl_DecrRefCount for us */
	    TclReleaseLiteral(interp, objPtr);
	}
    }
    ckfree(localCachePtr);
................................................................................
    int localCt = procPtr->numCompiledLocals;
    int numArgs = procPtr->numArgs, i = 0;

    Tcl_Obj **namePtr;
    Var *varPtr;
    LocalCache *localCachePtr;
    CompiledLocal *localPtr;
    int new;

    ByteCodeGetIntRep(procPtr->bodyPtr, &tclByteCodeType, codePtr);

    /*
     * Cache the names and initial values of local variables; store the
     * cache in both the framePtr for this execution and in the codePtr
     * for future calls.
................................................................................
    localPtr = procPtr->firstLocalPtr;
    while (localPtr) {
	if (TclIsVarTemporary(localPtr)) {
	    *namePtr = NULL;
	} else {
	    *namePtr = TclCreateLiteral(iPtr, localPtr->name,
		    localPtr->nameLength, /* hash */ (unsigned int) -1,
		    &new, /* nsPtr */ NULL, 0, NULL);
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(*namePtr);
	}

	if (i < numArgs) {
	    varPtr->flags = (localPtr->flags & VAR_IS_ARGS);
	    varPtr->value.objPtr = localPtr->defValuePtr;
	    varPtr++;
................................................................................
 *	are being referenced at runtime.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
InitArgsAndLocals(
    register Tcl_Interp *interp,/* Interpreter in which procedure was
				 * invoked. */
    Tcl_Obj *procNameObj,	/* Procedure name for error reporting. */
    int skip)			/* Number of initial arguments to be skipped,
				 * i.e., words in the "command name". */
{
    CallFrame *framePtr = ((Interp *)interp)->varFramePtr;
    register Proc *procPtr = framePtr->procPtr;
    ByteCode *codePtr;
    register Var *varPtr, *defPtr;
    int localCt = procPtr->numCompiledLocals, numArgs, argCt, i, imax;
    Tcl_Obj *const *argObjs;

    ByteCodeGetIntRep(procPtr->bodyPtr, &tclByteCodeType, codePtr);

    /*
     * Make sure that the local cache of variable names and initial values has
................................................................................
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclPushProcCallFrame(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Record describing procedure to be
				 * interpreted. */
    register Tcl_Interp *interp,/* Interpreter in which procedure was
				 * invoked. */
    int objc,			/* Count of number of arguments to this
				 * procedure. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Argument value objects. */
    int isLambda)		/* 1 if this is a call by ApplyObjCmd: it
				 * needs special rules for error msg */
{
................................................................................
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclObjInterpProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Record describing procedure to be
				 * interpreted. */
    register Tcl_Interp *interp,/* Interpreter in which procedure was
				 * invoked. */
    int objc,			/* Count of number of arguments to this
				 * procedure. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument value objects. */
{
    /*
     * Not used much in the core; external interface for iTcl
................................................................................
    return Tcl_NRCallObjProc(interp, TclNRInterpProc, clientData, objc, objv);
}

int
TclNRInterpProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Record describing procedure to be
				 * interpreted. */
    register Tcl_Interp *interp,/* Interpreter in which procedure was
				 * invoked. */
    int objc,			/* Count of number of arguments to this
				 * procedure. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument value objects. */
{
    int result = TclPushProcCallFrame(clientData, interp, objc, objv,
	    /*isLambda*/ 0);
................................................................................
 *	Nearly anything; depends on the commands in the procedure body.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclNRInterpProcCore(
    register Tcl_Interp *interp,/* Interpreter in which procedure was
				 * invoked. */
    Tcl_Obj *procNameObj,	/* Procedure name for error reporting. */
    int skip,			/* Number of initial arguments to be skipped,
				 * i.e., words in the "command name". */
    ProcErrorProc *errorProc)	/* How to convert results from the script into
				 * results of the overall procedure. */
{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    register Proc *procPtr = iPtr->varFramePtr->procPtr;
    int result;
    CallFrame *freePtr;
    ByteCode *codePtr;

    result = InitArgsAndLocals(interp, procNameObj, skip);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
	freePtr = iPtr->framePtr;
................................................................................
					/* Free compiledLocals. */
	TclStackFree(interp, freePtr);	/* Free CallFrame. */
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

#if defined(TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG)
    if (tclTraceExec >= 1) {
	register CallFrame *framePtr = iPtr->varFramePtr;
	register int i;

	if (framePtr->isProcCallFrame & FRAME_IS_LAMBDA) {
	    fprintf(stdout, "Calling lambda ");
	} else {
	    fprintf(stdout, "Calling proc ");
	}
	for (i = 0; i < framePtr->objc; i++) {
................................................................................
 *	Memory gets freed.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TclProcCleanupProc(
    register Proc *procPtr)	/* Procedure to be deleted. */
{
    register CompiledLocal *localPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *bodyPtr = procPtr->bodyPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *defPtr;
    Tcl_ResolvedVarInfo *resVarInfo;
    Tcl_HashEntry *hePtr = NULL;
    CmdFrame *cfPtr = NULL;
    Interp *iPtr = procPtr->iPtr;

................................................................................
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
DupLambdaInternalRep(
    Tcl_Obj *srcPtr,		/* Object with internal rep to copy. */
    register Tcl_Obj *copyPtr)	/* Object with internal rep to set. */
{
    Proc *procPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *nsObjPtr;

    LambdaGetIntRep(srcPtr, procPtr, nsObjPtr);
    assert(procPtr != NULL);

................................................................................
    procPtr->refCount++;

    LambdaSetIntRep(copyPtr, procPtr, nsObjPtr);
}

static void
FreeLambdaInternalRep(
    register Tcl_Obj *objPtr)	/* CmdName object with internal representation
				 * to free. */
{
    Proc *procPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *nsObjPtr;

    LambdaGetIntRep(objPtr, procPtr, nsObjPtr);
    assert(procPtr != NULL);
................................................................................
    }
    TclDecrRefCount(nsObjPtr);
}

static int
SetLambdaFromAny(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
    register Tcl_Obj *objPtr)	/* The object to convert. */
{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    const char *name;
    Tcl_Obj *argsPtr, *bodyPtr, *nsObjPtr, **objv;
    int isNew, objc, result;
    CmdFrame *cfPtr = NULL;
    Proc *procPtr;

int
Tcl_ProcObjCmd(
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    Proc *procPtr;
    const char *procName;
    const char *simpleName, *procArgs, *procBody;
    Namespace *nsPtr, *altNsPtr, *cxtNsPtr;
    Tcl_Command cmd;

    if (objc != 4) {
................................................................................
    const char *procName,	/* Unqualified name of this proc. */
    Tcl_Obj *argsPtr,		/* Description of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *bodyPtr,		/* Command body. */
    Proc **procPtrPtr)		/* Returns: pointer to proc data. */
{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;

    Proc *procPtr = NULL;
    int i, result, numArgs;
    CompiledLocal *localPtr = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj **argArray;
    int precompiled = 0;

    ProcGetIntRep(bodyPtr, procPtr);
    if (procPtr != NULL) {
	/*
	 * Because the body is a TclProProcBody, the actual body is already
................................................................................
	    localPtr = localPtr->nextPtr;
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Allocate an entry in the runtime procedure frame's array of
	     * local variables for the argument.
	     */

	    localPtr = ckalloc(offsetof(CompiledLocal, name) + fieldValues[0]->length +1);
	    if (procPtr->firstLocalPtr == NULL) {
		procPtr->firstLocalPtr = procPtr->lastLocalPtr = localPtr;
	    } else {
		procPtr->lastLocalPtr->nextPtr = localPtr;
		procPtr->lastLocalPtr = localPtr;
	    }
	    localPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
................................................................................
int
TclObjGetFrame(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter in which to find frame. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr,		/* Object describing frame. */
    CallFrame **framePtrPtr)	/* Store pointer to frame here (or NULL if
				 * global frame indicated). */
{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    int curLevel, level, result;
    const Tcl_ObjIntRep *irPtr;
    const char *name = NULL;
    Tcl_WideInt w;

    /*
     * Parse object to figure out which level number to go to.
................................................................................
TclNRUplevelObjCmd(
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{

    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    CmdFrame *invoker = NULL;
    int word = 0;
    int result;
    CallFrame *savedVarFramePtr, *framePtr;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;

    if (objc < 2) {
................................................................................
 
static int
ProcWrongNumArgs(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int skip)
{
    CallFrame *framePtr = ((Interp *)interp)->varFramePtr;
    Proc *procPtr = framePtr->procPtr;
    int localCt = procPtr->numCompiledLocals, numArgs, i;
    Tcl_Obj **desiredObjs;
    const char *final = NULL;

    /*
     * Build up desired argument list for Tcl_WrongNumArgs
     */
................................................................................
#else
	desiredObjs[0] = Tcl_NewListObj(1, framePtr->objv + skip - 1);
#endif /* AVOID_HACKS_FOR_ITCL */
    }
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(desiredObjs[0]);

    if (localCt > 0) {
	Var *defPtr = (Var *) (&framePtr->localCachePtr->varName0 + localCt);

	for (i=1 ; i<=numArgs ; i++, defPtr++) {
	    Tcl_Obj *argObj;
	    Tcl_Obj *namePtr = localName(framePtr, i-1);

	    if (defPtr->value.objPtr != NULL) {
		TclNewObj(argObj);
................................................................................
	/*
	 * Now invoke the resolvers to determine the exact variables that
	 * should be used.
	 */

	resVarInfo = localPtr->resolveInfo;
	if (resVarInfo && resVarInfo->fetchProc) {
	    Var *resolvedVarPtr = (Var *)
		    resVarInfo->fetchProc(interp, resVarInfo);

	    if (resolvedVarPtr) {
		if (TclIsVarInHash(resolvedVarPtr)) {
		    VarHashRefCount(resolvedVarPtr)++;
		}
		varPtr->flags = VAR_LINK;
................................................................................
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    LocalCache *localCachePtr)
{
    int i;
    Tcl_Obj **namePtrPtr = &localCachePtr->varName0;

    for (i = 0; i < localCachePtr->numVars; i++, namePtrPtr++) {
	Tcl_Obj *objPtr = *namePtrPtr;

	if (objPtr) {
	    /* TclReleaseLiteral calls Tcl_DecrRefCount for us */
	    TclReleaseLiteral(interp, objPtr);
	}
    }
    ckfree(localCachePtr);
................................................................................
    int localCt = procPtr->numCompiledLocals;
    int numArgs = procPtr->numArgs, i = 0;

    Tcl_Obj **namePtr;
    Var *varPtr;
    LocalCache *localCachePtr;
    CompiledLocal *localPtr;
    int isNew;

    ByteCodeGetIntRep(procPtr->bodyPtr, &tclByteCodeType, codePtr);

    /*
     * Cache the names and initial values of local variables; store the
     * cache in both the framePtr for this execution and in the codePtr
     * for future calls.
................................................................................
    localPtr = procPtr->firstLocalPtr;
    while (localPtr) {
	if (TclIsVarTemporary(localPtr)) {
	    *namePtr = NULL;
	} else {
	    *namePtr = TclCreateLiteral(iPtr, localPtr->name,
		    localPtr->nameLength, /* hash */ (unsigned int) -1,
		    &isNew, /* nsPtr */ NULL, 0, NULL);
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(*namePtr);
	}

	if (i < numArgs) {
	    varPtr->flags = (localPtr->flags & VAR_IS_ARGS);
	    varPtr->value.objPtr = localPtr->defValuePtr;
	    varPtr++;
................................................................................
 *	are being referenced at runtime.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
InitArgsAndLocals(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,/* Interpreter in which procedure was
				 * invoked. */
    Tcl_Obj *procNameObj,	/* Procedure name for error reporting. */
    int skip)			/* Number of initial arguments to be skipped,
				 * i.e., words in the "command name". */
{
    CallFrame *framePtr = ((Interp *)interp)->varFramePtr;
    Proc *procPtr = framePtr->procPtr;
    ByteCode *codePtr;
    Var *varPtr, *defPtr;
    int localCt = procPtr->numCompiledLocals, numArgs, argCt, i, imax;
    Tcl_Obj *const *argObjs;

    ByteCodeGetIntRep(procPtr->bodyPtr, &tclByteCodeType, codePtr);

    /*
     * Make sure that the local cache of variable names and initial values has
................................................................................
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclPushProcCallFrame(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Record describing procedure to be
				 * interpreted. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,/* Interpreter in which procedure was
				 * invoked. */
    int objc,			/* Count of number of arguments to this
				 * procedure. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Argument value objects. */
    int isLambda)		/* 1 if this is a call by ApplyObjCmd: it
				 * needs special rules for error msg */
{
................................................................................
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclObjInterpProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Record describing procedure to be
				 * interpreted. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,/* Interpreter in which procedure was
				 * invoked. */
    int objc,			/* Count of number of arguments to this
				 * procedure. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument value objects. */
{
    /*
     * Not used much in the core; external interface for iTcl
................................................................................
    return Tcl_NRCallObjProc(interp, TclNRInterpProc, clientData, objc, objv);
}

int
TclNRInterpProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Record describing procedure to be
				 * interpreted. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,/* Interpreter in which procedure was
				 * invoked. */
    int objc,			/* Count of number of arguments to this
				 * procedure. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument value objects. */
{
    int result = TclPushProcCallFrame(clientData, interp, objc, objv,
	    /*isLambda*/ 0);
................................................................................
 *	Nearly anything; depends on the commands in the procedure body.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclNRInterpProcCore(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,/* Interpreter in which procedure was
				 * invoked. */
    Tcl_Obj *procNameObj,	/* Procedure name for error reporting. */
    int skip,			/* Number of initial arguments to be skipped,
				 * i.e., words in the "command name". */
    ProcErrorProc *errorProc)	/* How to convert results from the script into
				 * results of the overall procedure. */
{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    Proc *procPtr = iPtr->varFramePtr->procPtr;
    int result;
    CallFrame *freePtr;
    ByteCode *codePtr;

    result = InitArgsAndLocals(interp, procNameObj, skip);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
	freePtr = iPtr->framePtr;
................................................................................
					/* Free compiledLocals. */
	TclStackFree(interp, freePtr);	/* Free CallFrame. */
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

#if defined(TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG)
    if (tclTraceExec >= 1) {
	CallFrame *framePtr = iPtr->varFramePtr;
	int i;

	if (framePtr->isProcCallFrame & FRAME_IS_LAMBDA) {
	    fprintf(stdout, "Calling lambda ");
	} else {
	    fprintf(stdout, "Calling proc ");
	}
	for (i = 0; i < framePtr->objc; i++) {
................................................................................
 *	Memory gets freed.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TclProcCleanupProc(
    Proc *procPtr)	/* Procedure to be deleted. */
{
    CompiledLocal *localPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *bodyPtr = procPtr->bodyPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *defPtr;
    Tcl_ResolvedVarInfo *resVarInfo;
    Tcl_HashEntry *hePtr = NULL;
    CmdFrame *cfPtr = NULL;
    Interp *iPtr = procPtr->iPtr;

................................................................................
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
DupLambdaInternalRep(
    Tcl_Obj *srcPtr,		/* Object with internal rep to copy. */
    Tcl_Obj *copyPtr)	/* Object with internal rep to set. */
{
    Proc *procPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *nsObjPtr;

    LambdaGetIntRep(srcPtr, procPtr, nsObjPtr);
    assert(procPtr != NULL);

................................................................................
    procPtr->refCount++;

    LambdaSetIntRep(copyPtr, procPtr, nsObjPtr);
}

static void
FreeLambdaInternalRep(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)	/* CmdName object with internal representation
				 * to free. */
{
    Proc *procPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *nsObjPtr;

    LambdaGetIntRep(objPtr, procPtr, nsObjPtr);
    assert(procPtr != NULL);
................................................................................
    }
    TclDecrRefCount(nsObjPtr);
}

static int
SetLambdaFromAny(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)	/* The object to convert. */
{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    const char *name;
    Tcl_Obj *argsPtr, *bodyPtr, *nsObjPtr, **objv;
    int isNew, objc, result;
    CmdFrame *cfPtr = NULL;
    Proc *procPtr;

				 * in (sub-)range here. */
{
    TclRegexp *regexpPtr = (TclRegexp *) re;
    const char *string;

    if ((size_t) index > regexpPtr->re.re_nsub) {
	*startPtr = *endPtr = NULL;
    } else if (regexpPtr->matches[index].rm_so < 0) {
	*startPtr = *endPtr = NULL;
    } else {
	if (regexpPtr->objPtr) {
	    string = TclGetString(regexpPtr->objPtr);
	} else {
	    string = regexpPtr->string;
	}
................................................................................

void
TclRegExpRangeUniChar(
    Tcl_RegExp re,		/* Compiled regular expression that has been
				 * passed to Tcl_RegExpExec. */
    int index,			/* 0 means give the range of the entire match,
				 * > 0 means give the range of a matching
				 * subrange, -1 means the range of the
				 * rm_extend field. */
    int *startPtr,		/* Store address of first character in
				 * (sub-)range here. */
    int *endPtr)		/* Store address of character just after last
				 * in (sub-)range here. */
{
    TclRegexp *regexpPtr = (TclRegexp *) re;

    if ((regexpPtr->flags&REG_EXPECT) && index == -1) {
	*startPtr = regexpPtr->details.rm_extend.rm_so;
	*endPtr = regexpPtr->details.rm_extend.rm_eo;
    } else if ((size_t) index > regexpPtr->re.re_nsub) {
	*startPtr = -1;
	*endPtr = -1;
    } else {
	*startPtr = regexpPtr->matches[index].rm_so;
	*endPtr = regexpPtr->matches[index].rm_eo;
    }
}
 
/*

				 * in (sub-)range here. */
{
    TclRegexp *regexpPtr = (TclRegexp *) re;
    const char *string;

    if ((size_t) index > regexpPtr->re.re_nsub) {
	*startPtr = *endPtr = NULL;
    } else if (regexpPtr->matches[index].rm_so == TCL_INDEX_NONE) {
	*startPtr = *endPtr = NULL;
    } else {
	if (regexpPtr->objPtr) {
	    string = TclGetString(regexpPtr->objPtr);
	} else {
	    string = regexpPtr->string;
	}
................................................................................

void
TclRegExpRangeUniChar(
    Tcl_RegExp re,		/* Compiled regular expression that has been
				 * passed to Tcl_RegExpExec. */
    int index,			/* 0 means give the range of the entire match,
				 * > 0 means give the range of a matching
				 * subrange, TCL_INDEX_NONE means the range of the
				 * rm_extend field. */
    int *startPtr,		/* Store address of first character in
				 * (sub-)range here. */
    int *endPtr)		/* Store address of character just after last
				 * in (sub-)range here. */
{
    TclRegexp *regexpPtr = (TclRegexp *) re;

    if ((regexpPtr->flags&REG_EXPECT) && (index == TCL_INDEX_NONE)) {
	*startPtr = regexpPtr->details.rm_extend.rm_so;
	*endPtr = regexpPtr->details.rm_extend.rm_eo;
    } else if ((size_t) index > regexpPtr->re.re_nsub) {
	*startPtr = TCL_INDEX_NONE;
	*endPtr = TCL_INDEX_NONE;
    } else {
	*startPtr = regexpPtr->matches[index].rm_so;
	*endPtr = regexpPtr->matches[index].rm_eo;
    }
}
 
/*

	 */

	iPtr->appendUsed = strlen(iPtr->result);
    }

    totalSpace = newSpace + iPtr->appendUsed;
    if (totalSpace >= iPtr->appendAvl) {
	char *new;

	if (totalSpace < 100) {
	    totalSpace = 200;
	} else {
	    totalSpace *= 2;
	}
	new = ckalloc(totalSpace);
	strcpy(new, iPtr->result);
	if (iPtr->appendResult != NULL) {
	    ckfree(iPtr->appendResult);
	}
	iPtr->appendResult = new;
	iPtr->appendAvl = totalSpace;
    } else if (iPtr->result != iPtr->appendResult) {
	strcpy(iPtr->appendResult, iPtr->result);
    }

    Tcl_FreeResult((Tcl_Interp *) iPtr);
    iPtr->result = iPtr->appendResult;

	 */

	iPtr->appendUsed = strlen(iPtr->result);
    }

    totalSpace = newSpace + iPtr->appendUsed;
    if (totalSpace >= iPtr->appendAvl) {
	char *newSpace;

	if (totalSpace < 100) {
	    totalSpace = 200;
	} else {
	    totalSpace *= 2;
	}
	newSpace = ckalloc(totalSpace);
	strcpy(newSpace, iPtr->result);
	if (iPtr->appendResult != NULL) {
	    ckfree(iPtr->appendResult);
	}
	iPtr->appendResult = newSpace;
	iPtr->appendAvl = totalSpace;
    } else if (iPtr->result != iPtr->appendResult) {
	strcpy(iPtr->appendResult, iPtr->result);
    }

    Tcl_FreeResult((Tcl_Interp *) iPtr);
    iPtr->result = iPtr->appendResult;

     * significand (the most significant) corresponds to the
     * 2**(binExponent+M2 + 1) bit of 2*M2*v. Allocate enough digits to hold
     * that quantity, then convert the significand to a large integer, scaled
     * appropriately. Then multiply by the appropriate power of 5.
     */

    msb = binExponent + M2;	/* 1008 */
    nDigits = msb / DIGIT_BIT + 1;
    mp_init_size(&twoMv, nDigits);
    i = (msb % DIGIT_BIT + 1);
    twoMv.used = nDigits;
    significand *= SafeLdExp(1.0, i);
    while (--nDigits >= 0) {
	twoMv.dp[nDigits] = (mp_digit) significand;
	significand -= (mp_digit) significand;
	significand = SafeLdExp(significand, DIGIT_BIT);
    }
    for (i = 0; i <= 8; ++i) {
	if (M5 & (1 << i)) {
	    mp_mul(&twoMv, pow5+i, &twoMv);
	}
    }

................................................................................
static inline int
ShouldBankerRoundUpPowD(
    mp_int *b,			/* Numerator of the fraction. */
    int sd,			/* Denominator is 2**(sd*DIGIT_BIT). */
    int isodd)			/* 1 if the digit is odd, 0 if even. */
{
    int i;
    static const mp_digit topbit = ((mp_digit)1) << (DIGIT_BIT - 1);

    if (b->used < sd || (b->dp[sd-1] & topbit) == 0) {
	return 0;
    }
    if (b->dp[sd-1] != topbit) {
	return 1;
    }
................................................................................

    /*
     * b = bw * 2**b2 * 5**b5
     * mminus = 5**m5
     */

    TclInitBignumFromWideUInt(&b, bw);
    mp_init_set_int(&mminus, 1);
    MulPow5(&b, b5, &b);
    mp_mul_2d(&b, b2, &b);

    /*
     * Adjust if the logarithm was guessed wrong.
     */

................................................................................
    /*
     * b = bw * 2**b2 * 5**b5
     * S = 2**s2 * 5*s5
     */

    TclInitBignumFromWideUInt(&b, bw);
    mp_mul_2d(&b, b2, &b);
    mp_init_set_int(&S, 1);
    MulPow5(&S, s5, &S); mp_mul_2d(&S, s2, &S);

    /*
     * Handle the case where we guess the position of the decimal point wrong.
     */

    if (mp_cmp_mag(&b, &S) == MP_LT) {
................................................................................
	--k;
    }

    /*
     * mminus = 2**m2minus * 5**m5
     */

    mp_init_set_int(&mminus, minit);
    mp_mul_2d(&mminus, m2minus, &mminus);
    if (m2plus > m2minus) {
	mp_init_copy(&mplus, &mminus);
	mp_mul_2d(&mplus, m2plus-m2minus, &mplus);
    }

    /*
................................................................................
     * b = bw * 2**b2 * 5**b5
     * S = 2**s2 * 5*s5
     */

    mp_init_multi(&dig, NULL);
    TclInitBignumFromWideUInt(&b, bw);
    mp_mul_2d(&b, b2, &b);
    mp_init_set_int(&S, 1);
    MulPow5(&S, s5, &S); mp_mul_2d(&S, s2, &S);

    /*
     * Handle the case where we guess the position of the decimal point wrong.
     */

    if (mp_cmp_mag(&b, &S) == MP_LT) {
................................................................................
	     * The denominator is a power of 2, so we can replace division by
	     * digit shifts. First we round up s2 to a multiple of DIGIT_BIT,
	     * and adjust m2 and b2 accordingly. Then we launch into a version
	     * of the comparison that's specialized for the 'power of mp_digit
	     * in the denominator' case.
	     */

	    if (s2 % DIGIT_BIT != 0) {
		int delta = DIGIT_BIT - (s2 % DIGIT_BIT);

		b2 += delta;
		m2plus += delta;
		m2minus += delta;
		s2 += delta;
	    }
	    return ShorteningBignumConversionPowD(&d, bw, b2, b5,
		    m2plus, m2minus, m5, s2/DIGIT_BIT, k, len, ilim, ilim1,
		    decpt, endPtr);
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Alas, there's no helpful special case; use full-up bignum
	     * arithmetic for the conversion.
	     */

................................................................................
	     * The denominator is a power of 2, so we can replace division by
	     * digit shifts. First we round up s2 to a multiple of DIGIT_BIT,
	     * and adjust m2 and b2 accordingly. Then we launch into a version
	     * of the comparison that's specialized for the 'power of mp_digit
	     * in the denominator' case.
	     */

	    if (s2 % DIGIT_BIT != 0) {
		int delta = DIGIT_BIT - (s2 % DIGIT_BIT);

		b2 += delta;
		s2 += delta;
	    }
	    return StrictBignumConversionPowD(&d, bw, b2, b5,
		    s2/DIGIT_BIT, k, len, ilim, ilim1, decpt, endPtr);
	} else {
	    /*
	     * There are no helpful special cases, but at least we know in
	     * advance how many digits we will convert. We can run the
	     * conversion in steps of DIGIT_GROUP digits, so as to have many
	     * fewer mp_int divisions.
	     */
................................................................................
     * the significand of a double.
     */

    maxDigits = (int) ((DBL_MAX_EXP * log((double) FLT_RADIX)
	    + 0.5 * log(10.)) / log(10.));
    minDigits = (int) floor((DBL_MIN_EXP - DBL_MANT_DIG)
	    * log((double) FLT_RADIX) / log(10.));
    log10_DIGIT_MAX = (int) floor(DIGIT_BIT * log(2.) / log(10.));

    /*
     * Nokia 770's software-emulated floating point is "middle endian": the
     * bytes within a 32-bit word are little-endian (like the native
     * integers), but the two words of a 'double' are presented most
     * significant word first.
     */
................................................................................
	if (lsb == -1-shift) {

	    /*
	     * Round to even
	     */

	    mp_div_2d(a, -shift, &b, NULL);
	    if (mp_get_bit(&b, 0)) {
		if (b.sign == MP_ZPOS) {
		    mp_add_d(&b, 1, &b);
		} else {
		    mp_sub_d(&b, 1, &b);
		}
	    }
	} else {
................................................................................

    /*
     * Accumulate the result, one mp_digit at a time.
     */

    r = 0.0;
    for (i=b.used-1 ; i>=0 ; --i) {
	r = ldexp(r, DIGIT_BIT) + b.dp[i];
    }
    mp_clear(&b);

    /*
     * Scale the result to the correct number of bits.
     */

................................................................................
	    } else {
		mp_copy(a, &b);
	    }
	    if (!exact) {
		mp_add_d(&b, 1, &b);
	    }
	    for (i=b.used-1 ; i>=0 ; --i) {
		r = ldexp(r, DIGIT_BIT) + b.dp[i];
	    }
	    r = ldexp(r, bits - mantBits);
	}
    }
    mp_clear(&b);
    return r;
}
................................................................................
		mp_mul_2d(a, shift, &b);
	    } else if (shift < 0) {
		mp_div_2d(a, -shift, &b, NULL);
	    } else {
		mp_copy(a, &b);
	    }
	    for (i=b.used-1 ; i>=0 ; --i) {
		r = ldexp(r, DIGIT_BIT) + b.dp[i];
	    }
	    r = ldexp(r, bits - mantBits);
	}
    }
    mp_clear(&b);
    return r;
}
................................................................................

    /*
     * Accumulate the result, one mp_digit at a time.
     */

    r = 0.0;
    for (i=b.used-1; i>=0; --i) {
	r = ldexp(r, DIGIT_BIT) + b.dp[i];
    }
    mp_clear(&b);

    /*
     * Return the result with the appropriate sign.
     */

     * significand (the most significant) corresponds to the
     * 2**(binExponent+M2 + 1) bit of 2*M2*v. Allocate enough digits to hold
     * that quantity, then convert the significand to a large integer, scaled
     * appropriately. Then multiply by the appropriate power of 5.
     */

    msb = binExponent + M2;	/* 1008 */
    nDigits = msb / MP_DIGIT_BIT + 1;
    mp_init_size(&twoMv, nDigits);
    i = (msb % MP_DIGIT_BIT + 1);
    twoMv.used = nDigits;
    significand *= SafeLdExp(1.0, i);
    while (--nDigits >= 0) {
	twoMv.dp[nDigits] = (mp_digit) significand;
	significand -= (mp_digit) significand;
	significand = SafeLdExp(significand, MP_DIGIT_BIT);
    }
    for (i = 0; i <= 8; ++i) {
	if (M5 & (1 << i)) {
	    mp_mul(&twoMv, pow5+i, &twoMv);
	}
    }

................................................................................
static inline int
ShouldBankerRoundUpPowD(
    mp_int *b,			/* Numerator of the fraction. */
    int sd,			/* Denominator is 2**(sd*DIGIT_BIT). */
    int isodd)			/* 1 if the digit is odd, 0 if even. */
{
    int i;
    static const mp_digit topbit = ((mp_digit)1) << (MP_DIGIT_BIT - 1);

    if (b->used < sd || (b->dp[sd-1] & topbit) == 0) {
	return 0;
    }
    if (b->dp[sd-1] != topbit) {
	return 1;
    }
................................................................................

    /*
     * b = bw * 2**b2 * 5**b5
     * mminus = 5**m5
     */

    TclInitBignumFromWideUInt(&b, bw);
    mp_init_set(&mminus, 1);
    MulPow5(&b, b5, &b);
    mp_mul_2d(&b, b2, &b);

    /*
     * Adjust if the logarithm was guessed wrong.
     */

................................................................................
    /*
     * b = bw * 2**b2 * 5**b5
     * S = 2**s2 * 5*s5
     */

    TclInitBignumFromWideUInt(&b, bw);
    mp_mul_2d(&b, b2, &b);
    mp_init_set(&S, 1);
    MulPow5(&S, s5, &S); mp_mul_2d(&S, s2, &S);

    /*
     * Handle the case where we guess the position of the decimal point wrong.
     */

    if (mp_cmp_mag(&b, &S) == MP_LT) {
................................................................................
	--k;
    }

    /*
     * mminus = 2**m2minus * 5**m5
     */

    mp_init_set(&mminus, minit);
    mp_mul_2d(&mminus, m2minus, &mminus);
    if (m2plus > m2minus) {
	mp_init_copy(&mplus, &mminus);
	mp_mul_2d(&mplus, m2plus-m2minus, &mplus);
    }

    /*
................................................................................
     * b = bw * 2**b2 * 5**b5
     * S = 2**s2 * 5*s5
     */

    mp_init_multi(&dig, NULL);
    TclInitBignumFromWideUInt(&b, bw);
    mp_mul_2d(&b, b2, &b);
    mp_init_set(&S, 1);
    MulPow5(&S, s5, &S); mp_mul_2d(&S, s2, &S);

    /*
     * Handle the case where we guess the position of the decimal point wrong.
     */

    if (mp_cmp_mag(&b, &S) == MP_LT) {
................................................................................
	     * The denominator is a power of 2, so we can replace division by
	     * digit shifts. First we round up s2 to a multiple of DIGIT_BIT,
	     * and adjust m2 and b2 accordingly. Then we launch into a version
	     * of the comparison that's specialized for the 'power of mp_digit
	     * in the denominator' case.
	     */

	    if (s2 % MP_DIGIT_BIT != 0) {
		int delta = MP_DIGIT_BIT - (s2 % MP_DIGIT_BIT);

		b2 += delta;
		m2plus += delta;
		m2minus += delta;
		s2 += delta;
	    }
	    return ShorteningBignumConversionPowD(&d, bw, b2, b5,
		    m2plus, m2minus, m5, s2/MP_DIGIT_BIT, k, len, ilim, ilim1,
		    decpt, endPtr);
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Alas, there's no helpful special case; use full-up bignum
	     * arithmetic for the conversion.
	     */

................................................................................
	     * The denominator is a power of 2, so we can replace division by
	     * digit shifts. First we round up s2 to a multiple of DIGIT_BIT,
	     * and adjust m2 and b2 accordingly. Then we launch into a version
	     * of the comparison that's specialized for the 'power of mp_digit
	     * in the denominator' case.
	     */

	    if (s2 % MP_DIGIT_BIT != 0) {
		int delta = MP_DIGIT_BIT - (s2 % MP_DIGIT_BIT);

		b2 += delta;
		s2 += delta;
	    }
	    return StrictBignumConversionPowD(&d, bw, b2, b5,
		    s2/MP_DIGIT_BIT, k, len, ilim, ilim1, decpt, endPtr);
	} else {
	    /*
	     * There are no helpful special cases, but at least we know in
	     * advance how many digits we will convert. We can run the
	     * conversion in steps of DIGIT_GROUP digits, so as to have many
	     * fewer mp_int divisions.
	     */
................................................................................
     * the significand of a double.
     */

    maxDigits = (int) ((DBL_MAX_EXP * log((double) FLT_RADIX)
	    + 0.5 * log(10.)) / log(10.));
    minDigits = (int) floor((DBL_MIN_EXP - DBL_MANT_DIG)
	    * log((double) FLT_RADIX) / log(10.));
    log10_DIGIT_MAX = (int) floor(MP_DIGIT_BIT * log(2.) / log(10.));

    /*
     * Nokia 770's software-emulated floating point is "middle endian": the
     * bytes within a 32-bit word are little-endian (like the native
     * integers), but the two words of a 'double' are presented most
     * significant word first.
     */
................................................................................
	if (lsb == -1-shift) {

	    /*
	     * Round to even
	     */

	    mp_div_2d(a, -shift, &b, NULL);
	    if (mp_isodd(&b)) {
		if (b.sign == MP_ZPOS) {
		    mp_add_d(&b, 1, &b);
		} else {
		    mp_sub_d(&b, 1, &b);
		}
	    }
	} else {
................................................................................

    /*
     * Accumulate the result, one mp_digit at a time.
     */

    r = 0.0;
    for (i=b.used-1 ; i>=0 ; --i) {
	r = ldexp(r, MP_DIGIT_BIT) + b.dp[i];
    }
    mp_clear(&b);

    /*
     * Scale the result to the correct number of bits.
     */

................................................................................
	    } else {
		mp_copy(a, &b);
	    }
	    if (!exact) {
		mp_add_d(&b, 1, &b);
	    }
	    for (i=b.used-1 ; i>=0 ; --i) {
		r = ldexp(r, MP_DIGIT_BIT) + b.dp[i];
	    }
	    r = ldexp(r, bits - mantBits);
	}
    }
    mp_clear(&b);
    return r;
}
................................................................................
		mp_mul_2d(a, shift, &b);
	    } else if (shift < 0) {
		mp_div_2d(a, -shift, &b, NULL);
	    } else {
		mp_copy(a, &b);
	    }
	    for (i=b.used-1 ; i>=0 ; --i) {
		r = ldexp(r, MP_DIGIT_BIT) + b.dp[i];
	    }
	    r = ldexp(r, bits - mantBits);
	}
    }
    mp_clear(&b);
    return r;
}
................................................................................

    /*
     * Accumulate the result, one mp_digit at a time.
     */

    r = 0.0;
    for (i=b.used-1; i>=0; --i) {
	r = ldexp(r, MP_DIGIT_BIT) + b.dp[i];
    }
    mp_clear(&b);

    /*
     * Return the result with the appropriate sign.
     */

		    bits = uw;
		    while (uw) {
			numDigits++;
			uw /= base;
		    }
#endif
		} else if (useBig && big.used) {
		    int leftover = (big.used * DIGIT_BIT) % numBits;
		    mp_digit mask = (~(mp_digit)0) << (DIGIT_BIT-leftover);

		    numDigits = 1 +
			    (((Tcl_WideInt) big.used * DIGIT_BIT) / numBits);
		    while ((mask & big.dp[big.used-1]) == 0) {
			numDigits--;
			mask >>= numBits;
		    }
		    if (numDigits > INT_MAX) {
			msg = overflow;
			errCode = "OVERFLOW";
................................................................................
		bytes = TclGetString(pure);
		toAppend = length = (int) numDigits;
		while (numDigits--) {
		    int digitOffset;

		    if (useBig && big.used) {
			if (index < big.used && (size_t) shift <
				CHAR_BIT*sizeof(Tcl_WideUInt) - DIGIT_BIT) {
			    bits |= ((Tcl_WideUInt) big.dp[index++]) << shift;
			    shift += DIGIT_BIT;
			}
			shift -= numBits;
		    }
		    digitOffset = (int) (bits % base);
		    if (digitOffset > 9) {
			if (ch == 'X') {
			    bytes[numDigits] = 'A' + digitOffset - 10;
................................................................................
	/* We don't find empty substrings.  Bizarre!
	 * Whenever this routine is turned into a proper substring
	 * finder, change to `return start` after limits imposed. */
	return -1;
    }

    if (TclIsPureByteArray(needle) && TclIsPureByteArray(haystack)) {
	unsigned char *end, *try, *bh;
	unsigned char *bn = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(needle, &ln);

	/* Find bytes in bytes */
	bh = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(haystack, &lh);
	if ((lh < ln) || (start > lh - ln)) {
	    /* Don't start the loop if there cannot be a valid answer */
	    return -1;
	}
	end = bh + lh;

	try = bh + start;
	while (try + ln <= end) {
	    /*
	     * Look for the leading byte of the needle in the haystack
	     * starting at try and stopping when there's not enough room
	     * for the needle left.
	     */
	    try = memchr(try, bn[0], (end + 1 - ln) - try);
	    if (try == NULL) {
		/* Leading byte not found -> needle cannot be found. */
		return -1;
	    }
	    /* Leading byte found, check rest of needle. */
	    if (0 == memcmp(try+1, bn+1, ln-1)) {
		/* Checks! Return the successful index. */
		return (try - bh);
	    }
	    /* Rest of needle match failed; Iterate to continue search. */
	    try++;
	}
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * TODO: It might be nice to support some cases where it is not
     * necessary to shimmer to &tclStringType to compute the result,
................................................................................
     * we explicitly decline to support.  Getting there will involve
     * locking down in practice more firmly just what encodings produce
     * what supported results for the objPtr->bytes values.  For now,
     * do only the well-defined Tcl_UniChar array search.
     */

    {
	Tcl_UniChar *try, *end, *uh;
	Tcl_UniChar *un = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(needle, &ln);

	uh = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(haystack, &lh);
	if ((lh < ln) || (start > lh - ln)) {
	    /* Don't start the loop if there cannot be a valid answer */
	    return -1;
	}
	end = uh + lh;

	for (try = uh + start; try + ln <= end; try++) {
	    if ((*try == *un) && (0 ==
		    memcmp(try + 1, un + 1, (ln-1) * sizeof(Tcl_UniChar)))) {
		return (try - uh);
	    }
	}
	return -1;
    }
}
 
/*
................................................................................
	 * 	TODO: When we one day make this a true substring
	 * 	finder, change this to "return last", after limitation.
	 */
	return -1;
    }

    if (TclIsPureByteArray(needle) && TclIsPureByteArray(haystack)) {
	unsigned char *try, *bh = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(haystack, &lh);
	unsigned char *bn = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(needle, &ln);

	if (last >= lh) {
	    last = lh - 1;
	}
	if (last + 1 < ln) {
	    /* Don't start the loop if there cannot be a valid answer */
	    return -1;
	}
	try = bh + last + 1 - ln;

	while (try >= bh) {
	    if ((*try == bn[0])
		    && (0 == memcmp(try+1, bn+1, ln-1))) {
		return (try - bh);
	    }
	    try--;
	}
	return -1;
    }

    {
	Tcl_UniChar *try, *uh = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(haystack, &lh);
	Tcl_UniChar *un = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(needle, &ln);

	if (last >= lh) {
	    last = lh - 1;
	}
	if (last + 1 < ln) {
	    /* Don't start the loop if there cannot be a valid answer */
	    return -1;
	}
	try = uh + last + 1 - ln;
	while (try >= uh) {
	    if ((*try == un[0])
		    && (0 == memcmp(try+1, un+1, (ln-1)*sizeof(Tcl_UniChar)))) {
		return (try - uh);
	    }
	    try--;
	}
	return -1;
    }
}
 
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------

		    bits = uw;
		    while (uw) {
			numDigits++;
			uw /= base;
		    }
#endif
		} else if (useBig && big.used) {
		    int leftover = (big.used * MP_DIGIT_BIT) % numBits;
		    mp_digit mask = (~(mp_digit)0) << (MP_DIGIT_BIT-leftover);

		    numDigits = 1 +
			    (((Tcl_WideInt) big.used * MP_DIGIT_BIT) / numBits);
		    while ((mask & big.dp[big.used-1]) == 0) {
			numDigits--;
			mask >>= numBits;
		    }
		    if (numDigits > INT_MAX) {
			msg = overflow;
			errCode = "OVERFLOW";
................................................................................
		bytes = TclGetString(pure);
		toAppend = length = (int) numDigits;
		while (numDigits--) {
		    int digitOffset;

		    if (useBig && big.used) {
			if (index < big.used && (size_t) shift <
				CHAR_BIT*sizeof(Tcl_WideUInt) - MP_DIGIT_BIT) {
			    bits |= ((Tcl_WideUInt) big.dp[index++]) << shift;
			    shift += MP_DIGIT_BIT;
			}
			shift -= numBits;
		    }
		    digitOffset = (int) (bits % base);
		    if (digitOffset > 9) {
			if (ch == 'X') {
			    bytes[numDigits] = 'A' + digitOffset - 10;
................................................................................
	/* We don't find empty substrings.  Bizarre!
	 * Whenever this routine is turned into a proper substring
	 * finder, change to `return start` after limits imposed. */
	return -1;
    }

    if (TclIsPureByteArray(needle) && TclIsPureByteArray(haystack)) {
	unsigned char *end, *check, *bh;
	unsigned char *bn = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(needle, &ln);

	/* Find bytes in bytes */
	bh = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(haystack, &lh);
	if ((lh < ln) || (start > lh - ln)) {
	    /* Don't start the loop if there cannot be a valid answer */
	    return -1;
	}
	end = bh + lh;

	check = bh + start;
	while (check + ln <= end) {
	    /*
	     * Look for the leading byte of the needle in the haystack
	     * starting at check and stopping when there's not enough room
	     * for the needle left.
	     */
	    check = memchr(check, bn[0], (end + 1 - ln) - check);
	    if (check == NULL) {
		/* Leading byte not found -> needle cannot be found. */
		return -1;
	    }
	    /* Leading byte found, check rest of needle. */
	    if (0 == memcmp(check+1, bn+1, ln-1)) {
		/* Checks! Return the successful index. */
		return (check - bh);
	    }
	    /* Rest of needle match failed; Iterate to continue search. */
	    check++;
	}
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * TODO: It might be nice to support some cases where it is not
     * necessary to shimmer to &tclStringType to compute the result,
................................................................................
     * we explicitly decline to support.  Getting there will involve
     * locking down in practice more firmly just what encodings produce
     * what supported results for the objPtr->bytes values.  For now,
     * do only the well-defined Tcl_UniChar array search.
     */

    {
	Tcl_UniChar *check, *end, *uh;
	Tcl_UniChar *un = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(needle, &ln);

	uh = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(haystack, &lh);
	if ((lh < ln) || (start > lh - ln)) {
	    /* Don't start the loop if there cannot be a valid answer */
	    return -1;
	}
	end = uh + lh;

	for (check = uh + start; check + ln <= end; check++) {
	    if ((*check == *un) && (0 ==
		    memcmp(check + 1, un + 1, (ln-1) * sizeof(Tcl_UniChar)))) {
		return (check - uh);
	    }
	}
	return -1;
    }
}
 
/*
................................................................................
	 * 	TODO: When we one day make this a true substring
	 * 	finder, change this to "return last", after limitation.
	 */
	return -1;
    }

    if (TclIsPureByteArray(needle) && TclIsPureByteArray(haystack)) {
	unsigned char *check, *bh = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(haystack, &lh);
	unsigned char *bn = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(needle, &ln);

	if (last >= lh) {
	    last = lh - 1;
	}
	if (last + 1 < ln) {
	    /* Don't start the loop if there cannot be a valid answer */
	    return -1;
	}
	check = bh + last + 1 - ln;

	while (check >= bh) {
	    if ((*check == bn[0])
		    && (0 == memcmp(check+1, bn+1, ln-1))) {
		return (check - bh);
	    }
	    check--;
	}
	return -1;
    }

    {
	Tcl_UniChar *check, *uh = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(haystack, &lh);
	Tcl_UniChar *un = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(needle, &ln);

	if (last >= lh) {
	    last = lh - 1;
	}
	if (last + 1 < ln) {
	    /* Don't start the loop if there cannot be a valid answer */
	    return -1;
	}
	check = uh + last + 1 - ln;
	while (check >= uh) {
	    if ((*check == un[0])
		    && (0 == memcmp(check+1, un+1, (ln-1)*sizeof(Tcl_UniChar)))) {
		return (check - uh);
	    }
	    check--;
	}
	return -1;
    }
}
 
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------

#undef TclWinSetSockOpt
#undef TclWinNToHS
#undef TclStaticPackage
#undef TclBNInitBignumFromLong
#undef Tcl_BackgroundError
#define TclStaticPackage Tcl_StaticPackage








/* See bug 510001: TclSockMinimumBuffers needs plat imp */
#if defined(_WIN64) || defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) || TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
#   define TclSockMinimumBuffersOld 0
#else
#define TclSockMinimumBuffersOld sockMinimumBuffersOld
static int TclSockMinimumBuffersOld(int sock, int size)
{
................................................................................
#   undef Tcl_GlobalEvalObj
#   define Tcl_GlobalEvalObj 0
#   define TclBackgroundException 0
#   undef TclpReaddir
#   define TclpReaddir 0
#   define TclSetStartupScript 0
#   define TclGetStartupScript 0

#   define TclCreateNamespace 0
#   define TclDeleteNamespace 0
#   define TclAppendExportList 0
#   define TclExport 0
#   define TclImport 0
#   define TclForgetImport 0
#   define TclGetCurrentNamespace_ 0
................................................................................
#   define TclBN_s_mp_sub 0
#else /* TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
#   define Tcl_SeekOld seekOld
#   define Tcl_TellOld tellOld
#   define TclBackgroundException Tcl_BackgroundException
#   define TclSetStartupScript Tcl_SetStartupScript
#   define TclGetStartupScript Tcl_GetStartupScript

#   define TclCreateNamespace Tcl_CreateNamespace
#   define TclDeleteNamespace Tcl_DeleteNamespace
#   define TclAppendExportList Tcl_AppendExportList
#   define TclExport Tcl_Export
#   define TclImport Tcl_Import
#   define TclForgetImport Tcl_ForgetImport
#   define TclGetCurrentNamespace_ Tcl_GetCurrentNamespace
................................................................................
    TclRegisterLiteral, /* 251 */
    TclPtrGetVar, /* 252 */
    TclPtrSetVar, /* 253 */
    TclPtrIncrObjVar, /* 254 */
    TclPtrObjMakeUpvar, /* 255 */
    TclPtrUnsetVar, /* 256 */
    TclStaticPackage, /* 257 */

};

static const TclIntPlatStubs tclIntPlatStubs = {
    TCL_STUB_MAGIC,
    0,
#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TCL) /* UNIX */
    TclGetAndDetachPids, /* 0 */
................................................................................
    TclBN_mp_get_long_long, /* 69 */
    TclBN_mp_set_long, /* 70 */
    TclBN_mp_get_long, /* 71 */
    TclBN_mp_get_int, /* 72 */
    TclBN_mp_tc_and, /* 73 */
    TclBN_mp_tc_or, /* 74 */
    TclBN_mp_tc_xor, /* 75 */
    TclBN_mp_tc_div_2d, /* 76 */
    TclBN_mp_get_bit, /* 77 */
};

static const TclStubHooks tclStubHooks = {
    &tclPlatStubs,
    &tclIntStubs,
    &tclIntPlatStubs
................................................................................
    Tcl_FetchIntRep, /* 638 */
    Tcl_StoreIntRep, /* 639 */
    Tcl_HasStringRep, /* 640 */
    Tcl_IncrRefCount, /* 641 */
    Tcl_DecrRefCount, /* 642 */
    Tcl_IsShared, /* 643 */
    Tcl_LinkArray, /* 644 */

};

/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

#undef TclWinSetSockOpt
#undef TclWinNToHS
#undef TclStaticPackage
#undef TclBNInitBignumFromLong
#undef Tcl_BackgroundError
#define TclStaticPackage Tcl_StaticPackage

#undef TclBN_mp_tc_and
#undef TclBN_mp_tc_or
#undef TclBN_mp_tc_xor
#define TclBN_mp_tc_and TclBN_mp_and
#define TclBN_mp_tc_or TclBN_mp_or
#define TclBN_mp_tc_xor TclBN_mp_xor

/* See bug 510001: TclSockMinimumBuffers needs plat imp */
#if defined(_WIN64) || defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) || TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
#   define TclSockMinimumBuffersOld 0
#else
#define TclSockMinimumBuffersOld sockMinimumBuffersOld
static int TclSockMinimumBuffersOld(int sock, int size)
{
................................................................................
#   undef Tcl_GlobalEvalObj
#   define Tcl_GlobalEvalObj 0
#   define TclBackgroundException 0
#   undef TclpReaddir
#   define TclpReaddir 0
#   define TclSetStartupScript 0
#   define TclGetStartupScript 0
#   define TclGetIntForIndex 0
#   define TclCreateNamespace 0
#   define TclDeleteNamespace 0
#   define TclAppendExportList 0
#   define TclExport 0
#   define TclImport 0
#   define TclForgetImport 0
#   define TclGetCurrentNamespace_ 0
................................................................................
#   define TclBN_s_mp_sub 0
#else /* TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
#   define Tcl_SeekOld seekOld
#   define Tcl_TellOld tellOld
#   define TclBackgroundException Tcl_BackgroundException
#   define TclSetStartupScript Tcl_SetStartupScript
#   define TclGetStartupScript Tcl_GetStartupScript
#   define TclGetIntForIndex Tcl_GetIntForIndex
#   define TclCreateNamespace Tcl_CreateNamespace
#   define TclDeleteNamespace Tcl_DeleteNamespace
#   define TclAppendExportList Tcl_AppendExportList
#   define TclExport Tcl_Export
#   define TclImport Tcl_Import
#   define TclForgetImport Tcl_ForgetImport
#   define TclGetCurrentNamespace_ Tcl_GetCurrentNamespace
................................................................................
    TclRegisterLiteral, /* 251 */
    TclPtrGetVar, /* 252 */
    TclPtrSetVar, /* 253 */
    TclPtrIncrObjVar, /* 254 */
    TclPtrObjMakeUpvar, /* 255 */
    TclPtrUnsetVar, /* 256 */
    TclStaticPackage, /* 257 */
    TclpCreateTemporaryDirectory, /* 258 */
};

static const TclIntPlatStubs tclIntPlatStubs = {
    TCL_STUB_MAGIC,
    0,
#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TCL) /* UNIX */
    TclGetAndDetachPids, /* 0 */
................................................................................
    TclBN_mp_get_long_long, /* 69 */
    TclBN_mp_set_long, /* 70 */
    TclBN_mp_get_long, /* 71 */
    TclBN_mp_get_int, /* 72 */
    TclBN_mp_tc_and, /* 73 */
    TclBN_mp_tc_or, /* 74 */
    TclBN_mp_tc_xor, /* 75 */
    TclBN_mp_signed_rsh, /* 76 */
    TclBN_mp_get_bit, /* 77 */
};

static const TclStubHooks tclStubHooks = {
    &tclPlatStubs,
    &tclIntStubs,
    &tclIntPlatStubs
................................................................................
    Tcl_FetchIntRep, /* 638 */
    Tcl_StoreIntRep, /* 639 */
    Tcl_HasStringRep, /* 640 */
    Tcl_IncrRefCount, /* 641 */
    Tcl_DecrRefCount, /* 642 */
    Tcl_IsShared, /* 643 */
    Tcl_LinkArray, /* 644 */
    Tcl_GetIntForIndex, /* 645 */
};

/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

#include <math.h>

/*
 * Required for Testregexp*Cmd
 */
#include "tclRegexp.h"

/*
 * Required for TestlocaleCmd
 */
#include <locale.h>

/*
 * Required for the TestChannelCmd and TestChannelEventCmd
 */
#include "tclIO.h"

/*
 * Declare external functions used in Windows tests.
................................................................................
}

static void
ExitProcOdd(
    void *clientData)	/* Integer value to print. */
{
    char buf[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
    size_t len;

    sprintf(buf, "odd %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "d\n", (size_t)PTR2INT(clientData));
    len = strlen(buf);
    if (len != (size_t) write(1, buf, len)) {
	Tcl_Panic("ExitProcOdd: unable to write to stdout");
    }
}

static void
ExitProcEven(
    void *clientData)	/* Integer value to print. */
{
    char buf[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
    size_t len;

    sprintf(buf, "even %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "d\n", (size_t)PTR2INT(clientData));
    len = strlen(buf);
    if (len != (size_t) write(1, buf, len)) {
	Tcl_Panic("ExitProcEven: unable to write to stdout");
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
	TCL_LINK_SHORT, TCL_LINK_USHORT, TCL_LINK_INT, TCL_LINK_UINT,
	TCL_LINK_LONG, TCL_LINK_ULONG, TCL_LINK_WIDE_INT, TCL_LINK_WIDE_UINT,
	TCL_LINK_FLOAT, TCL_LINK_DOUBLE, TCL_LINK_STRING, TCL_LINK_CHARS,
	TCL_LINK_BINARY
    };
    int optionIndex, typeIndex, readonly, i, size, length;
    char *name, *arg;
    long addr;                  /* Wrong on Windows, but that's MS's fault for
                                 * not supporting <stdint.h> correctly. They
                                 * can suffer the warnings; the rest of us
                                 * shouldn't have to! */

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option args");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], LinkOption, "option", 0,
	    &optionIndex) != TCL_OK) {
................................................................................
	name = Tcl_GetString(objv[i++]);

	/*
	 * If no address is given request one in the underlying function
	 */

	if (i < objc) {
	    if (Tcl_GetLongFromObj(interp, objv[i], &addr) == TCL_ERROR) {
 		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"wrong address value", -1));
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	} else {
	    addr = 0;
	}
	return Tcl_LinkArray(interp, name, (void *) addr,
		LinkTypes[typeIndex] | readonly, size);
    }
    return TCL_OK;

  wrongArgs:
    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?-readonly? type size name ?address?");
    return TCL_ERROR;
................................................................................
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TestupvarCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure implements the "testupvar2" command.  It is used
 *	to test Tcl_UpVar and Tcl_UpVar2.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Creates or modifies an "upvar" reference.
................................................................................
    if (resVarInfo->var) {
        HashVarFree(resVarInfo->var);
    }
    ckfree(vInfoPtr);
}

#define TclVarHashGetValue(hPtr) \
    ((Var *) ((char *)hPtr - TclOffset(VarInHash, entry)))

static Tcl_Var
MyCompiledVarFetch(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_ResolvedVarInfo *vinfoPtr)
{
    MyResolvedVarInfo *resVarInfo = (MyResolvedVarInfo *) vinfoPtr;

#include <math.h>

/*
 * Required for Testregexp*Cmd
 */
#include "tclRegexp.h"






/*
 * Required for the TestChannelCmd and TestChannelEventCmd
 */
#include "tclIO.h"

/*
 * Declare external functions used in Windows tests.
................................................................................
}

static void
ExitProcOdd(
    void *clientData)	/* Integer value to print. */
{
    char buf[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
    int len;

    sprintf(buf, "odd %d\n", (int)PTR2INT(clientData));
    len = strlen(buf);
    if (len != (int) write(1, buf, len)) {
	Tcl_Panic("ExitProcOdd: unable to write to stdout");
    }
}

static void
ExitProcEven(
    void *clientData)	/* Integer value to print. */
{
    char buf[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
    int len;

    sprintf(buf, "even %d\n", (int)PTR2INT(clientData));
    len = strlen(buf);
    if (len != (int) write(1, buf, len)) {
	Tcl_Panic("ExitProcEven: unable to write to stdout");
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
	TCL_LINK_SHORT, TCL_LINK_USHORT, TCL_LINK_INT, TCL_LINK_UINT,
	TCL_LINK_LONG, TCL_LINK_ULONG, TCL_LINK_WIDE_INT, TCL_LINK_WIDE_UINT,
	TCL_LINK_FLOAT, TCL_LINK_DOUBLE, TCL_LINK_STRING, TCL_LINK_CHARS,
	TCL_LINK_BINARY
    };
    int optionIndex, typeIndex, readonly, i, size, length;
    char *name, *arg;
    Tcl_WideInt addr;




    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option args");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], LinkOption, "option", 0,
	    &optionIndex) != TCL_OK) {
................................................................................
	name = Tcl_GetString(objv[i++]);

	/*
	 * If no address is given request one in the underlying function
	 */

	if (i < objc) {
	    if (Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[i], &addr) == TCL_ERROR) {
 		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"wrong address value", -1));
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	} else {
	    addr = 0;
	}
	return Tcl_LinkArray(interp, name, INT2PTR(addr),
		LinkTypes[typeIndex] | readonly, size);
    }
    return TCL_OK;

  wrongArgs:
    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?-readonly? type size name ?address?");
    return TCL_ERROR;
................................................................................
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TestupvarCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure implements the "testupvar" command.  It is used
 *	to test Tcl_UpVar and Tcl_UpVar2.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Creates or modifies an "upvar" reference.
................................................................................
    if (resVarInfo->var) {
        HashVarFree(resVarInfo->var);
    }
    ckfree(vInfoPtr);
}

#define TclVarHashGetValue(hPtr) \
    ((Var *) ((char *)hPtr - offsetof(VarInHash, entry)))

static Tcl_Var
MyCompiledVarFetch(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_ResolvedVarInfo *vinfoPtr)
{
    MyResolvedVarInfo *resVarInfo = (MyResolvedVarInfo *) vinfoPtr;

	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(interp, varPtr[varIndex],
		&bignumValue) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (!Tcl_IsShared(varPtr[varIndex])) {
	    Tcl_SetIntObj(varPtr[varIndex], !mp_get_bit(&bignumValue, 0));
	} else {
	    SetVarToObj(varPtr, varIndex, Tcl_NewIntObj(!mp_get_bit(&bignumValue, 0)));
	}
	mp_clear(&bignumValue);
	break;

    case BIGNUM_RADIXSIZE:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "varIndex");

	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(interp, varPtr[varIndex],
		&bignumValue) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (!Tcl_IsShared(varPtr[varIndex])) {
	    Tcl_SetIntObj(varPtr[varIndex], !mp_isodd(&bignumValue));
	} else {
	    SetVarToObj(varPtr, varIndex, Tcl_NewIntObj(!mp_isodd(&bignumValue)));
	}
	mp_clear(&bignumValue);
	break;

    case BIGNUM_RADIXSIZE:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "varIndex");

static int	ProcBodyTestProcObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int	ProcBodyTestCheckObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int	ProcBodyTestInitInternal(Tcl_Interp *interp, int isSafe);
static int	RegisterCommand(Tcl_Interp* interp,
			const char *namespace, const CmdTable *cmdTablePtr);

/*
 * List of commands to create when the package is loaded; must go after the
 * declarations of the enable command procedure.
 */

static const CmdTable commands[] = {
................................................................................
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
RegisterCommand(
    Tcl_Interp* interp,		/* the Tcl interpreter for which the operation
				 * is performed */
    const char *namespace,		/* the namespace in which the command is
				 * registered */
    const CmdTable *cmdTablePtr)/* the command to register */
{
    char buf[128];

    if (cmdTablePtr->exportIt) {
	sprintf(buf, "namespace eval %s { namespace export %s }",
		namespace, cmdTablePtr->cmdName);
	if (Tcl_EvalEx(interp, buf, -1, 0) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    sprintf(buf, "%s::%s", namespace, cmdTablePtr->cmdName);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, buf, cmdTablePtr->proc, 0, 0);
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *

static int	ProcBodyTestProcObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int	ProcBodyTestCheckObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int	ProcBodyTestInitInternal(Tcl_Interp *interp, int isSafe);
static int	RegisterCommand(Tcl_Interp* interp,
			const char *namesp, const CmdTable *cmdTablePtr);

/*
 * List of commands to create when the package is loaded; must go after the
 * declarations of the enable command procedure.
 */

static const CmdTable commands[] = {
................................................................................
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
RegisterCommand(
    Tcl_Interp* interp,		/* the Tcl interpreter for which the operation
				 * is performed */
    const char *namesp,		/* the namespace in which the command is
				 * registered */
    const CmdTable *cmdTablePtr)/* the command to register */
{
    char buf[128];

    if (cmdTablePtr->exportIt) {
	sprintf(buf, "namespace eval %s { namespace export %s }",
		namesp, cmdTablePtr->cmdName);
	if (Tcl_EvalEx(interp, buf, -1, 0) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    sprintf(buf, "%s::%s", namesp, cmdTablePtr->cmdName);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, buf, cmdTablePtr->proc, 0, 0);
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *

declare 74 {
    int TclBN_mp_tc_or(const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b, mp_int *c)
}
declare 75 {
    int TclBN_mp_tc_xor(const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b, mp_int *c)
}
declare 76 {
    int TclBN_mp_tc_div_2d(const mp_int *a, int b, mp_int *c)
}
declare 77 {
    int TclBN_mp_get_bit(const mp_int *a, int b)
}


# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

declare 74 {
    int TclBN_mp_tc_or(const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b, mp_int *c)
}
declare 75 {
    int TclBN_mp_tc_xor(const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b, mp_int *c)
}
declare 76 {
    int TclBN_mp_signed_rsh(const mp_int *a, int b, mp_int *c)
}
declare 77 {
    int TclBN_mp_get_bit(const mp_int *a, int b)
}


# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

/* LibTomMath, multiple-precision integer library -- Tom St Denis
 *
 * LibTomMath is a library that provides multiple-precision
 * integer arithmetic as well as number theoretic functionality.
 *
 * The library was designed directly after the MPI library by
 * Michael Fromberger but has been written from scratch with
 * additional optimizations in place.
 *
 * SPDX-License-Identifier: Unlicense
 */
#ifndef BN_H_
#define BN_H_

#include "tclTomMathDecls.h"
#ifndef MODULE_SCOPE
#define MODULE_SCOPE extern
#endif
................................................................................

/* this is to make porting into LibTomCrypt easier :-) */
#ifndef MP_DIGIT_DECLARED
typedef unsigned int         mp_digit;
#define MP_DIGIT_DECLARED
#endif
#ifndef MP_WORD_DECLARED



typedef unsigned long long   mp_word;

#define MP_WORD_DECLARED
#endif

#   ifdef MP_31BIT
/* this is an extension that uses 31-bit digits */
#      define DIGIT_BIT 31
#   else
................................................................................
#   define DIGIT_BIT (((CHAR_BIT * MP_SIZEOF_MP_DIGIT) - 1))  /* bits per digit */
#endif

#define MP_DIGIT_BIT     DIGIT_BIT
#define MP_MASK          ((((mp_digit)1)<<((mp_digit)DIGIT_BIT))-((mp_digit)1))
#define MP_DIGIT_MAX     MP_MASK

/* equalities */



#define MP_LT        -1   /* less than */
#define MP_EQ         0   /* equal to */
#define MP_GT         1   /* greater than */


#define MP_ZPOS       0   /* positive integer */
#define MP_NEG        1   /* negative */


#define MP_OKAY       0   /* ok result */

#define MP_MEM        -2  /* out of mem */
#define MP_VAL        -3  /* invalid input */
#define MP_RANGE      MP_VAL
#define MP_ITER       -4  /* Max. iterations reached */

#define MP_YES        1   /* yes response */
#define MP_NO         0   /* no response */

/* Primality generation flags */
#define LTM_PRIME_BBS      0x0001 /* BBS style prime */
#define LTM_PRIME_SAFE     0x0002 /* Safe prime (p-1)/2 == prime */
#define LTM_PRIME_2MSB_ON  0x0008 /* force 2nd MSB to 1 */

typedef int           mp_err;

/* define this to use lower memory usage routines (exptmods mostly) */
/* #define MP_LOW_MEM */

/* default precision */
#ifndef MP_PREC
#   ifndef MP_LOW_MEM
#      define MP_PREC 32        /* default digits of precision */


#   else
#      define MP_PREC 8         /* default digits of precision */
#   endif
#endif

/* size of comba arrays, should be at least 2 * 2**(BITS_PER_WORD - BITS_PER_DIGIT*2) */
#define MP_WARRAY               (1u << (((sizeof(mp_word) * CHAR_BIT) - (2 * DIGIT_BIT)) + 1))








































/* the infamous mp_int structure */
#ifndef MP_INT_DECLARED
#define MP_INT_DECLARED
typedef struct mp_int mp_int;
#endif
struct mp_int {
   int used, alloc, sign;
................................................................................
   mp_digit *dp;
};

/* callback for mp_prime_random, should fill dst with random bytes and return how many read [upto len] */
typedef int ltm_prime_callback(unsigned char *dst, int len, void *dat);


#define USED(m)     ((m)->used)
#define DIGIT(m, k) ((m)->dp[(k)])
#define SIGN(m)     ((m)->sign)

/* error code to char* string */

const char *mp_error_to_string(int code);


/* ---> init and deinit bignum functions <--- */
/* init a bignum */
/*
int mp_init(mp_int *a);
*/

/* free a bignum */
/*
void mp_clear(mp_int *a);
*/

/* init a null terminated series of arguments */
/*
int mp_init_multi(mp_int *mp, ...);
*/

/* clear a null terminated series of arguments */
/*
void mp_clear_multi(mp_int *mp, ...);
*/

................................................................................
/* exchange two ints */
/*
void mp_exch(mp_int *a, mp_int *b);
*/

/* shrink ram required for a bignum */
/*
int mp_shrink(mp_int *a);
*/

/* grow an int to a given size */
/*
int mp_grow(mp_int *a, int size);
*/

/* init to a given number of digits */
/*
int mp_init_size(mp_int *a, int size);
*/

/* ---> Basic Manipulations <--- */
#define mp_iszero(a) (((a)->used == 0) ? MP_YES : MP_NO)
#define mp_iseven(a) (!mp_get_bit((a),0))
#define mp_isodd(a)  mp_get_bit((a),0)
#define mp_isneg(a)  (((a)->sign != MP_ZPOS) ? MP_YES : MP_NO)

/* set to zero */
/*
void mp_zero(mp_int *a);
*/

................................................................................
*/

/* c = a AND b */
/*
int mp_and(const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b, mp_int *c);
*/

/* c = a XOR b (two complement) */
/*
int mp_tc_xor(const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b, mp_int *c);
*/

/* c = a OR b (two complement) */
/*
int mp_tc_or(const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b, mp_int *c);
*/

/* c = a AND b (two complement) */
/*
int mp_tc_and(const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b, mp_int *c);
*/

/* right shift (two complement) */
/*
int mp_tc_div_2d(const mp_int *a, int b, mp_int *c);
*/

/* ---> Basic arithmetic <--- */

/* b = ~a */
/*
int mp_complement(const mp_int *a, mp_int *b);

/* LibTomMath, multiple-precision integer library -- Tom St Denis */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: Unlicense */









#ifndef BN_H_
#define BN_H_

#include "tclTomMathDecls.h"
#ifndef MODULE_SCOPE
#define MODULE_SCOPE extern
#endif
................................................................................

/* this is to make porting into LibTomCrypt easier :-) */
#ifndef MP_DIGIT_DECLARED
typedef unsigned int         mp_digit;
#define MP_DIGIT_DECLARED
#endif
#ifndef MP_WORD_DECLARED
#ifdef _WIN32
typedef unsigned __int64   mp_word;
#else
typedef unsigned long long   mp_word;
#endif
#define MP_WORD_DECLARED
#endif

#   ifdef MP_31BIT
/* this is an extension that uses 31-bit digits */
#      define DIGIT_BIT 31
#   else
................................................................................
#   define DIGIT_BIT (((CHAR_BIT * MP_SIZEOF_MP_DIGIT) - 1))  /* bits per digit */
#endif

#define MP_DIGIT_BIT     DIGIT_BIT
#define MP_MASK          ((((mp_digit)1)<<((mp_digit)DIGIT_BIT))-((mp_digit)1))
#define MP_DIGIT_MAX     MP_MASK

typedef int mp_sign;
#define MP_ZPOS       0   /* positive integer */
#define MP_NEG        1   /* negative */
typedef int mp_ord;
#define MP_LT        -1   /* less than */
#define MP_EQ         0   /* equal to */
#define MP_GT         1   /* greater than */

typedef int mp_bool;
#define MP_YES        1   /* yes response */
#define MP_NO         0   /* no response */

typedef int mp_err;
#define MP_OKAY       0   /* ok result */
#define MP_ERR        -1  /* unknown error */
#define MP_MEM        -2  /* out of mem */
#define MP_VAL        -3  /* invalid input */
#define MP_RANGE      MP_VAL
#define MP_ITER       -4  /* Max. iterations reached */




/* Primality generation flags */
#define LTM_PRIME_BBS      0x0001 /* BBS style prime */
#define LTM_PRIME_SAFE     0x0002 /* Safe prime (p-1)/2 == prime */
#define LTM_PRIME_2MSB_ON  0x0008 /* force 2nd MSB to 1 */

/* tunable cutoffs */

/* define this to use lower memory usage routines (exptmods mostly) */
/* #define MP_LOW_MEM */

/* default precision */
#ifndef MP_PREC
#   ifndef MP_LOW_MEM
#      define MP_PREC 32        /* default digits of precision */
#   elif defined(MP_8BIT)
#      define MP_PREC 16        /* default digits of precision */
#   else
#      define MP_PREC 8         /* default digits of precision */
#   endif
#endif

/* size of comba arrays, should be at least 2 * 2**(BITS_PER_WORD - BITS_PER_DIGIT*2) */
#define MP_WARRAY               (1u << (((sizeof(mp_word) * CHAR_BIT) - (2 * DIGIT_BIT)) + 1))

/*
 * MP_WUR - warn unused result
 * ---------------------------
 *
 * The result of functions annotated with MP_WUR must be
 * checked and cannot be ignored.
 *
 * Most functions in libtommath return an error code.
 * This error code must be checked in order to prevent crashes or invalid
 * results.
 *
 * If you still want to avoid the error checks for quick and dirty programs
 * without robustness guarantees, you can `#define MP_WUR` before including
 * tommath.h, disabling the warnings.
 */
#ifndef MP_WUR
#  if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 4
#     define MP_WUR __attribute__((warn_unused_result))
#  else
#     define MP_WUR
#  endif
#endif

#if defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ * 100 + __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 301)
#  define MP_DEPRECATED(x) __attribute__((deprecated("replaced by " #x)))
#  define PRIVATE_MP_DEPRECATED_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s)
#  define MP_DEPRECATED_PRAGMA(s) PRIVATE_MP_DEPRECATED_PRAGMA(GCC warning s)
#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1500
#  define MP_DEPRECATED(x) __declspec(deprecated("replaced by " #x))
#  define MP_DEPRECATED_PRAGMA(s) __pragma(message(s))
#else
#  define MP_DEPRECATED
#  define MP_DEPRECATED_PRAGMA(s)
#endif

#define USED(m)    ((m)->used)
#define DIGIT(m,k) ((m)->dp[(k)])
#define SIGN(m)    ((m)->sign)

/* the infamous mp_int structure */
#ifndef MP_INT_DECLARED
#define MP_INT_DECLARED
typedef struct mp_int mp_int;
#endif
struct mp_int {
   int used, alloc, sign;
................................................................................
   mp_digit *dp;
};

/* callback for mp_prime_random, should fill dst with random bytes and return how many read [upto len] */
typedef int ltm_prime_callback(unsigned char *dst, int len, void *dat);






/* error code to char* string */
/*
const char *mp_error_to_string(mp_err code);
*/

/* ---> init and deinit bignum functions <--- */
/* init a bignum */
/*
mp_err mp_init(mp_int *a);
*/

/* free a bignum */
/*
void mp_clear(mp_int *a);
*/

/* init a null terminated series of arguments */
/*
mp_err mp_init_multi(mp_int *mp, ...);
*/

/* clear a null terminated series of arguments */
/*
void mp_clear_multi(mp_int *mp, ...);
*/

................................................................................
/* exchange two ints */
/*
void mp_exch(mp_int *a, mp_int *b);
*/

/* shrink ram required for a bignum */
/*
mp_err mp_shrink(mp_int *a);
*/

/* grow an int to a given size */
/*
mp_err mp_grow(mp_int *a, int size);
*/

/* init to a given number of digits */
/*
mp_err mp_init_size(mp_int *a, int size);
*/

/* ---> Basic Manipulations <--- */
#define mp_iszero(a) (((a)->used == 0) ? MP_YES : MP_NO)
#define mp_iseven(a) (((a)->used == 0 || (((a)->dp[0] & 1) == 0)) ? MP_YES : MP_NO)
#define mp_isodd(a)  (((a)->used > 0 && (((a)->dp[0] & 1) == 1)) ? MP_YES : MP_NO)
#define mp_isneg(a)  (((a)->sign != MP_ZPOS) ? MP_YES : MP_NO)

/* set to zero */
/*
void mp_zero(mp_int *a);
*/

................................................................................
*/

/* c = a AND b */
/*
int mp_and(const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b, mp_int *c);
*/
















/* right shift (two complement) */
/*
int mp_signed_rsh(const mp_int *a, int b, mp_int *c);
*/

/* ---> Basic arithmetic <--- */

/* b = ~a */
/*
int mp_complement(const mp_int *a, mp_int *b);

#define XFREE(mem, size)                TclBNFree(mem)
#define XREALLOC(mem, oldsize, newsize) TclBNRealloc(mem, newsize)


/* Rename the global symbols in libtommath to avoid linkage conflicts */

#define bn_reverse TclBN_reverse

#define fast_s_mp_mul_digs TclBN_fast_s_mp_mul_digs

#define fast_s_mp_sqr TclBN_fast_s_mp_sqr

#define mp_add TclBN_mp_add
#define mp_add_d TclBN_mp_add_d
#define mp_and TclBN_mp_and
#define mp_clamp TclBN_mp_clamp
#define mp_clear TclBN_mp_clear
#define mp_clear_multi TclBN_mp_clear_multi
#define mp_cmp TclBN_mp_cmp
................................................................................
#define mp_expt_d TclBN_mp_expt_d
#define mp_expt_d_ex TclBN_mp_expt_d_ex
#define mp_get_bit TclBN_mp_get_bit
#define mp_get_int TclBN_mp_get_int
#define mp_get_long TclBN_mp_get_long
#define mp_get_long_long TclBN_mp_get_long_long
#define mp_grow TclBN_mp_grow


#define mp_init TclBN_mp_init
#define mp_init_copy TclBN_mp_init_copy
#define mp_init_multi TclBN_mp_init_multi
#define mp_init_set TclBN_mp_init_set
#define mp_init_set_int TclBN_mp_init_set_int
#define mp_init_size TclBN_mp_init_size
#define mp_karatsuba_mul TclBN_mp_karatsuba_mul

#define mp_karatsuba_sqr TclBN_mp_karatsuba_sqr

#define mp_lshd TclBN_mp_lshd
#define mp_mod TclBN_mp_mod
#define mp_mod_2d TclBN_mp_mod_2d
#define mp_mul TclBN_mp_mul
#define mp_mul_2 TclBN_mp_mul_2
#define mp_mul_2d TclBN_mp_mul_2d
#define mp_mul_d TclBN_mp_mul_d
................................................................................
#define mp_set_long TclBN_mp_set_long
#define mp_set_long_long TclBN_mp_set_long_long
#define mp_shrink TclBN_mp_shrink
#define mp_sqr TclBN_mp_sqr
#define mp_sqrt TclBN_mp_sqrt
#define mp_sub TclBN_mp_sub
#define mp_sub_d TclBN_mp_sub_d

#define mp_tc_and TclBN_mp_tc_and
#define mp_tc_div_2d TclBN_mp_tc_div_2d
#define mp_tc_or TclBN_mp_tc_or
#define mp_tc_xor TclBN_mp_tc_xor
#define mp_to_unsigned_bin TclBN_mp_to_unsigned_bin
#define mp_to_unsigned_bin_n TclBN_mp_to_unsigned_bin_n
#define mp_toom_mul TclBN_mp_toom_mul

#define mp_toom_sqr TclBN_mp_toom_sqr

#define mp_toradix_n TclBN_mp_toradix_n
#define mp_unsigned_bin_size TclBN_mp_unsigned_bin_size
#define mp_xor TclBN_mp_xor
#define mp_zero TclBN_mp_zero
#define s_mp_add TclBN_s_mp_add
#define s_mp_mul_digs TclBN_s_mp_mul_digs
#define s_mp_sqr TclBN_s_mp_sqr
................................................................................
/* 74 */
EXTERN int		TclBN_mp_tc_or(const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b,
				mp_int *c);
/* 75 */
EXTERN int		TclBN_mp_tc_xor(const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b,
				mp_int *c);
/* 76 */
EXTERN int		TclBN_mp_tc_div_2d(const mp_int *a, int b, mp_int *c);

/* 77 */
EXTERN int		TclBN_mp_get_bit(const mp_int *a, int b);

typedef struct TclTomMathStubs {
    int magic;
    void *hooks;

................................................................................
    Tcl_WideUInt (*tclBN_mp_get_long_long) (const mp_int *a); /* 69 */
    int (*tclBN_mp_set_long) (mp_int *a, unsigned long i); /* 70 */
    unsigned long (*tclBN_mp_get_long) (const mp_int *a); /* 71 */
    unsigned long (*tclBN_mp_get_int) (const mp_int *a); /* 72 */
    int (*tclBN_mp_tc_and) (const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b, mp_int *c); /* 73 */
    int (*tclBN_mp_tc_or) (const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b, mp_int *c); /* 74 */
    int (*tclBN_mp_tc_xor) (const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b, mp_int *c); /* 75 */
    int (*tclBN_mp_tc_div_2d) (const mp_int *a, int b, mp_int *c); /* 76 */
    int (*tclBN_mp_get_bit) (const mp_int *a, int b); /* 77 */
} TclTomMathStubs;

extern const TclTomMathStubs *tclTomMathStubsPtr;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
................................................................................
	(tclTomMathStubsPtr->tclBN_mp_get_int) /* 72 */
#define TclBN_mp_tc_and \
	(tclTomMathStubsPtr->tclBN_mp_tc_and) /* 73 */
#define TclBN_mp_tc_or \
	(tclTomMathStubsPtr->tclBN_mp_tc_or) /* 74 */
#define TclBN_mp_tc_xor \
	(tclTomMathStubsPtr->tclBN_mp_tc_xor) /* 75 */
#define TclBN_mp_tc_div_2d \
	(tclTomMathStubsPtr->tclBN_mp_tc_div_2d) /* 76 */
#define TclBN_mp_get_bit \
	(tclTomMathStubsPtr->tclBN_mp_get_bit) /* 77 */

#endif /* defined(USE_TCL_STUBS) */

/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT

#endif /* _TCLINTDECLS */

#define XFREE(mem, size)                TclBNFree(mem)
#define XREALLOC(mem, oldsize, newsize) TclBNRealloc(mem, newsize)


/* Rename the global symbols in libtommath to avoid linkage conflicts */

#define bn_reverse TclBN_reverse
#define s_mp_reverse TclBN_reverse
#define fast_s_mp_mul_digs TclBN_fast_s_mp_mul_digs
#define s_mp_mul_digs_fast TclBN_fast_s_mp_mul_digs
#define fast_s_mp_sqr TclBN_fast_s_mp_sqr
#define s_mp_sqr_fast TclBN_fast_s_mp_sqr
#define mp_add TclBN_mp_add
#define mp_add_d TclBN_mp_add_d
#define mp_and TclBN_mp_and
#define mp_clamp TclBN_mp_clamp
#define mp_clear TclBN_mp_clear
#define mp_clear_multi TclBN_mp_clear_multi
#define mp_cmp TclBN_mp_cmp
................................................................................
#define mp_expt_d TclBN_mp_expt_d
#define mp_expt_d_ex TclBN_mp_expt_d_ex
#define mp_get_bit TclBN_mp_get_bit
#define mp_get_int TclBN_mp_get_int
#define mp_get_long TclBN_mp_get_long
#define mp_get_long_long TclBN_mp_get_long_long
#define mp_grow TclBN_mp_grow
#define s_mp_get_bit TclBN_mp_get_bit
#define mp_grow TclBN_mp_grow
#define mp_init TclBN_mp_init
#define mp_init_copy TclBN_mp_init_copy
#define mp_init_multi TclBN_mp_init_multi
#define mp_init_set TclBN_mp_init_set
#define mp_init_set_int TclBN_mp_init_set_int
#define mp_init_size TclBN_mp_init_size
#define mp_karatsuba_mul TclBN_mp_karatsuba_mul
#define s_mp_karatsuba_mul TclBN_mp_karatsuba_mul
#define mp_karatsuba_sqr TclBN_mp_karatsuba_sqr
#define s_mp_karatsuba_sqr TclBN_mp_karatsuba_sqr
#define mp_lshd TclBN_mp_lshd
#define mp_mod TclBN_mp_mod
#define mp_mod_2d TclBN_mp_mod_2d
#define mp_mul TclBN_mp_mul
#define mp_mul_2 TclBN_mp_mul_2
#define mp_mul_2d TclBN_mp_mul_2d
#define mp_mul_d TclBN_mp_mul_d
................................................................................
#define mp_set_long TclBN_mp_set_long
#define mp_set_long_long TclBN_mp_set_long_long
#define mp_shrink TclBN_mp_shrink
#define mp_sqr TclBN_mp_sqr
#define mp_sqrt TclBN_mp_sqrt
#define mp_sub TclBN_mp_sub
#define mp_sub_d TclBN_mp_sub_d
#define mp_signed_rsh TclBN_mp_signed_rsh
#define mp_tc_and TclBN_mp_and
#define mp_tc_div_2d TclBN_mp_signed_rsh
#define mp_tc_or TclBN_mp_or
#define mp_tc_xor TclBN_mp_xor
#define mp_to_unsigned_bin TclBN_mp_to_unsigned_bin
#define mp_to_unsigned_bin_n TclBN_mp_to_unsigned_bin_n
#define mp_toom_mul TclBN_mp_toom_mul
#define s_mp_toom_mul TclBN_mp_toom_mul
#define mp_toom_sqr TclBN_mp_toom_sqr
#define s_mp_toom_sqr TclBN_mp_toom_sqr
#define mp_toradix_n TclBN_mp_toradix_n
#define mp_unsigned_bin_size TclBN_mp_unsigned_bin_size
#define mp_xor TclBN_mp_xor
#define mp_zero TclBN_mp_zero
#define s_mp_add TclBN_s_mp_add
#define s_mp_mul_digs TclBN_s_mp_mul_digs
#define s_mp_sqr TclBN_s_mp_sqr
................................................................................
/* 74 */
EXTERN int		TclBN_mp_tc_or(const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b,
				mp_int *c);
/* 75 */
EXTERN int		TclBN_mp_tc_xor(const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b,
				mp_int *c);
/* 76 */
EXTERN int		TclBN_mp_signed_rsh(const mp_int *a, int b,
				mp_int *c);
/* 77 */
EXTERN int		TclBN_mp_get_bit(const mp_int *a, int b);

typedef struct TclTomMathStubs {
    int magic;
    void *hooks;

................................................................................
    Tcl_WideUInt (*tclBN_mp_get_long_long) (const mp_int *a); /* 69 */
    int (*tclBN_mp_set_long) (mp_int *a, unsigned long i); /* 70 */
    unsigned long (*tclBN_mp_get_long) (const mp_int *a); /* 71 */
    unsigned long (*tclBN_mp_get_int) (const mp_int *a); /* 72 */
    int (*tclBN_mp_tc_and) (const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b, mp_int *c); /* 73 */
    int (*tclBN_mp_tc_or) (const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b, mp_int *c); /* 74 */
    int (*tclBN_mp_tc_xor) (const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b, mp_int *c); /* 75 */
    int (*tclBN_mp_signed_rsh) (const mp_int *a, int b, mp_int *c); /* 76 */
    int (*tclBN_mp_get_bit) (const mp_int *a, int b); /* 77 */
} TclTomMathStubs;

extern const TclTomMathStubs *tclTomMathStubsPtr;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
................................................................................
	(tclTomMathStubsPtr->tclBN_mp_get_int) /* 72 */
#define TclBN_mp_tc_and \
	(tclTomMathStubsPtr->tclBN_mp_tc_and) /* 73 */
#define TclBN_mp_tc_or \
	(tclTomMathStubsPtr->tclBN_mp_tc_or) /* 74 */
#define TclBN_mp_tc_xor \
	(tclTomMathStubsPtr->tclBN_mp_tc_xor) /* 75 */
#define TclBN_mp_signed_rsh \
	(tclTomMathStubsPtr->tclBN_mp_signed_rsh) /* 76 */
#define TclBN_mp_get_bit \
	(tclTomMathStubsPtr->tclBN_mp_get_bit) /* 77 */

#endif /* defined(USE_TCL_STUBS) */

/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT

#endif /* _TCLINTDECLS */

		break;
	    }
	}
	command = TclGetStringFromObj(objv[5], &commandLength);
	length = (size_t) commandLength;
	if ((enum traceOptions) optionIndex == TRACE_ADD) {
	    TraceCommandInfo *tcmdPtr = ckalloc(
		    TclOffset(TraceCommandInfo, command) + 1 + length);

	    tcmdPtr->flags = flags;
	    tcmdPtr->stepTrace = NULL;
	    tcmdPtr->startLevel = 0;
	    tcmdPtr->startCmd = NULL;
	    tcmdPtr->length = length;
	    tcmdPtr->refCount = 1;
................................................................................
	    }
	}

	command = TclGetStringFromObj(objv[5], &commandLength);
	length = (size_t) commandLength;
	if ((enum traceOptions) optionIndex == TRACE_ADD) {
	    TraceCommandInfo *tcmdPtr = ckalloc(
		    TclOffset(TraceCommandInfo, command) + 1 + length);

	    tcmdPtr->flags = flags;
	    tcmdPtr->stepTrace = NULL;
	    tcmdPtr->startLevel = 0;
	    tcmdPtr->startCmd = NULL;
	    tcmdPtr->length = length;
	    tcmdPtr->refCount = 1;
................................................................................
		break;
	    }
	}
	command = TclGetStringFromObj(objv[5], &commandLength);
	length = (size_t) commandLength;
	if ((enum traceOptions) optionIndex == TRACE_ADD) {
	    CombinedTraceVarInfo *ctvarPtr = ckalloc(
		    TclOffset(CombinedTraceVarInfo, traceCmdInfo.command)
		    + 1 + length);

	    ctvarPtr->traceCmdInfo.flags = flags;
#ifndef TCL_REMOVE_OBSOLETE_TRACES
	    if (objv[0] == NULL) {
		ctvarPtr->traceCmdInfo.flags |= TCL_TRACE_OLD_STYLE;
	    }
................................................................................
	 * string in startLevel and startCmd so that we can delete this
	 * interpreter trace when it reaches the end of this proc.
	 */

	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_ENTER_EXEC) && (tcmdPtr->stepTrace == NULL)
		&& (tcmdPtr->flags & (TCL_TRACE_ENTER_DURING_EXEC |
			TCL_TRACE_LEAVE_DURING_EXEC))) {
	    register unsigned len = strlen(command) + 1;

	    tcmdPtr->startLevel = level;
	    tcmdPtr->startCmd = ckalloc(len);
	    memcpy(tcmdPtr->startCmd, command, len);
	    tcmdPtr->refCount++;
	    tcmdPtr->stepTrace = Tcl_CreateObjTrace(interp, 0,
		   (tcmdPtr->flags & TCL_TRACE_ANY_EXEC) >> 2,

		break;
	    }
	}
	command = TclGetStringFromObj(objv[5], &commandLength);
	length = (size_t) commandLength;
	if ((enum traceOptions) optionIndex == TRACE_ADD) {
	    TraceCommandInfo *tcmdPtr = ckalloc(
		    offsetof(TraceCommandInfo, command) + 1 + length);

	    tcmdPtr->flags = flags;
	    tcmdPtr->stepTrace = NULL;
	    tcmdPtr->startLevel = 0;
	    tcmdPtr->startCmd = NULL;
	    tcmdPtr->length = length;
	    tcmdPtr->refCount = 1;
................................................................................
	    }
	}

	command = TclGetStringFromObj(objv[5], &commandLength);
	length = (size_t) commandLength;
	if ((enum traceOptions) optionIndex == TRACE_ADD) {
	    TraceCommandInfo *tcmdPtr = ckalloc(
		    offsetof(TraceCommandInfo, command) + 1 + length);

	    tcmdPtr->flags = flags;
	    tcmdPtr->stepTrace = NULL;
	    tcmdPtr->startLevel = 0;
	    tcmdPtr->startCmd = NULL;
	    tcmdPtr->length = length;
	    tcmdPtr->refCount = 1;
................................................................................
		break;
	    }
	}
	command = TclGetStringFromObj(objv[5], &commandLength);
	length = (size_t) commandLength;
	if ((enum traceOptions) optionIndex == TRACE_ADD) {
	    CombinedTraceVarInfo *ctvarPtr = ckalloc(
		    offsetof(CombinedTraceVarInfo, traceCmdInfo.command)
		    + 1 + length);

	    ctvarPtr->traceCmdInfo.flags = flags;
#ifndef TCL_REMOVE_OBSOLETE_TRACES
	    if (objv[0] == NULL) {
		ctvarPtr->traceCmdInfo.flags |= TCL_TRACE_OLD_STYLE;
	    }
................................................................................
	 * string in startLevel and startCmd so that we can delete this
	 * interpreter trace when it reaches the end of this proc.
	 */

	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_ENTER_EXEC) && (tcmdPtr->stepTrace == NULL)
		&& (tcmdPtr->flags & (TCL_TRACE_ENTER_DURING_EXEC |
			TCL_TRACE_LEAVE_DURING_EXEC))) {
	    size_t len = strlen(command) + 1;

	    tcmdPtr->startLevel = level;
	    tcmdPtr->startCmd = ckalloc(len);
	    memcpy(tcmdPtr->startCmd, command, len);
	    tcmdPtr->refCount++;
	    tcmdPtr->stepTrace = Tcl_CreateObjTrace(interp, 0,
		   (tcmdPtr->flags & TCL_TRACE_ANY_EXEC) >> 2,

 *
 * Tcl_UtfBackslash --
 *
 *	Figure out how to handle a backslash sequence.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Stores the bytes represented by the backslash sequence in dst and
 *	returns the number of bytes written to dst. At most TCL_UTF_MAX bytes
 *	are written to dst; dst must have been large enough to accept those
 *	bytes. If readPtr isn't NULL then it is filled in with a count of the
 *	number of bytes in the backslash sequence.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The maximum number of bytes it takes to represent a Unicode character
 *	in UTF-8 is guaranteed to be less than the number of bytes used to

 *
 * Tcl_UtfBackslash --
 *
 *	Figure out how to handle a backslash sequence.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Stores the bytes represented by the backslash sequence in dst and
 *	returns the number of bytes written to dst. At most 4 bytes
 *	are written to dst; dst must have been large enough to accept those
 *	bytes. If readPtr isn't NULL then it is filled in with a count of the
 *	number of bytes in the backslash sequence.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The maximum number of bytes it takes to represent a Unicode character
 *	in UTF-8 is guaranteed to be less than the number of bytes used to

			    int stringLength, const char *typeStr,
			    const char *typeCode, const char **elementPtr,
			    const char **nextPtr, int *sizePtr,
			    int *literalPtr);
/*
 * The following is the Tcl object type definition for an object that
 * represents a list index in the form, "end-offset". It is used as a
 * performance optimization in TclGetIntForIndex. The internal rep is
 * stored directly in the wideValue, so no memory management is required
 * for it. This is a caching intrep, keeping the result of a parse
 * around. This type is only created from a pre-existing string, so an
 * updateStringProc will never be called and need not exist. The type
 * is unregistered, so has no need of a setFromAnyProc either.
 */

................................................................................
    }
    return TCL_ERROR;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclGetIntForIndex --
 *
 *	This function returns an integer corresponding to the list index held
 *	in a Tcl object. The Tcl object's value is expected to be in the
 *	format integer([+-]integer)? or the format end([+-]integer)?.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is normally TCL_OK, which means that the index was
................................................................................
 *	The object referenced by "objPtr" might be converted to an integer,
 *	wide integer, or end-based-index object.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclGetIntForIndex(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for error reporting. If
				 * NULL, then no error message is left after
				 * errors. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr,		/* Points to an object containing either "end"
				 * or an integer. */
    int endValue,		/* The value to be stored at "indexPtr" if
				 * "objPtr" holds "end". */

			    int stringLength, const char *typeStr,
			    const char *typeCode, const char **elementPtr,
			    const char **nextPtr, int *sizePtr,
			    int *literalPtr);
/*
 * The following is the Tcl object type definition for an object that
 * represents a list index in the form, "end-offset". It is used as a
 * performance optimization in Tcl_GetIntForIndex. The internal rep is
 * stored directly in the wideValue, so no memory management is required
 * for it. This is a caching intrep, keeping the result of a parse
 * around. This type is only created from a pre-existing string, so an
 * updateStringProc will never be called and need not exist. The type
 * is unregistered, so has no need of a setFromAnyProc either.
 */

................................................................................
    }
    return TCL_ERROR;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_GetIntForIndex --
 *
 *	This function returns an integer corresponding to the list index held
 *	in a Tcl object. The Tcl object's value is expected to be in the
 *	format integer([+-]integer)? or the format end([+-]integer)?.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is normally TCL_OK, which means that the index was
................................................................................
 *	The object referenced by "objPtr" might be converted to an integer,
 *	wide integer, or end-based-index object.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_GetIntForIndex(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for error reporting. If
				 * NULL, then no error message is left after
				 * errors. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr,		/* Points to an object containing either "end"
				 * or an integer. */
    int endValue,		/* The value to be stored at "indexPtr" if
				 * "objPtr" holds "end". */

			    Tcl_Obj *key, int *newPtr);
static inline Var *	VarHashFirstVar(TclVarHashTable *tablePtr,
			    Tcl_HashSearch *searchPtr);
static inline Var *	VarHashNextVar(Tcl_HashSearch *searchPtr);
static inline void	CleanupVar(Var *varPtr, Var *arrayPtr);

#define VarHashGetValue(hPtr) \
    ((Var *) ((char *)hPtr - TclOffset(VarInHash, entry)))

/*
 * NOTE: VarHashCreateVar increments the recount of its key argument.
 * All callers that will call Tcl_DecrRefCount on that argument must
 * call Tcl_IncrRefCount on it before passing it in.  This requirement
 * can bubble up to callers of callers .... etc.
 */

			    Tcl_Obj *key, int *newPtr);
static inline Var *	VarHashFirstVar(TclVarHashTable *tablePtr,
			    Tcl_HashSearch *searchPtr);
static inline Var *	VarHashNextVar(Tcl_HashSearch *searchPtr);
static inline void	CleanupVar(Var *varPtr, Var *arrayPtr);

#define VarHashGetValue(hPtr) \
    ((Var *) ((char *)hPtr - offsetof(VarInHash, entry)))

/*
 * NOTE: VarHashCreateVar increments the recount of its key argument.
 * All callers that will call Tcl_DecrRefCount on that argument must
 * call Tcl_IncrRefCount on it before passing it in.  This requirement
 * can bubble up to callers of callers .... etc.
 */

    0, 0, 0, DEFAULT_WRITE_MAX_SIZE, 0,
};

/*
 * For password rotation.
 */

static const char pwrot[16] = {
    0x00, 0x80, 0x40, 0xc0, 0x20, 0xa0, 0x60, 0xe0,
    0x10, 0x90, 0x50, 0xd0, 0x30, 0xb0, 0x70, 0xf0
};

/*
 * Table to compute CRC32.
 */
#ifdef Z_U4
   typedef Z_U4 z_crc_t;
#else

    0, 0, 0, DEFAULT_WRITE_MAX_SIZE, 0,
};

/*
 * For password rotation.
 */

static const char pwrot[16] =
    "\x00\x80\x40\xC0\x20\xA0\x60\xE0"
    "\x10\x90\x50\xD0\x30\xB0\x70\xF0";


/*
 * Table to compute CRC32.
 */
#ifdef Z_U4
   typedef Z_U4 z_crc_t;
#else

    {2049933600 3600 0 +01}
    {2077149600 0 1 +01}
    {2080173600 3600 0 +01}
    {2107994400 0 1 +01}
    {2111018400 3600 0 +01}
    {2138234400 0 1 +01}
    {2141863200 3600 0 +01}






































































































}

    {2049933600 3600 0 +01}
    {2077149600 0 1 +01}
    {2080173600 3600 0 +01}
    {2107994400 0 1 +01}
    {2111018400 3600 0 +01}
    {2138234400 0 1 +01}
    {2141863200 3600 0 +01}
    {2169079200 0 1 +01}
    {2172103200 3600 0 +01}
    {2199924000 0 1 +01}
    {2202948000 3600 0 +01}
    {2230164000 0 1 +01}
    {2233792800 3600 0 +01}
    {2261008800 0 1 +01}
    {2264032800 3600 0 +01}
    {2291248800 0 1 +01}
    {2294877600 3600 0 +01}
    {2322093600 0 1 +01}
    {2325117600 3600 0 +01}
    {2352938400 0 1 +01}
    {2355962400 3600 0 +01}
    {2383178400 0 1 +01}
    {2386807200 3600 0 +01}
    {2414023200 0 1 +01}
    {2417047200 3600 0 +01}
    {2444868000 0 1 +01}
    {2447892000 3600 0 +01}
    {2475108000 0 1 +01}
    {2478736800 3600 0 +01}
    {2505952800 0 1 +01}
    {2508976800 3600 0 +01}
    {2536192800 0 1 +01}
    {2539821600 3600 0 +01}
    {2567037600 0 1 +01}
    {2570061600 3600 0 +01}
    {2597882400 0 1 +01}
    {2600906400 3600 0 +01}
    {2628122400 0 1 +01}
    {2631751200 3600 0 +01}
    {2658967200 0 1 +01}
    {2661991200 3600 0 +01}
    {2689812000 0 1 +01}
    {2692836000 3600 0 +01}
    {2720052000 0 1 +01}
    {2723680800 3600 0 +01}
    {2750896800 0 1 +01}
    {2753920800 3600 0 +01}
    {2781136800 0 1 +01}
    {2784765600 3600 0 +01}
    {2811981600 0 1 +01}
    {2815005600 3600 0 +01}
    {2842826400 0 1 +01}
    {2845850400 3600 0 +01}
    {2873066400 0 1 +01}
    {2876695200 3600 0 +01}
    {2903911200 0 1 +01}
    {2906935200 3600 0 +01}
    {2934756000 0 1 +01}
    {2937780000 3600 0 +01}
    {2964996000 0 1 +01}
    {2968020000 3600 0 +01}
    {2995840800 0 1 +01}
    {2998864800 3600 0 +01}
    {3026080800 0 1 +01}
    {3029709600 3600 0 +01}
    {3056925600 0 1 +01}
    {3059949600 3600 0 +01}
    {3087770400 0 1 +01}
    {3090794400 3600 0 +01}
    {3118010400 0 1 +01}
    {3121639200 3600 0 +01}
    {3148855200 0 1 +01}
    {3151879200 3600 0 +01}
    {3179700000 0 1 +01}
    {3182724000 3600 0 +01}
    {3209940000 0 1 +01}
    {3212964000 3600 0 +01}
    {3240784800 0 1 +01}
    {3243808800 3600 0 +01}
    {3271024800 0 1 +01}
    {3274653600 3600 0 +01}
    {3301869600 0 1 +01}
    {3304893600 3600 0 +01}
    {3332714400 0 1 +01}
    {3335738400 3600 0 +01}
    {3362954400 0 1 +01}
    {3366583200 3600 0 +01}
    {3393799200 0 1 +01}
    {3396823200 3600 0 +01}
    {3424644000 0 1 +01}
    {3427668000 3600 0 +01}
    {3454884000 0 1 +01}
    {3457908000 3600 0 +01}
    {3485728800 0 1 +01}
    {3488752800 3600 0 +01}
    {3515968800 0 1 +01}
    {3519597600 3600 0 +01}
    {3546813600 0 1 +01}
    {3549837600 3600 0 +01}
    {3577658400 0 1 +01}
    {3580682400 3600 0 +01}
    {3607898400 0 1 +01}
    {3611527200 3600 0 +01}
    {3638743200 0 1 +01}
    {3641767200 3600 0 +01}
    {3669588000 0 1 +01}
    {3672612000 3600 0 +01}
    {3699828000 0 1 +01}
    {3702852000 3600 0 +01}
}

    {2049933600 3600 0 +01}
    {2077149600 0 1 +01}
    {2080173600 3600 0 +01}
    {2107994400 0 1 +01}
    {2111018400 3600 0 +01}
    {2138234400 0 1 +01}
    {2141863200 3600 0 +01}






































































































}

    {2049933600 3600 0 +01}
    {2077149600 0 1 +01}
    {2080173600 3600 0 +01}
    {2107994400 0 1 +01}
    {2111018400 3600 0 +01}
    {2138234400 0 1 +01}
    {2141863200 3600 0 +01}
    {2169079200 0 1 +01}
    {2172103200 3600 0 +01}
    {2199924000 0 1 +01}
    {2202948000 3600 0 +01}
    {2230164000 0 1 +01}
    {2233792800 3600 0 +01}
    {2261008800 0 1 +01}
    {2264032800 3600 0 +01}
    {2291248800 0 1 +01}
    {2294877600 3600 0 +01}
    {2322093600 0 1 +01}
    {2325117600 3600 0 +01}
    {2352938400 0 1 +01}
    {2355962400 3600 0 +01}
    {2383178400 0 1 +01}
    {2386807200 3600 0 +01}
    {2414023200 0 1 +01}
    {2417047200 3600 0 +01}
    {2444868000 0 1 +01}
    {2447892000 3600 0 +01}
    {2475108000 0 1 +01}
    {2478736800 3600 0 +01}
    {2505952800 0 1 +01}
    {2508976800 3600 0 +01}
    {2536192800 0 1 +01}
    {2539821600 3600 0 +01}
    {2567037600 0 1 +01}
    {2570061600 3600 0 +01}
    {2597882400 0 1 +01}
    {2600906400 3600 0 +01}
    {2628122400 0 1 +01}
    {2631751200 3600 0 +01}
    {2658967200 0 1 +01}
    {2661991200 3600 0 +01}
    {2689812000 0 1 +01}
    {2692836000 3600 0 +01}
    {2720052000 0 1 +01}
    {2723680800 3600 0 +01}
    {2750896800 0 1 +01}
    {2753920800 3600 0 +01}
    {2781136800 0 1 +01}
    {2784765600 3600 0 +01}
    {2811981600 0 1 +01}
    {2815005600 3600 0 +01}
    {2842826400 0 1 +01}
    {2845850400 3600 0 +01}
    {2873066400 0 1 +01}
    {2876695200 3600 0 +01}
    {2903911200 0 1 +01}
    {2906935200 3600 0 +01}
    {2934756000 0 1 +01}
    {2937780000 3600 0 +01}
    {2964996000 0 1 +01}
    {2968020000 3600 0 +01}
    {2995840800 0 1 +01}
    {2998864800 3600 0 +01}
    {3026080800 0 1 +01}
    {3029709600 3600 0 +01}
    {3056925600 0 1 +01}
    {3059949600 3600 0 +01}
    {3087770400 0 1 +01}
    {3090794400 3600 0 +01}
    {3118010400 0 1 +01}
    {3121639200 3600 0 +01}
    {3148855200 0 1 +01}
    {3151879200 3600 0 +01}
    {3179700000 0 1 +01}
    {3182724000 3600 0 +01}
    {3209940000 0 1 +01}
    {3212964000 3600 0 +01}
    {3240784800 0 1 +01}
    {3243808800 3600 0 +01}
    {3271024800 0 1 +01}
    {3274653600 3600 0 +01}
    {3301869600 0 1 +01}
    {3304893600 3600 0 +01}
    {3332714400 0 1 +01}
    {3335738400 3600 0 +01}
    {3362954400 0 1 +01}
    {3366583200 3600 0 +01}
    {3393799200 0 1 +01}
    {3396823200 3600 0 +01}
    {3424644000 0 1 +01}
    {3427668000 3600 0 +01}
    {3454884000 0 1 +01}
    {3457908000 3600 0 +01}
    {3485728800 0 1 +01}
    {3488752800 3600 0 +01}
    {3515968800 0 1 +01}
    {3519597600 3600 0 +01}
    {3546813600 0 1 +01}
    {3549837600 3600 0 +01}
    {3577658400 0 1 +01}
    {3580682400 3600 0 +01}
    {3607898400 0 1 +01}
    {3611527200 3600 0 +01}
    {3638743200 0 1 +01}
    {3641767200 3600 0 +01}
    {3669588000 0 1 +01}
    {3672612000 3600 0 +01}
    {3699828000 0 1 +01}
    {3702852000 3600 0 +01}
}

    {1456023600 -14400 0 -04}
    {1476590400 -10800 1 -04}
    {1487473200 -14400 0 -04}
    {1508040000 -10800 1 -04}
    {1518922800 -14400 0 -04}
    {1541304000 -10800 1 -04}
    {1550372400 -14400 0 -04}
    {1572753600 -10800 1 -04}
    {1581822000 -14400 0 -04}
    {1604203200 -10800 1 -04}
    {1613876400 -14400 0 -04}
    {1636257600 -10800 1 -04}
    {1645326000 -14400 0 -04}
    {1667707200 -10800 1 -04}
    {1677380400 -14400 0 -04}
    {1699156800 -10800 1 -04}
    {1708225200 -14400 0 -04}
    {1730606400 -10800 1 -04}
    {1739674800 -14400 0 -04}
    {1762056000 -10800 1 -04}
    {1771729200 -14400 0 -04}
    {1793505600 -10800 1 -04}
    {1803178800 -14400 0 -04}
    {1825560000 -10800 1 -04}
    {1834628400 -14400 0 -04}
    {1857009600 -10800 1 -04}
    {1866078000 -14400 0 -04}
    {1888459200 -10800 1 -04}
    {1897527600 -14400 0 -04}
    {1919908800 -10800 1 -04}
    {1928977200 -14400 0 -04}
    {1951358400 -10800 1 -04}
    {1960426800 -14400 0 -04}
    {1983412800 -10800 1 -04}
    {1992481200 -14400 0 -04}
    {2014862400 -10800 1 -04}
    {2024535600 -14400 0 -04}
    {2046312000 -10800 1 -04}
    {2055380400 -14400 0 -04}
    {2077761600 -10800 1 -04}
    {2086830000 -14400 0 -04}
    {2109211200 -10800 1 -04}
    {2118884400 -14400 0 -04}
    {2140660800 -10800 1 -04}
    {2150334000 -14400 0 -04}
    {2172715200 -10800 1 -04}
    {2181783600 -14400 0 -04}
    {2204164800 -10800 1 -04}
    {2213233200 -14400 0 -04}
    {2235614400 -10800 1 -04}
    {2244682800 -14400 0 -04}
    {2267064000 -10800 1 -04}
    {2276132400 -14400 0 -04}
    {2298513600 -10800 1 -04}
    {2307582000 -14400 0 -04}
    {2329963200 -10800 1 -04}
    {2339636400 -14400 0 -04}
    {2362017600 -10800 1 -04}
    {2371086000 -14400 0 -04}
    {2393467200 -10800 1 -04}
    {2402535600 -14400 0 -04}
    {2424916800 -10800 1 -04}
    {2433985200 -14400 0 -04}
    {2456366400 -10800 1 -04}
    {2465434800 -14400 0 -04}
    {2487816000 -10800 1 -04}
    {2497489200 -14400 0 -04}
    {2519870400 -10800 1 -04}
    {2528938800 -14400 0 -04}
    {2551320000 -10800 1 -04}
    {2560388400 -14400 0 -04}
    {2582769600 -10800 1 -04}
    {2591838000 -14400 0 -04}
    {2614219200 -10800 1 -04}
    {2623287600 -14400 0 -04}
    {2645668800 -10800 1 -04}
    {2654737200 -14400 0 -04}
    {2677118400 -10800 1 -04}
    {2686791600 -14400 0 -04}
    {2709172800 -10800 1 -04}
    {2718241200 -14400 0 -04}
    {2740622400 -10800 1 -04}
    {2749690800 -14400 0 -04}
    {2772072000 -10800 1 -04}
    {2781140400 -14400 0 -04}
    {2803521600 -10800 1 -04}
    {2812590000 -14400 0 -04}
    {2834971200 -10800 1 -04}
    {2844039600 -14400 0 -04}
    {2867025600 -10800 1 -04}
    {2876094000 -14400 0 -04}
    {2898475200 -10800 1 -04}
    {2907543600 -14400 0 -04}
    {2929924800 -10800 1 -04}
    {2938993200 -14400 0 -04}
    {2961374400 -10800 1 -04}
    {2970442800 -14400 0 -04}
    {2992824000 -10800 1 -04}
    {3001892400 -14400 0 -04}
    {3024273600 -10800 1 -04}
    {3033946800 -14400 0 -04}
    {3056328000 -10800 1 -04}
    {3065396400 -14400 0 -04}
    {3087777600 -10800 1 -04}
    {3096846000 -14400 0 -04}
    {3119227200 -10800 1 -04}
    {3128295600 -14400 0 -04}
    {3150676800 -10800 1 -04}
    {3159745200 -14400 0 -04}
    {3182126400 -10800 1 -04}
    {3191194800 -14400 0 -04}
    {3213576000 -10800 1 -04}
    {3223249200 -14400 0 -04}
    {3245630400 -10800 1 -04}
    {3254698800 -14400 0 -04}
    {3277080000 -10800 1 -04}
    {3286148400 -14400 0 -04}
    {3308529600 -10800 1 -04}
    {3317598000 -14400 0 -04}
    {3339979200 -10800 1 -04}
    {3349047600 -14400 0 -04}
    {3371428800 -10800 1 -04}
    {3381102000 -14400 0 -04}
    {3403483200 -10800 1 -04}
    {3412551600 -14400 0 -04}
    {3434932800 -10800 1 -04}
    {3444001200 -14400 0 -04}
    {3466382400 -10800 1 -04}
    {3475450800 -14400 0 -04}
    {3497832000 -10800 1 -04}
    {3506900400 -14400 0 -04}
    {3529281600 -10800 1 -04}
    {3538350000 -14400 0 -04}
    {3560731200 -10800 1 -04}
    {3570404400 -14400 0 -04}
    {3592785600 -10800 1 -04}
    {3601854000 -14400 0 -04}
    {3624235200 -10800 1 -04}
    {3633303600 -14400 0 -04}
    {3655684800 -10800 1 -04}
    {3664753200 -14400 0 -04}
    {3687134400 -10800 1 -04}
    {3696202800 -14400 0 -04}
    {3718584000 -10800 1 -04}
    {3727652400 -14400 0 -04}
    {3750638400 -10800 1 -04}
    {3759706800 -14400 0 -04}
    {3782088000 -10800 1 -04}
    {3791156400 -14400 0 -04}
    {3813537600 -10800 1 -04}
    {3822606000 -14400 0 -04}
    {3844987200 -10800 1 -04}
    {3854055600 -14400 0 -04}
    {3876436800 -10800 1 -04}
    {3885505200 -14400 0 -04}
    {3907886400 -10800 1 -04}
    {3917559600 -14400 0 -04}
    {3939940800 -10800 1 -04}
    {3949009200 -14400 0 -04}
    {3971390400 -10800 1 -04}
    {3980458800 -14400 0 -04}
    {4002840000 -10800 1 -04}
    {4011908400 -14400 0 -04}
    {4034289600 -10800 1 -04}
    {4043358000 -14400 0 -04}
    {4065739200 -10800 1 -04}
    {4074807600 -14400 0 -04}
    {4097188800 -10800 1 -04}
}